po amv ee . JOURNAL OF BOTANY, | once cd BRITISH AND FOREIGN. - EDITED BY BERTHOLD SEEMANN, Pn.D., F.L.S., ADJUNCT OF THE IMPERIAL L. C. ACADEMY NATURE CURIOSORUM. * Nunquam otiosus." VOLUME II. Plates and Woodcuts, LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS TO VOLUMES I. AND II. OF ‘THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY.’ T. Anderson, M.D., F.L.S. C. C. Babington, F.R.S., F.L.S. A. Braun, Ph.D. T. R. Archer Briggs, Esq. J. Britten, Esq. H. Bull, M. D. M. Alphonse de Candolle. W. Carruthers, Esq., F.L.S. H. J. Carter, Esq., F.R.S. Miss E. M. CENE à pert, M.D. J. E. Gray, Ph.D., E.R.S., F.L.S. G. Gulliver, Esq., F.R.S. F. A. Hanbury, B.A. D. Hanbury, Esq., F.L.S. H. F. Hance, Ph.D. J. E. Howard, Esq., F.L.S. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS, unt, Esq. . Kippist, Esq., A.L.S. ld, M.D. . O. Lindberg, M.D. . Markham, Esq., F.R.G.S., F.L.S. . Masters, M.D., F.L.S. m mQ SR AS g HE * i á & Esq h.D. iers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. . Mitten, Esq., A.L.S. Moore, Ph.D., F.L.S. “moga BES $ Fd = = 3 TH "nj E in A. LU pee er, Ph.D. , F.R.S., F.L.S. . er, Ph.D. sagen er. W. W. Tar M.A., F.L.S. A. Prior, M.D., F.L.S jhott, Ph.D. - Schultz-Bipontinus, M.D. weinfurth, Ph.D. ERO. -Siw gun Pre F.L.S. BHQmiy J. T. Bowell Syme, Bay, F.L.S. F. Townsend, M.A H. Trimen, Esq. H. C. Watson, Esq., F.L.S. ' G. S. Wintle, Esq. W.Fitch,del. et lith . ——— — THE’ JOURNAL OF BOTANY, BRITISH AND FOREIGN. ON THE PURPLE TREFOIL FOUND IN SCILLY. By C. C, Basineton, M.A., F.R.S. (PLATE XIII.) It has been thought advisable to give a figure of the very pretty Trefoil found in the Scilly Isles by Fred. Townsend, Esq., in June, ` 1862, and first noticed at p. 216 of Vol. I. of this Journal Not- fhat we are able or desirous to distinguish it specifically, although when first seen we thought it might be distinct; for no characters seem to exist for separating it from the Trifolium repens, Linn. ; in- deed, had the flowe's been pale, it is hardly possible.that any miii doubt concerning their specific identity could have arisen. The sin- gularly dark tint acquired by the upper parts of the vexillum and ale. renders the flowers so remarkable and so beautiful as to attract the at- tention of persons who are comparatively unobservant in botanical matters. Different, however, as these elegant flowers seem from the white or whitish flowers of T. repens, we need only go into the next crop of White Clover to obtain an abundance of tinted flowers. Cer- tainly our fields do not furnish such deeply-coloured and ornamental flowers as are possessed by the plant from Scilly, but a considerable approach is made to them. The coloured flowers of the true 7. repens are rather “more or less deep pink or rose-purple," as described by Lowe ('Flora of Madeira, 150), than deep purple, as the Plate will show that they are in the plant now figured. It is also deserving of notice that in 7. repens the colour is most marked on the back of the. VOL. II. [JANUARY 1, 1864.] B 2 ON THE PURPLE TREFOIL FOUND IN SCILLY. vexillum, just above the calyx-tube, and is often confined to that part of the flower; but that in our plant the colour is deepest on the upper part of the standard, the portion corresponding with the patch of pink in true 7. repens being quite pale. Also, the calyx of T. repens is often much tinged with pink on the back, and has blotches of that colour at the top of its tube: but the very deeply coloured eorolla of the plant from Scilly has scarcely any (if any) discoloration on the back of its calyx, and very small and blackish-purple blotches at the top of its calyx-tube. The flowers of the two plants do not seem to differ in any other respect. The leaflets of T. repens vary considerably in shape, and therefore distinctive characters cannot well be derived from them. Mr. Townsend says that the veins on the under side of the leaflets of his plant are very prominent; and that they are not so in 7. repens. We do not place much confidence on this character; for the actual veins seem equally prominent in both plants, but the leaflets of that from Scilly appear to be very slightly plicate near the midrib, and thus the veins are rendered more apparently than really prominent. C M . The stem of this purple Trefoil is as decidedly both running and rooting, and also as solid, as that of true Z. repens, We find very few vifolia described as possessing such a creeping stem; in the account: of the genus by Seringe in De Candolle's * Prodromus? (vol. ii.), the only: species allied to T. repens in this respect are T. obcordatum, Desv., from Buenos Ayres, 7. anomalum, Schrank, of unknown origin, and 7. pallescens, Schreb. Of these the T. obcordatum and T. anomalum are apparently very slight varieties of T. repens, unless the “ foliis integer- rimis" should be held to separate the former from its allies; and 7. pallescens is incorrectly described. It is certainly ceespitose, and its. stems do not root, and therefore cannot properly be called creeping” (repens) ; indeed, usually they are not prostrate, and in the typical plant apparently never are so. The T. glareosum, Schleich., is perhaps a variety of T. pallescens. Its stems do not root, although they are more or less prostrate. Boreau considers T. glareosum as distinct from 7. pallescens, and Reichenbach seems to have held the same opi-- nion when he published specimens with those names in his Flora: German, Exsiccata (nos. 1880 and 1881). They are plants found only at a considerable elevation on mountains, and therefore not likely: secte any very close relationship to our almost maritime Trefoil from: ge n C RANA an ees i ON THE PURPLE TREFOIL FOUND IN SCILLY. 3 It is scarcely necessary to discuss the distinetion of our plant from the 7. hybridum, Linn., although they have been guessed to be identical. The fistulose, ascending, never-rooting stems of T. Aybridum completely-separate that species from our plant. We possess a speci- men of T. hybridum from the original Linnean locality mentioned in the ‘Flora Suecica’ (ed. 2. p. 258), viz. “ Habitat in Uplandia inter Upsalam et Holmiam, ad Alsike et fere per totam viam." It is con- tained in the Herb. Normale of Fries (vii. 36). We should remember that the 7. hybridum of Savi (Obs. in varias Trif. Sp. 92, and Botan, Etrusc. iv. 41) and that of Seringe (in De Cand. Prod.) is Z. nigres- cens, Viv.; and that the similarly-named plant of some other authors is T. elegans, Savi. It is difficult to form any satisfactory opinion concerning the T. repens B. rubescens (Ser. in De. Cand. Prod.) which was obtained from near Geneva, unless we consider it to be the not unfrequent form of 7. repens with purplish flowers. It may be the plant now under conside- ration, for the namé would apply more correctly to this than the tinted flowers of the ordinary T. repens. ^ Our Plate is a representation of the living plant, roots of which were sent from Scilly, at the desire of Mr. Townsend, in May, 1863. "The editor possesses living plants of it, and through his kindness we have one in the Botanic Garden at Cambridge. Our dried specimen was gathered by Mr. Townsend in the Island of Tresco, Scilly, flowering in June, 1862 ; but apparently the far-creepiug stems continue to produce flowers during most of the summer. Mr. Townsend says, * the purple Trefoil was very abundant in the low wet sandy flats near the Tresco pon ;. and he believes that he observed it in the other islands. The 7. elegans, Savi, has been occasionally introduced into this country with foreign agricultural seeds, but is scarcely able to stand the inclemency of our climate. See Brewer's Fl. of Surrey (p. 310), - where the name is accidentally but SEVES attributed to Linnæus. EXPLANATION OF PraTE XIII., — gibts repens, var., specimens in the garden of D r. Seem of stem, showing young root, eei and stipules. 2. Side view of [i * Beck view of flower. 4. Fron view of flower. 5. Vexillum. 6. One of the ale. 7. Carina. Allway B 2 4 è TWO NEW BRAZILIAN ZROIDEÆ. By H. Scuorr, Pa.D. Philodendron brevilaminatum, Schott, n. sp.—Petiolus longus, an- tice planiusculus, aciebus hebetatis elevatis marginatus et exinde cana- liculatus, postice alte convexus. Lamina fol. junioris stirpis cordato- ovata, cuspidulata, lobis posticis perbrevibus rotundatis, supra lete vel atro-viridis, infra pallida, adultioris subtriangularis, lobo antico lati- tudine laminz breviori, posticis sinum basilarem vix ac ne vix mon- strantibus, horizontaliter directis, ex lato-rotundato protensis. Costa infra alte prominens, supra canaliculata. Venæ inferiores subradiatim exsertz, rectiusculæ, superiores magis curvulz, utrinque 7—8, omnes supra cum pagina equate, infra, exortu prominule, marginem versus deliquescentes. Pedunculus brevis. Spathe tubus oblongo-ovoideus, utrinque sanguineus ; lamina cymbzeformis subacuminata, extus pal- lide virens, intus albido-flavens. Spadix spatha sat brevior, digitifor- mis, stipitatus, triente femineus. Ovaria et anthere pallidissime ex flavo carnez. ^ Rhachis floseulorum sanguinea. Stigma ex roseo albidum, Ovarii loculamenta sub-5, multiovulata.—Brasilia, Ilheos, (Archidue F. Maximilianus !) Philodendron emulum, Schott, n. sp.—Petioli longi, canaliculati, margine crasso elevato aucti, dorso semitereti convexi, striis tenuissimis prominulis approximatis lineolati. Lamina fol. cordato-sagittata vel subsagittato-cordata, lobo antico plus minusve producto acuto vel sen- sim acuminato, lobis posticis sinu levi aperto vel apertissimo divergen- tibus subangulato-obtusatis, supra atroviridis, infra pallidior. Costa supra planiuscula, infra alte prominens. Venæ utrinque sub-8, supra planiuscule, sulcis canaliculiformibus immerse, infra longo tractu pro- minentes, infimee sæpe basi convexe, costulam in sinu latere exteriore: pro parte denudatam formantes. (Folium juvencule apicem petioli versus vagina auctum, lamina basi in sinu loborum cuneatim deorsum ducta.) Spatha 7 pollices longa, tubo elongato angusto, extus virente et ferrugineo profuso tincto, intus albido, lamina lanceolata, apiculata, dorso viridi, antice albida. Spadix laminam tandem superans, pu- gioniformis, spica mascula quam feminea triplo longior. Ovaria viri- dia, stigmate albo, loculamentis 9-11, 3-4-ovulatis. Anthere sub- straminece.— Brasilia, Itaparica, (Archidue F. Maximilianus D ON THE JESTIVATION OF CRITHMUM MARITIMUM. By BERTHOLD SEEMANN, Pu.D., F.L.S. : Mr. J. T. Boswell Syme has drawn my attention to Crithmum mari- timum as a second British Umbellifera having a truly valvate estiva- tion, and obligingly supplied me with fresh specimens of the plant. Mr. Syme is perfectly right in regarding the zestivation of Crithmum as valvate, and all those who have looked at the buds under the mi- eroscope have satisfied themselves on that point. The petals are in- flexed at the apex, as is the case in many allied genera, but their edges are truly valvate. It is a matter of importance to ascertain the zesti- vation of all the plants regarded by us as Umbelliferze and Araliaceæ, because, for systematie purposes, most useful characters are to be found init; and as there is a vast number of species to be examined, it is desirable there should be a good many observers. I am more and more convinced that the only clear line between Umbelliferze and Araliacee, or, as T should prefer calling the latter, Hederaceze, can only be drawn by relying upon the characters derivable from the zestivation of the co- rolla. Not one of the distinctive characters usually assigned to the two Orders holds good, and in elementary books this state of things is extremely puzzling to the student. If, for instance, a beginner wished to find Hydrocotyle and Crithmum by means of the analytical key given in one of our leading local Floras, he could never hope to succeed, After getting to the neighbourhood of the Orders in which they are placed in that work, he. would meet with the following enigma :4— * 33. Petals imbricate in 1 Re Petals valvate in bud. Of course, having ascertained the petals to be pede in bud, he would continue his search by turning to ** 35," and there find,— * Fruit a berry. Styles several. Leaves alternate. Araliacee.” Now as neither Hydrocotyle nor Crithmum have a berried fruit and more than two styles, his search for the two genera by means of this analytical key would have come to an end. I have quoted this exam- ple, out of many, because it came ready to hand, and it illustrates the practical inconvenience arising from our neglecting the estivation. The conspectus of the calycifloral Orders given in Hooker and Arnott’s * British Flora,’ places the student in the same dilemma, 33 6 ON THE JESTIVATION OF CRITHMUM MARITIMUM. Systematie botanists who have dealt with the whole vegetable king- dom have been as unsuccessful in finding distinctive characters for the two Orders as our local botanists, and the confusion that is thus caused in general systematic works is embarrassing. After the grave errors introduced into the ordinal characters of Hederaces by Don, and co- pied by Bartling and De Candolle, had been corrected by Brown and Bennett in * Plantze Javanicæ, it became evident that Umbelliferze and Hederacez were not so distinct as had been supposed by botanists labouring under the belief that Don's errors were the result of true observations. Lindley, in his * Vegetable Kingdom,’ makes the fol- lowing distinctions between the two Orders:— ` - * Umbellifere. Fruit didymous, with a double epigynous disk. ** Hederacee. Fruit not didymous, without a double epigynous disk, 3- or more celled. Pentamerous flowers. Corolla valvate. Leaves alternating, without stipules." The principal distinctive characters here relied upon (the didymous or non-didymous fruit and the presence or absence of the double epi- gynous disk) do not stand the test of practical application. About one-half of all known Hederacez have a didymous fruit, and in many Umbelliferz the disk is not double if the styles are closely united, there being in that instance only one disk, as is the case in most Hederaceze. The pentamerous flowers are general in both Orders, tetramerous ones forming the exceptions. Alternate leaves are also a feature com- mon to both Orders, opposite ones being again the exception. Sti- pules cannot be denied to many Hederaceze, being, for instance, highly developed in Tetrapanaz papyrifera, C. Koch, the rice-paper plant. Unless some additional characters besides those derivable from the vstivation of the corolla can be found, it will scarcely be possible to make Hederaceze more than a suborder of Umbelliferze; The general name of Umbellifere might be retained for the whole Order, whilst that of Apiacez (following Lindley) might be adopted for one suborder and Hederaceæ for the other. The two suborders would oceupy the same relative position as do Clematidew and Anemoneæ in Ranuncula- ‘cee, and Papilionaceze, Cresalpineze, and Mimoseæ in Leguminosre, all of which are distinguished by the sestivation. However, when the wile genera belonging here shall have been carefully examined, it may be- come necessary to establish even more suborders, In Trachymene cerulea (Didiscus, Mook.), the petals are vexillary in bud, exactly as -— ON THE JESTÍVATION OF CRITHMUM MARITIMUM. 1 they are in Papilionacez ; in Aralia racemosa, Stilbocarpa polaris, and a few others, the eestivation of the corolla is s quincuncial. oth being different degrees of imbrication, we may, in the present stage of the inquiry, rest content with two suburdet of Umbelliferee being de- fined :— 21. Apiacee. Corolla variously imbricate in estivation. é 2. Hederacee. Corolla valvate in estivation. I prefer the name Hederacesz because it is not an innovation, He- dera Helix is a widely diffused and very characteristic plant of the ` Order, and the few typical species at present retained in Aralia, having à quincuncial corolla, must be shifted to Apiaceæ. In many, but by no means in all Apiaceæ, the carpels separate me- chanically from the carpopods. In Hederacez the carpels also separate occasionally, but there are never any thread-like carpopods. So it may be stated that all Umbelliferee with separating carpels and distinct carpopods are genuine Apiaceæ, but that not all Apiaceæ have se- parating carpels and distinct carpopods. But the systematic value of the earpopod or carpophorum is depreciated by the recent observations . of Von Mohl, which tend to ‘show that the carpophorum is not a dis- tinct organ, but part and parcel of the carpels.* `- Crithmum mar itimum, as far as I have been able to learn from ex- amining specimens of the fruit not yet quite ripe, has two carpels which do not separate nor are furnished with distinct carpopods ; and this character, combined with the valvate nature of its corolla, point out the plant as a genuine Hederacea. I may add that Corneæ are chiefly distinguished from Hederaceæ, according to most authors, by their tetramerous flowers and opposite leaves. But there are Corneze with pentamerous flowers, for instance, Griselina and Corokia ; and Cornus alternifolius, Linn., is a familiar in- stance of alternate leaves. — Cornem agree in every respect with He- “The different views [taken of the nature - the carpophorum of Umbellif ere] di contradicted by a microscopie examination f the fruit, yielding as it does the result that a carpophorum distinct from the acu and joined to them by aceretion garded as an axial formation or (as De Candolle explains it) as the tei p the car- pellary leaf. Siy true state of the case becomes — if iu different heights of je Á— fruit, transverse sections are made and t e Coi - with vertical s." — Hugo dia e p * On the Carpophorum of Dabelliere Bot. a ey xxi. (1563) p. 2 8 ET PERUVIAN COTTON IN INDIA. deracez, except that, as the younger Agardh has pointed out, Hede- racez, like Apiaceæ, have epitropous ovules, and Corneze apotropous.* ON THE INTRODUCTION OF PERUVIAN COTTON INTO INDIA. By Ciements R. Marxuam, Esq., F.R.G.S. The numerous experiments in the cultivation of varieties of Cotton from other parts of the world, which have been tried under the auspices of the different Governments of India, will probably be considered to have some botanical interest. The object of course has been to disco- ver the variety which will yield the most remunerative crop in each of the regions (differing widely from each other in climate, soil, and amount of rainfall) which form our Indian Empire. I have myself introduced the varieties of Gossypium indigenous to the valleys of the coast of Peru, and I propose to give a brief account of the results of the experiment, so far as it has yet gone. While travelling in the Coimbatore and Madura Collectorates, in the southern part of the Madras Presidency, in the autumn of 1860, I was struck with the resemblance of the climate, in many respects, to that the coast valleys of Peru. This part of India appeared to me to be admirably adapted for the cultivation of the valuable species of Cotton which are indigenous to Peru, while it seemed unlikely that North American cotton could ever be extensively raised to advantage in so dry a climate, The problem appeared to me to be the introduction of a cotton with a longer staple than that of the indigenous plant of India, and therefore better suited to the demands of Manchester, which will thrive in the exceedingly dry climate of the eastern side of the Madras Presidency; and it seemed likely that the Peruvian cotton would meet the requirements of the case. growing in is Gemmule “sunt nempe in Araliaceis et Umbelliferis epitropm, in Cornaceis vero (observavi gemmulas Corni his proxime Acube) ut in Caprifoliaceis et Viburueis Theoria Syst. Plaut. p. 303.) velut in Hamamelideis t, Benthamie, Corokie et apotrope.” (J, G. Agardh PERUVIAN COTTON IN INDIA. 9 Piura and other northern valleys, being a variety of G. Barbadense ; and the other, some of which has been received from the Casma valley, with small seeds covered with a greenish-coloured fur, is a variety of G. ar- boreum. The plants are perennial, and were cultivated by the subjects of the Incas long before the discovery of Peru by the Spaniards. The ancient Peruvians irrigated their cotton-fields by means of channels conducted from the numerous lakes in the Andes, picked and cleaned the cotton, and wove it into cloths. The long strip of coast-line be- tween the Andes and the Pacific Ocean, consists of a sandy desert, tra- versed by some sixty streams and rivers, with as many fertile valleys on their banks, The climate of this region is very peculiar, rain is unknown, and the northern part especially is exposed to a long period of excessive dryness. The dry season extends from November to May, but in the middle of the latter month a veil of mist begins to spread over sea and shore, which continues till October. The Cotton-plants grow in very sandy soil, the cultivation depending entirely on the ex- tent of natural irrigation produced by the overflowing of the rivers be- tween November and May. The plants yield a crop every six months, and they continue to yield for ten years and upwards, but require irri- gation at frequent intervals. Here, then, was a cotton commanding a high price in the English market, with a staple exceeding in length any of the North American kinds, except the ** Sea Island," which nevertheless flourishes in a drier and equally hot climate to those of any of the indigenous Indian cotton districts, where the plant only yields a very short staple. It appeared to me very desirable that the plant should receive a trial in the dry and hot regions on the eastern side of the Madras Presidency, and also in Sind. In this view I was supported by the high authority of Dr. Wight, who expressed an opinion that it was in every way desirable that the Peruvian Cotton-plant should be extensively and perseveringly tried in the Carnatic, especially along the wide sandy flats bounding all the larger rivers and streams which intersect the country between the central ranges of hills and the coast. In August 1862, I obtained a supply of cotton seeds from the Peruvian coast valley of Piura, which was immediately forwarded to ras, Towards the end of the year a second instalment was re- ceived and forwarded, and in January, 1863, a third instalment E ' seeds from the valley of Casma was sent out. Subsequently, a fourth 10 PERUVIAN COTTON IN INDIA. instalment followed. These seeds were extensively distributed by the s Government, for experimental cultivation in most of the Col- lectorates, and some of the results have already been reported. . ~ In Coimbatore the crop was unfortunately destroyed by worms, which attacked the roots ; but this was simply an accident, which tells neither for nor against the success of the experiment, and a second trial will therefore be made in this Collectorate. ` In Salem the seeds were given to Mr. Fischer, a well-known and very enterprising cotton-farmer. He reported, in May, 1863, that all the seeds germinated within a week, that the plants were irrigated abundantly, that he then had two hundred healthy and promising plants, three feet high, and that if in three years each plant yielded 2 lbs. of eotton, as they do in Peru, the experiment would be eminently success- ful. In the following August, however, Mr; Fischer expressed an opinion that the Peruvian cotton would not succeed as a remunerative erop. * In Cuddapah, as in Coimbatore, the crop was destroyed by rains and maggot, - In Kistna the seeds were raised by several native farmers, in different parts of the country, and the plants appear very promising, In South Arcot the experiment was undertaken by Mr. Norfor. In July, 1863, after the plants had been eight months in the ground, he had 1200 very healthy plants three to eight feet high. He irrigates them by means of windmills, and reports that their cultivation gives little trouble beyond ploughing and watering,—adding, that if they only yield 1 Ib. per bush, the value of his crop will be Rs. 600. A sample of Peruvian cotton grown in the Kistna district has also been reported upon in Manchester, as having a fair staple, clean, soft, and fine, valued at 27d. per Ib. in November, 1863. Some Peruvian cotton seed was also sown in the sand flats or drifts to the north of Ennore, in the Madras district. The plants were watered i gh, but were afterwards left to them. June, being dependent for nourishment years, and continue vigorous till the last - The experiment h as established beyond any doubt that Peruvian FLORULA ORCADENSIS. 1l cotton will thrive upon these sand flats and drifts, forming the sea- board to the north of Madras, and the advantages of the northern canal for the transport of produce would be a further inducement to an extension of the experiments. But it is not likely ever to be a remus nerative speculation, unless the cotton is grown with grain, to enable the grower to pay the existing land-tax. The seed was sown too laté in the season to ensure a fair trial. - In North Arcot a crop was grown in a garden at Chittoor, cleaned by hand, and in June 1 lb. of cleaned cotton and 2 Ibs. of seed were ob- tained. This sample of Peruvian cotton grown in India was reported upon, both by a manufacturer in Manchester, and by one of the princi- pal cotton-brokers in London. The first authority reports that it is of excellent quality, and would meet with a ready sale; that it is the right thing in every respect, of good colour, right length of staple, and very strong. He considers it, if anything, rather superior to “ New Orleans,” which sells at 22d. per lb. The London broker also reports that it is a very useful description of cotton, with a long and strong staple, good colour, and very clean These results of the culture of Peruvian cotton in the Madras Pre- sidency, have led the Board of Revenue to attach a high value to it, and they have received several applications for seed. I shall, there- fore, forward additional supplies with as little delay as possible, and the Cotton Supply Association have taken steps to procure several tons of seed from Peru. FLORULA ORCADENSIS.—A LIST OF PLANTS REPORTED TO OCCUR IN THE ORKNEY ISLES. By H. C. Watson, Esq., F.L.S. - Full lists of plants have been published for the Hebrides, Shetland, Faroe, and Iceland; but hitherto no sufficiently full list of those found in the group of islets called “ Orkney ? has been placed on record, to -complete the series of insular florules which serve to connect the botany of Britain with that of Scandinavia and boreal America. I do not know of any resident in Orkney who is qualified or likely to supply this desideratum in botanical literature by the publication of a Flora B FLORULA ORCADENSIS. Orcadensis. Although I have not visited the islands in person, ser- viceable materials have accumulated in my hands, such as may enable me to make out a list of the flowering plants and ‘Ferns of Orkney which must be approximately complete ; quite as much so, probably, as are the already published lists of those in the Hebrides and Shet- land Isles. ; No doubt, any botanist might now draw out such a list for his own use by carefully going over the pages of the three first volumes of the * Cybele Britannica,’ together with the tabulated summary of provincial distribution given in the supplement to the same work ; and for several of the rarer species, he might find localities and authorities recorded in the * New Botanist’s Guide.” At last, however, his list thus made out would likely be less complete, and certainly less corrected, than the one which I now propose to give, founded upon the materials presently to be mentioned. Many years ago, the late Dr. Gillies gave me a * Flora Orcadensis ” in manuscript, probably written somewhere about the year 1820, since many of the dated localities were observed in the years 1817 and 1818. This Flora is founded on his own observations, on those of Mr. Alexan- der Duguid, on the botanical remarks included in Neill's * Tour in Ork- ney,’ and “ the remaining species taken from a list inserted in Barry's * History of Orkney,’ from the MSS. of the Rev. Mr. Lowe." Subse- quently I purchased from Mr. Pamplin a packet of Orkney plants collector unknown, quoted below as “ Spec." On eollating the labels of these dried plants with the manuscript Flora by Dr. Gillies, it be- the written Flora; and they also suggest explanations regarding some species reported by Lowe, such as must be deemed very unlikely to this object, the collection is far had apparently escaped the researches of his predecessors, In order to compress the subjoined list as much as possible, the spe- cial localities are omitt after the end of it. One of the personal authorities for the existence FLORULA ORCADENSIS. 13 of the species in Orkney will be added after the name of each, which is not authenticated by a specimen in the collection. As I am not in possession of a copy of Barry's work, the species enumerated therein, . and not confirmed by one of the later and better authorities, must be cited from the written Flora by Dr. Gillies, where apparently they are placed solely on the authority of ** Lowe," although it is highly proba- ble that many of them were seen in the islands by Dr. Gillies himself, and that he has simply omitted to place his own name to the general indications of frequency and situation. The list includes few except familiar names of familiar plants, and consequently the names alone, without botanical authority for the specifie names, are deemed to be sufficient. . DIcoTYLEDONS. Viola palustris. Syme, Thalictrum alpinum. Spee V. sylvatica. Syme. inus. Lowe only V. tricolor. Neill. Ranunculus aquatilis, Spee Drosera anglica. Spee. R. Flammula. Lowe. = D. rotundifolia. Gillies. R. Ficaria. Spec. Polygala vulgaris. Lowe. Silene inflata? Lowe? re . Lowe. 8. maritima. kane R. bulbosus. Lowe. Introduced? S. ac Caltha palustris. Lowe. Lychnis Tie siik Lowe, Papaver dubium. Lowe. L. diurna. Lowe, P. Rhæas. Lowe. L. Githago. Neill, Duguid. Fumaria “ capreolata.” Lowe, Sagina proc Lowe. F. officin alis. . Lowe. S. maritima. — Cakile m a e S.n C. sylvatica ? Specimen ? C. hi i Sé officinale. Lowe. - eun Lowe. Raphanus pestle Lowe. osa. Spergula arvensis. Spec. Lepigonum rubrum. Duguid, L. marinum. Spec., Neill. Honkeneja peploides. Lowe, Arenaria serpyllifolia. Lowe. S. uliginosa. s Cerastium triviale. Syme. trandrum. Weill. Linum catharticum. Neill, C. glomeratum. Flora Orcadensis, C. te . Spee. Hypericum pulchrum. Neill. H. perforatum. Lowe. 14 FLORULA ORCADENSIS. ^ H.elodes. Neill. + Erodium cicutarium. Lowe. . Geranium sylvatieum. Lowe. ve. © G. molle. e G. lucidum. Lowe bertianum. . Oxalis Acetosella. Lowe Medicago lupulina. Syme. Anthyllis vulneraria, Neill. Trifolium repens. Lowe. R. Doniana. Flora Orcadensis, R. aati Flora Orcadensis. . Spec. Epilobium angustifolium, Spec. E. tetragonum, Neill. E. montanum. Spec E. palustre, Tm Circæa alpina, Duguid, Hippuris vulgaris. Spec. Myriophyllum ——? Neill. me Sedum Rhodiola. Dice. S. acre, Nei Saxifraga aisoides iti Hydrocotyle ipsis: Spec, Conium maculatum. Neitt. FLORULA ORCADENSIS. : I5 Taraxacum officinale. Lowe. e g 4 B ud pw S Tussilago o Farfara Lowe a ebd oen * Miss Boswell,” Lobelia Dortmanna. Syme. Spec. LI N. B . G. G. Amarella, * Miss Beoil. H Menyanthes trifoliata. ane n is. Spec. V. Beccabunga. Lowe, V. officinalis. Low e. hamedrys, Neill V. hederifolia; Lowe V. agrestis. V. arvensis. Low Euphrasia iain, Neill, Bartsia Odont Spec. Rhinanthus ue Galli. Lowe. m pratense. n Pedicularis ihe Lowe P. sylvatica. Lowe Digitalis purpurea. dine Mentha aquatica. e. M. arvensis. Lowe. Thymus Serpyllum. Lowe. Teucrium Scorodonia, Spec. Ajuga reptans. Spec. yramidalis. Syme. ae amplexicaule.. Syme. Galeopsis Tetrahit. Lowe. adanum. Low Stachys palustris. Spec. e. M. arvensis a i M. versi lora adensis. ERR vulgaris. Glaux maritima. E Armeria maritima. Spec. Plantago major. Lowe, P. lanceolata. Syme. 16 FLORULA ORCADENSIS. P. maritima, Neill. P. Coronopus. Littorella lacustris. Dus Schoberia m ritima. Salicornia herbacea. ima. Polygonum — Syme, Nei — nigrum. Neill. ialis - * Boswell.” Euphorbia a ce Syme, S. herbacea. Duguid, Gillies, Juniperus communis. Neill. nana. Spec, 2. MONOCOTYLEDONS. Listera cordata. Spee. Orchis mascula. Lowe, O. latifolia, Neill, Lowe, O. maculata. Syme, Lowe. Gymnadenia Conopsea. Lowe, — Habenaria albida. Lowe Tris Pseudacorus. Lowe. Scilla verna. Spec., Gillies. str Potamogeton peetbuntus, Lowe. P. filiformis. Syme. P. teen here Spec., ^d P. bees Spec., Syme. P. natans. Lowe. Ruppia anei T eill Zannichellia palustris Syme, o! a ym mna minor. Typha latifolia. Neill — gore natans. osum, Spec. Scirpus lac eill. 8. Tabernsemontani. Gillies. 8. setaceus. US. 0102. FLORULA ORCADENSIS. 17 Eriophorum vaginatum, Spec. E. angustifolium. 5S; C. panicu ius. S C. vulgaris (Fries). Spec C. flava. Spec., Syme. C. extensa. Neill Phalaris arundinacea. "dg 'yne. mophila arundinacea, Weill. A. precox. Neill, Syme Avena fatua. Neill strigosa l PERDAS avenaceum, Neill. lyceria Fotios Le G. maritima. Neill, Poa annua. P. pratensis. Spec P. trivialis. — Briza media. Cynosurus crista ius. VOL, II. [JANUARY 7 j = Dactylis glomerata. Spec. estuca one Syme. F. ovina. Spe F. durian ui Syme. F. rubra. F. elatior. ve F. loliace l Bromus mollis ymu Nardus stricta. . FERNS, ETC. Wolypodivm vulgare. F. Phegopte ris. Newman, edit. 3. Athyrium Filiz-Komink. ye * Neill.” Asplenium pinan anes. Gillies. . marinum. A. D: nigra, * Neill.” A. Ruta-m Spec. eloped, valga: Gillies. Blechnum boreale, Spec. L. Selago 4 Syme. L. selaginoides. pes " * Neill. €: Equisetum arvense. Syme. ara C.hispida. * a Neill” 18 FLORULA ORCADENSIS. Some few plants are included in the list, the specific names of which can be given only in doubt. Thus, in the herbarium there is a specimen of Cardamine which I cannot positively name C. sylvatica, although more inclined to call it by that name than by the less precise name of C. hirsuta, which is so often used to include both forms or subspecies. Silene inflata is another doubtful name or plant. This and S. nutans are given in the Flora on authority of Lowe's list, while S. maritima is there adopted from Neill’s * Tour,’ and it is also confirmed by a speci- men. I can only guess here that S. nutans of Lowe intended the typical S. inflata, apart from S. maritima. Geum intermedium is a poor exam- ple, but seemingly nearer to the intermediate form than to G. rivale. Neill records Myriophyllum verticillatum, which must be deemed far the least likely of our native species, and Neill would hardly have mis- taken M. spicatum for it. At the date of his Tour, the M. alterniflorum had not been distinguished in this country from the other two species ; and since it is now known to occur in the Hebrides, in Sutherland, and other Highland counties, there seems a presumption in support of that . one having been the species seen by Neill Mr. Boswell Syme, how- ever, has reported M. spicatum and not M. alterniflorum. The Gna- phalium alpinum of Lowe's list may perhaps have intended G. supi- num, reported by Mr. Clouston; but some confirmation of this latter species in Shetland would be desirable. Lowe recorded the Pinguicula alpina, but P. Lusitanica has been suggested ; neither of them unlikely, as both occur in the North Highlands. Further, in addition to the species enumerated in the preceding list, there are still various others which have been reported as plants of Orkney, and which are included in the manuscript * Flora Oreadensis,’ usually on the sole authority of Lowe’s list in Barry’s History ; some few of them from Neill’s * Tour? and other sources. Most of these are plants not at all likely to occur in those northerly isles, if we estimate that likelihood by what is known of their distribution and northern limits elsewhere in Britain; and, under such circumstances, the au- thority for them must be deemed botanically insufficient to convince. That some of them have been enumerated simply through mistakes in nomenclature, is rendered yet more probable by the fact of corre- sponding SR being kept up or repeated at a later date, on the em cis dum UE mentioned, apparently by Dr. Gillies or T RND; -, Thus, Draba incana in flower is there labelled FLORULA ORCADENSIS. 19 D. hirta, while there are also other examples in pod which are rightly labelled. Drosera Anglica is labelled D. longifolia, as is often the case elsewhere, although English botanists mostly apply this latter name to D. intermedia. Hypocheris radicata is labelled Apargia hispida; Po- tamogeton pusillus is labelled P. gramineus ; Scirpus cespitosus is la- belled S. paucifforus. In other instances the names on the labels have been erroneous at first, corresponding with Lowe's nomenclature, and corrected subse- quently into the right names of the accompanying specimens. Thus, Veronica serpyllifolia was first named F. spicata ; Sparganium natans was named S. simplex; Aira cespitosa was named Agrostis capillaris. In one instance, however, it would seem that the accuracy of Lowe's nomenclature has been wrongly disputed ; namely, in that of Elymus arenarius, doubted by Neill and also in the Flora. "There are two ex- amples of this Grass in the little herbarium cited, which had been first labelled Arundo arenaria, and subsequently corrected by another pen into Elymus. Further, it may be proper to remark here that some of the plants in each list, the admitted and the omitted species, ought to be looked upon as introduced species only. Thus, Spartium scoparium and Ulex Europæus are placed among the omitted species, although actually to be seen in Orkney, because it is expressly stated by Dr. Gillies, in his manuscript * Flora Orcadensis,’ that they are certainly introduced shrubs there. Armoracia and Tanacetum, admitted into the former list, can hardly be more than escapes from cultivation. The two Fumarias and several others are the ordinary annual weeds which accompany agricul- ture or horticulture widely over the earth. Without going further into individual explanations as to the grounds on which they are severally rejected as inhabitants of Orkney, I pro- ceed to enumerate the names of a considerable number of species which have been recorded as found in the isles, but which cannot be accepted as natives, or even established colonists, without some additional confir- mation, which may perhaps be obtained for three or four of them. LIST OF OMITTED SPECIES. Ranunculus Lingua. Sagina ap R. arvensis. Viola odorata. Arenaria Norvegica. Draba hirta. ra intermedia, Cerast. * tomentosum.” Cardamine impatiens. Bilene nutans. : C. latifolium. 20 NOTE ABOUT THE PRIMULA VARIABILIS. C. aquaticum. Apargia hispida. S. acuminata. Spartium scoparium. Lactuca virosa. Orchis Morio. Ulex Europeus. Serratula tinctoria. Potamogeton gramineus Trifolium ochroleucum. Carduus nutans. Sparganium simplex. Ervum tetraspermum. C. crispus. Juneus fili Orobus niger. Anthemis Cotula. J. trifidus. Potentilla argentea. A.nobilis (introduced?). Scirpus pauciflorus. P. reptans. Veronica spicata. S. acicularis Melampyr. sylvaticum, Carex acuta. Pyrus domestica. Scrophularia aquatica, Panicum Crus-galli. Cicuta virosa. Myosotis palustris. Milium effusum. Sium angustifolium. Plantago media. Apera Spica-Venti. ` Myriophyllum verticil- Atriplex laciniata. Agrostis capillaris. latum. umex maritimus. Ara alpina. Sedum Telephium. Euphorbia “ segetalis.” Aivena flavescens. ; i cæspitosa. Salix “ angustifolia,” Polystichum Lonchitis. . Imperatoria Ostruthium S. “latifolia.” Asplen. septentrionale, NOTE ABOUT THE PRIMULA VARIABILIS, Goup. There has been much discussion in France concerning a plant called Primula variabilis, some observers believing it to be a truly distinct species, and others considering it as a hybrid between P. veris and P. vulgaris. It seems to be far from uncommon in France, inhabiting places where the above-named plants grow ; but does not appear ever to have been noticed without the companionship of both of them. It is true that M. de Rochebrune states (Bull. Soc. Bot. de Fr. viii. 689) that he has found P. variabilis in a place where the P. vulgaris does not grow, and in others where P. veris is not found; but M. Godron „has shown (Bull. x. 178) that the plant called P. variabilis by M. de Rochebrune is in reality the true P. elatior (J acq.). The result of the discussion in France seems to be that the P. varia- _Gilis is a hybrid between the Primrose and Cowslip, and that it is very variable in form, according as it approaches one or the other of its parents, It is remarkable that the very same question agitated our botanists a few years since; but being discussed in works little known out of England, the same results have had to be arrived at independently by Continental observers. Most of that discussion will be found in the CORRESPONDENOE. 21 first series of the * Phytologist’ (vols. i. and ii). Mr. H. C. Watson especially took an active part in it, and to him we are chiefly indebted for the nearly unanimous opinion of British botanists, that the plant usually called Oxlip, and most erroneously often named P. elatior, is a hybrid between the Cowslip and Primrose. It is curious also to find that in France as well as England these hybrids have been confused. with the true P. elatior (Jacq.). My object in this note is not to reopen any part of what I believe to be a settled question, but to direct attention to the fact that long discus- sions have led to the same results in France and England. With very few exceptions, we are all now agreed that P. veris, P, vulgaris, and P. elatior, are distinct species; and that P. variabilis (Goup.), the .P. elatior of many English collectors, is the name of an endless series of ever-vary- ing hybrids between P. veris and P. vulgaris. C. C. BABINGTON. CORRESPONDENCE. Native Country of Tecomaria (Tecoma) Capensis. York, 23rd November, 1863. Having read in the ‘Journal of Botany,’ Vol. I. p. 21, the suggestion of Tecomaria (Tecoma) Capensis being a naturalized plant in the Cape of Good Hope colony, and having travelled much there in 1838, 1839, and 1840, with my eyes open to its plants and their conditions,—I venture to state my convic- tion, that from the extensive range this beautiful shrub has, both within the Cape colony, and far beyond its frontier, on the eastern side of South Africa, extending even into isolated mountain copses, far from the habitations of civi- lized man, there can exist no reasonable doubt of its being an aboriginal native of that country. In Thunberg's time little was known of those parts of the country to the eastward, where it abounds. I do not remember seeing either it, or its frequent companion Plumbago Capensis, in the Cape Town district, or towards the west coast. I presume that when these two were named it was not because they grew wild near Cape Town, or the promontory called the Cape of Good Hope, but because they grew within the colony of that name ; but both have a range of several hundreds of miles, especially on the eastern side of South Africa: and I am mistaken if I did not see Plumbago Capensis also by the side of the Brisbane river, in Queensland, Australia ; but I had nei- ther the opportunity of examining it nor of bringing away a specimen, JAMES BACKHOUSE. [The Queensland Plumbago is probably P. Zeylanica, common in tropical New Holland.— E».] i 922: CORRESPONDENCE, Inflammability of Dictamnus albus. York, December 19, 1863. In Vol. I. p. 345, of the ‘ Journal of Botany,’ I read with interest the notice of the inflammability of the flowers of Dictamnus.albus, and noticed that the m certain, but it is not limited to the glands of the peduncles; the little round glands cover also the stems of the plant; and by applying a candle to the lower part of the plant, in a fine summer’s evening, I have often obtained a sudden blaze, enveloping the stem, and rising considerably above the plant. The experiment can, however, only be successful once in a season, as the com- bustible glands are not reproduced on the same stems. The oil of these glands seems to give the plant its peculiar smell. Probably the red-flowered is the normal state of Dictamnus albus, and the white-flowered condition, from which I suppose its specific name is taken, an albino. JAMES BACKHOUSE. | On the Position of Monttea, Reyesia, Platycarpum, and Henriquezia, in the Natural System. Hammersmith, December 14th, 1863. In M. Bureau's interesting memoir on Monttea and Reyesia, frequent men- | tion is made of my genus Ozyeladus, with a view to show that it does not be- g to Bignoniacee. It will simplify the remarks I have to offer on this sub- ject, if I admit at once that from the moment I saw plate 51 of Gay's work, it was evident to me that his Monttea is identical with my Oxycladus, for when was only derived from the text of his * Flora ena, In like manner I first became satisfied that his Reyesia Chilensis is generically, if not specifically, identical with my Pteroglossis laxa, as ny be convinced by com- paring Gay's plate 52 with (by a singular coincidence) plate 52, vol. i, of my ill. So. Am. PL M. Bureau therefore accords with my view in relation to Reyesia, but we are at issue in regard to Monttea (Ozyeladus), which I placed in Bignoniacea, where Gay had also located it; and although the former bota- inn. Soc. xxi. plate 18) all analogy ceases. Here we ob- serve a series of characters quite incompatible with the Salpiglossidee, viz opposite leaves, a corolla with quineuncially imbricated sestivation, didrisnon; with a sterile fifth, anther-lobes though divaricated, not confluent at the summit, but united by a distinct connective, a stigma of quite a different CORRESPONDENCE. 98 nature, a two-celled ovary becoming a nearly TAER nut, one-celled by abortion, and perfecting only a single seed, which is exalbuminous, with large fleshy cotyledons. I pointed out long ago the aba of this structure with Platycarpum and Henriquezia, genera also referred to Bignoniacee. M. Bureau lays much stress upon the structure of the seed as being contrary to the usual development in that tee an inference which is true; but it is not less true that such a structure e ists, as I have shown i in Tanecium, Adenoca- nn. T that can militate against the admission of my tribe mL into the Bignoniacee, except the occasional suppression of one of the cells of the fruit, and the abortion of all the ovules es except one, a circumstance not to be wondered niacee (where you originally suggested they should be placed), but the € absence of albumen in the seeds, and their large thick cotyledons, are charae quite — with such a position. Another argument urged by pd Bureau against the admission of Henriquezia into the Bignoniacee is the pre- sence of coda which he seems to think is ineompatible with this family ; but here he is unquestionably mistaken, for, as you are aware, they are are not unfre- quently developed to a large size, being in opposite pairs in each node, like sessile rounded leaflets, without the smallest indication of a petiole. The last becomes quite superior; but this fact is not fatal to the reception of the genus among Bignoniacee, however abnormal it may be. I have before pointed out a "y regs instance i in true Styracee, where in most cases the ovary and fri erior ; but in the Zalesiec, the ovary, at first almost superior, in the Mame ut. its growth becomes nearly quite inferior, but Halesiee and Pterostyrax cannot, on that account alone, be separated from Styracee (see "Contr. Bot. i. plates 29, 30, 31). . Bureau has objected to my hypothesis that in Bignoniacee the carpellary leaves are ovuliferous on the midrib, and he evidently considers that I have is not sufficient to a the orthodox rule which M. Bureau bein advo- then why may die ey not bear ovules on their midrib? If we put aside a pre- judgment of the subject, the latter development will not appear more unnatural than the former. In a plurilocular ovary, it is not impossible that sometimes the midribs of the oepami carpels may unite in the centre, and, becoming 924 CORRESPONDENCE. 'eonfluent, be there ovuligerous ; the supposition is as admissible as that the ovuligerous margins meet in the axis, and it would be no easy task to offer a proof against the existence of the fact: it is clear that as regards the develop- ment of the fruit, the growth would be precisely the same under either hypo- thesis; in both cases the cells, as well as the placente, would in like manner stand opposite the lobes of the stigma, the dissepiments would equally corre- spond, and the dehiscence be the same, either from the resilience of the con- fluent margins, or the rupture along the median nervure of the carpels ; but which of the two actually occurs in particular cases, o s of judging, except by analogy. Now analogy shows that both conditions can leaves ; it is known as the ordinary rule, that the stamens are placed with their backs exteriorly, with their faces turned towards the axis, or in other words introrse ; but we know they are occasionally extrorse, with their backs turned towards the centre. If, then, the staminal normal leaflets be both introrse and extrorse, it is.reasonable to suppose that the carpellary leaflets may be subject to the same conditions, and it cannot be said that I have violated the law of probability in applying this explanation in the case of Bignoniacee, where the circumstances attendant on the growth of the fruit cannot be accounted for on any other hypothesis. We have indeed something like proof of an analogous ence in the Brazilian genus Vasconcella, which has a 5-locular ovary with 5 sterile complete dissepiments, intermediate with which are as many parietal placentæ ; also in Cucurbitacee, where 3 or 5 extrorsely-formed carpels, with -are sometimes placed back to back, with their Vil WUC. Mr. Brown demonstrated that in Orchidacee. rule : alternate with the lobes of the stigma; this is ae aa m onum lridacee. This anomaly was accounted for by genious but not quite satisfactory hypothesis, normally bifid, and that the lobes of the adj they thus appear as if alternate, the placentze. Con cerning Montiea and Reyesia, the evidence is certain that they belong to NÉW PUBLICATIONS. 25 two very different families. There can be no doubt that Reyesia (Pteroglossis) is a genus of the Salpiglossidee, not belonging to Scrophulariacee, according my view, but to Atropacee, a family intermediate between that Order and eom oid (Ill. So. Am. PL i. 172). In regard to Monttea (Oxycladus), you alter this conviction. M. Bureau, however, conceives it should form a new tribe of the Scrophulariacew, osculant with the tribe Antonice, belonging to Lo- ganiacee. But the want of albumen naa excludes the genus from the Loganiacee.as well as from the Scrophulariacee, while it renders it admissible acee Scrophulariacee, but we have the authority of Mr. Bentham, one of the most learned botanists of our time, for attributing to that genus a cartilaginous albumen, though unusually thin ; it would indeed be a great anomaly to find a seed, with a very lax membranaceous testa, e a much shorter and thicker ca eous inner integument investing the e I have only to remark, in conclusion, that my C ed laxa must remain a synonym of Reyesia Chilensis ; but in regard to Ménttea, it appears to me a name far too close to Méntia to be sustained, both being pronounced nearly alike; and in order to avoid confusion, I would suggest the retention of that were not published till 1851; but if M. Gay’s name be preserv: my lant, as a species distinct from that he has described, would bear the title of Monttea aphylla. Joun Mires. NEW PUBLICATIONS. -Études sur les Genres REYESIA et Monttea, et Observations sur la tribu des Platycarpées de M. Miers. Par M. Édouard Bureau. (Reprinted from the Bulletin de la Soc. Bot. de France.) In this paper M. Bureau has taken up several questions which have been agitated in this country. It will be remembered that Mr. Miers maintained that the genera Platycarpum and Henriquezia were Bignonia- ceous, a view in which he was supported by Mr. Bentham,—or rather Mr. Bentham first expressed his belief that Zenriquezia and the allied 26 NEW PUBLICATIONS. Platycarpum were Bignoniacee, and Mr. Miers endorsed the opinion ; whilst Dr. Seemann maintained that these two genera formed a trans- ition between Rubiacee and Loganiacee. In the paper before us M. Bureau goes deeply into the subject, and believes with Dr. Seemann that Henriquezia and Platycarpum are really the connecting links be- tween Rubiacee and Loganiacea, as are also Mitreola and Mitra- sacme, all four of which M. Bureau would place in Rubiacee rather than in Loganiacee. M. Bureau also objects to the tribe Platycarpeze which Mr. Miers forms out of the genera Platycarpum, Henriquezia, Orycladus, Monttea, and Reyesia, and would incorporate with Bignoniacee. Reyesia, from C. Gay’s authentic specimens, he finds to be a Serophularinea, closely allied to Du- boisia and Schwenkia ; but Monttea and Oxycladus he would form into a new tribe of Scrophularinee. M. Bureau has not seen specimens of Ozy- cladus aphyllus, and the botanists of this country only knew Monttea Chilensis from the plate and description in C. Gay’s * Flora Chilena ;’ but it has long ago been suspected by Dr. Seemann that the two genera were one, and the excellent description which M. Bureau has just published leaves little doubt ou that point. The two plants may even be specifically identical, — Ozxycladus, though named aphyllus, hav- ing certainly leaves probably deciduous, if not caducous ones. How- ever, even if waiving the point of identity, there can be no doubt that the two are sufficiently close together to make the question about their true position in the natural system an inseparable one. We do not think that botanists will follow M. Bureau in placing Monttea and Oxycladus amongst Scrophularinee. M. Bureau seems to have over- looked the discussion on Oxycladus, which took place ten years ago at the meetings of the Linnean Society between Mr. Miers and Dr. Sce- mann (Proceedings Linn. Soc. 1853 and 1854, p. 269-273), where the former advocated the claims of Oxycladus as a Bignoniacea, and the latter as a Myoporinea. The whole is thus summed up in the pub- lication alluded to :— : “Mr. Miers states that he sees no reason to alter his conviction as to the proper position of the genus in question. Dr. Seemann contends that Ozycladus is too anomalous in form to be admitted among Bignoniac fruit, which is a hard monospermous nut, with the seed suspended from near the summit of the cell, and of its embryo, which has large fleshy cotyledons, while there are no wings developed on the testa ; and maintains that on these grounds it rather belongs to Myoporacee, with which family it agrees better NEW PUBLICATIONS. 97 in habit, having broom-like branches terminating in a spine, and especially with the genus Bontia, with which it agrees in its hard nut, and which it ap- een in the co unter ot. its ongia; Mr. Miom, on tha other hand, believes thatitis easy to show to the Myoporacee than to the Bignoniacea. In pate in nearly all cases, the leaves are alternate they P opposite i in t Poli edis and in several species of Myoporum, Ep.]; t any rudiment of a fifth ; the ovarium is only bilocular i in two instances, which he has elsewhere shown ( An n. Nat Hist ind. ser. xi. 439) are : doubtíal, or ket NM abnormal genera of the snis i celled, with a single ovule suspended from the apex of each cell, and this: ripens into a four-celled ligneous indehiscent nut, with a seed in each cell. The only remaining case is Bontia, which differs from all Dess of this fanily $ in jan originally a bilocular ovarium, but where by t of en piacente, eight pesce are T each with a -- suspended ovu ars seed, with a thick osseous testa, which is lee poor with the sides of the cell. Mr. Miers’s knowledge of this genus is derived wholly from the descriptions of authors, and he finds no observations of a more recent date aoe those of Gertner and Jacquin; our evidence of its real structure is there- imperfect, but enough is recorded = show that it is a very anomalous Pus if it really belong to the Myoporace * The author next proceeded to ree tines points of structure in Ozy- cladus, which establish the relative value of its affinity to the Myoporacee or the Bignoniacee. In this genus, both the branches and Map leaves are distinctly A ine [so are several Myopora, Ep.], as in Bignoniacee, e find two other genera, where the sind terminate in spines, viz. Daai and Rhigozum : the flowers are bluish, a colour msa and the at one-celled, as 'yoporacee; the ovarium seated upon a five-lobed fleshy disk, which never occurs in the latter family, though consta igno ; it is completely bilocular, with about six ovules in each cell, suspended and attached by a ventral thread to a distinet flat dissepiment, and arranged in three superimposed pairs upon its opposite faces, in two lines parallel with the axis, a structure which offers a marked cha- — in the Bignoniacec, and unknown in the Myoporacee ; of these twelve vules, all become abortive, with the exception of one; the fruit is therefore ibo and monospermous, presenting an osseous nut, with four deep furrows in the apex, and divisible to the base along these stris into four valves, two of these sutures being more easily separable, and always corresponding with the margin of the persistent dissepiment, which is pressed against a and seed filling the whole capacity of the nut. In Myoporacee, whether the nut be 4-celled or by abortion 2-locular, the intervening space is always solid, and 28 NEW PUBLICATIONS. perfectly indehiscent, leaving small circular cells, surrounded by thick ligneous walls, without showing any marks of division ; there is no analogy whatever between this structure and that of Oxycladus. The absence of the alary ex- pansion of the testa, so common in Bignoniacea, is urged as a reason for ex- cluding this genus from that family, but the argument is not valid, where as in Oxycladus only one of the ovules becomes impregnated, and where it is thus left at full liberty to acquire the size and shape of the whole space of the cell. The want of wings in the seeds occurs however in other Bignoniaceous plants. . * . The last consideration as regards Oxycladus is not the least important; its seeds are exalbuminous, as in Bignoniace@, whereas in those of the Myoporacee the embryo is always contained within albumen.” On Marsilia and Pilularia. By Alexander Braun. (* Veber Marsilia und Pilularia, etc.). Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Berlin Academy, 1863. This is an abstract of another addition to the long series of valuable memoirs which Professor Alexander Braun has presented to the Berlin Academy, and which is now published in hope that it may induce bota- nists to furnish the author with suggestions previous to the issue of the complete memoir, illustrated by figures, in the Transactions of the learned body before whom it was read. In this paper Professor Braun does the same for Marsilea, or Marsilia, as he writes it, and Pilularia as he has done on previous occasions for Equisetacee, Chara, Isoëtes, and other roups. Having made himself perfect master of the subject, he com- pletely refutes those superficial observers who were ready to refer all the known species of Marsilea to M. quadrifolia, and all Pilularias to P. globulifera ; and when the memoir itself shall have been published, we shall probably hear no more of the extreme variation to which a single aquatic plant like Marsilea quadrifolia is subject. The author disputes the correctness of the generally received idea that all water and swamp plants enjoy an extensive geographical distribution, by showing that amongst them similar differences prevail as amongst terrestrial species. For instance, while the Characee are generally widely diffused, most Marsileas, Pilularias, and Isoétes are extremely local, a phenomenon partly explained by the size and weight of the macrospores. The number of known species of Marsilea amounts to 37,—or 30, if a few less marked forms be lumped together, such as M. mucronata with uncinata and vestita, M. Coromandelina with trichopoda, M. erosa with crenata, M. brachypus with gracilenta, and M. strigosa with pubes- NEW PUBLICATIONS. 29 cens. Of these, 4 species are found in Europe, Northern Africa and Asia, 6 in Southern Asia, 12 in Central and Southern Africa, including the Canaries, Mauritius, Bourbon, and Madagascar, 5 in Australia, 9 in North and South America, one of which is common to both North Ameriea and Europe, and 4 in the South Sea Islands, only two of which, however, are peculiar to them. All these species are arranged as follows :— MARSILIA, Vaill. A. Fruits uoa (8-20) placed on recurved peduncles in a single row far up the petiole, from the outer edge of which they spring, globose, without teeth. . M. polycarpa, Hook. et Grev. (M. Brasiliensis, Mart., forma minor.) "od atio West Indies, Mexico, and Tahiti. B. Fruits from 2-6, mostly 2 (exceptionally 1), seated on the base, or a little wed the ben of the petiole, more or less compressed, mostly oblong, wi a, Peduncles s mes some ne distance, sometimes more than halfway up, grown toge 2. M. quadrifolia, Linn. Tonaparate parts ef Europe and Asia; in North America only known from Connecticut. 3. M. macropus, Engelm. (non Hook.). Texas 4. M. Brownii, A. Braun (M. quadrifolia, R. Brown, Prodr). New South Wales. b. Peduncles free, or at the base slightly ins together. a. Peduncles erect or asce 5. M. diffusa, Lepr. (M. sarmentosa, Bory ; M. eet terranea, Kunth; M. erosa, Kunze; M. vulgaris, Bory, Boj er). Tropical Africa and its is 6 erosa, Willd. (M. padri floribus Qe tr Klein; M. quadri- folia, Ba, M. minuta, Linn., Mant.). Tranquebar, Pondicherry, Ceylon. 7. M. crenata, Presl (M. mi oia A. Braun ; M. minuta, Blanco). Phi- lippine and perhaps Hawaiian Islands. 8. rachycarpa, A. Braun. Pegu. 9. M. brachypus, À. Braun. uocum 10. M. gracilenta, A. Braun. Con B. Julendiei ‘Saad downwards. 11. M. deflexa, A. Braun. Brazil. C. Fruit solitary at the base of each petiole (more or less compressed, with or without teeth). uncles erect or ascendi ernal skin of fruit not dg off. 12. M. Coromandelina, ; Willa. (M. quadrifolia, Burm. ; M. minuta, B Coro- ‘mandelina, Linn., Mant.; M. minuta, pedunculis unifloris longioribus fili- a Klein; M. longipes, Bory. Coromandel Coast. trichopoda, Lepr. bia. 30 NEW PUBLICATIONS. 14. M. stum Lepr. Senegambia. 15. M: u a, À. Braun. Arkansas, Tex 16. M. — A. Braun (M. vestita, dort; M. quadrifolia, Ward). Mi- setta. 17. M. vestita, Hook. et Grev. Oregon, New Mexico. 18. M. tenuifolia, Engelm. Texas. 19. M. villosa, Kaulf. Hawaiian Islands. P20. M. mutica, Metten. New C te M. hirsuta, R. Brown. New Holland. . M. Drummondii, A. Braun (M. macropus, Hook. ; M. villosa, Brackenr.; k dera var. hirsuta, F. Mueller; M. erosa, var. sericea, F. Mueller ; M. sericea, Kunze). Southern parts of New Holl «iid, common. 23. M. salvatriz, Hanstn. (M. Muelleri, A. Braun). Southern parts of New ollan P 24. M. hell ae R. Brown. New H 25. M. Dregeana, A. Braun (M. dn EE a,c (et b?), Drége,Herb.). Cape of Good Ho 26. M. F AER A. Braun (M. quadrifolia, B, Kunze, exclud. M. biloba, W.; M. quadrifolia, d, e, f, i, Drége, Herb.). Cape of Good Ho 27. M. Burchellii, A. Braun (M. minuta, Burch. ; M. qu adrifolia, y Bur- chellii, Kunze; M. quadrifolia, g, Drége, Herb.; M. pass, A. Braun). Cape of Good Hope. 28. M. biloba, Willd. (M. quadrifolia, h, Drége, Herb.) Cape of Good Hope. 29. M. JEgyptiaca, Willd. Egypt and Southern Russia. 30. M. strigosa, Willd. Southern Russia. 81. M. — Tenore (M. quadrifolia, ves ). Mediterranean regions, ?32. M. fimbriata, Schum. et Thonn. Gui . External skin of ripe pæ peii off. 88. ions gymnocarpa, Lepr. (M. leiocarpa, Bory ; M. Pygmea, Lepr). Se- negam 34. M. Nubica, A. Braun. Cordofan. b. Peduncle bent downwards, straight or bebe d twisted, and often penetrating into the g 85. M. subterranea, Lepr. Senegambia. 87. M. ancylopoda, A. Braun. Ecuador. We would remark that M. polycarpa was first collected in the Society Islands in the year 1769, by Banks and Solander, and that in their specimens, preserved in the British Museum, some of the leaflets are 2-4-lobed,—though in the same individual there are also quite entire ones. But there does not seem any specific difference between the Ta- hitian and the American specimens. According to Solander’s Prim. Fl. Pacific. p. 371 (ined.), M. polycarpa is called Mocha by the natives Reve NEW PUBLICATIONS. 31 of Ulaitea; and Sidney Parkinson gives, tab. 199 of his unpublished * Drawings of Tahitian Plants,' a fine coloured illustration of the species, taken on the spot. To this is attached Solander's manuscript name, M. quadrifoliata, and under that name the plant is fully described in So- lander's manuseript volume just quoted. In the same herbarium we find that Robert Brown has substituted his manuscript name of M. Austrasie for M. quadrifolia, R. Brown, Prodr., and the specimens collected by himself in Port Jackson. M. erosa, Willd., is marked M. dentata, Roxb.; but we do not know whether Roxburgh's is merely a manuscript name, or was published in some Indian periodical. There are specimens with very minute leaves, collected by Aucher-Eloy in the East, and probably belonging to M. Aigyptiaca, not quoted by A. Braun under n. 37, ancy- lopoda. The names, ** Quayaquil, James.” are probably misprints for * Guayaquil, Jameson ;” and there seems to be some confusion with regards to Geyer’s specimens, the years when they were collected being probably quoted instead of the numbers. His n. 450 we take to be M. vestita, Hook. et Grev. The New Caledonian M. mutica may per- haps prove identical with the Vitian species, provisionally named M. quadrifolia, in Seemann's list. There are no specimens of M. hirsuta, B. Brown, and M. angustifolia, R. Brown, in the public collection, but through Mr. Bennett’s kindness we have been able to examine those of Brown’s private herbarium. There are specimens of M. hirsuta from Broad Sound and the Gulf of Carpentaria ; their petiole and leaf- lets are hirsute, their fruit solitary, erect, ovate, compressed, and densely covered with long sericeous chestnut-coloured hair. None of the spe- cimens of M. angustifolia, all of which were collected in the Gulf of Carpentaria, have fruit, and they look like young and starved specimens of M. hirsuta. The leaflets are cuneate-lanceolate, and either acute or dentate at the point, the leaflets are less covered with hairs than those of M. hirsuta, but there is the same tuft of brown sericeous hairs at the meeting-place of the petiolules, and also the long sericeous chestnut- coloured hair at the base of the petioles, and the rosettes, as in the species just mentioned. Professor Braun concludes his valuable paper with an account of Pilularia, enumerating four species, viz.— PILULARIA, Vaill. a. Peduneles erect. 1. P. globulifera, Linn. Northern temperate regions of Europe and Asia. 32 BOTANICAL NEWS. b. Peduncles bent downwards. 2. P. Nove-Hollandie, A. Braun. id Holland and Van Diemen's Land. 3. P. Americana, A. Braun. Arkans 4. » minuta, Durieu. Southern gH and Northern Africa. BOTANICAL NEWS. The Royal LL. has HIR one ^ the Royn Maa E the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A., ic Botany, especially Mil ogy. e Historie Society for Lower Saxouy— Niedersachsen, as nearly the whole x northern Germany was formerly called—has offered a prize for the best essay * on the native plants of — Baxony, i in their relation to the mythology and superstitions of the Old Sax The third part of M. Tesdons Caruel’s * Flora of Tuscany ’ has been pabio, and comprises the monopetalous Calycifloræ, the Corollifloræ, and the Mon chlamydeæ. Part IV. will conclude this useful work. M. Jordan has in preparation a work to be called, * Icones Floræ Gallis et regionum vicinarum 'reformatz, to be issued every two months, and to com- prise coloured illustrations, with analysis, of the French species, The Imperial L. C. German Academy Nature Curiosorum has lately con- Persoon and Dawson Turner were Reeg the last on viii this honour was conferred by that body ; and in resuming thé confer- ring of degrees in medicine and philosophy, it is understood that no fees of any M will be charged. The r$ Chronicle, in noticing the extremely low prices fetched by the dried plants | at the sale of the collections of the Linnean Society, remarks : “Upon the whole, these things may be said to have been given away. Was botany i. tn extremis? or what was the matter?” We believe the commercially unsatisfactory result of this sale finds à ready explanation in the faet, that not suffieiently long notice had. been given of the intended sale by means of public 8. for that kind of friendly intercourse, the ving and receiving help, mutual. civilities, etc., beneficial to both the writer and the reader, responden Dr. Schweinfurth, of Berlin, has started for E with th grin botanically the Sin rasa whi deer Mr. William the querist and the RM ur ele a xL cone en ie PE eee RD SIS D Witch delet lk. Vincent Brooks, Irap- A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH JECIDIACEI. By M. C. Cooxz, Esa. (Prate XIV.) This synopsis, including three or four new, or not hitherto described species, has been executed in the hope that it may lead to the re-dis- covery and identifieation of two or three others, doubtfully recorded as having been found in Britain. It is not impossible that some Conti- nental types, as Æ. Cruciferarum, Æ. Ligustri, and Æ. TOES may yet be met with. RasTELIA, Red. Peridium elongated, at length opening by lateral fissures, or a ter- minal lacerated mouth. Spermogonia on the opposite surface, on the same or on different leaves. l. Restelia cancellata, Reb. (Pear-leaf Reestelia); spots yellow, then red, prominent; peridia split to the base into laciniæ, which re- main united at the apex.— Cooke, Index Fung. Brit. n. 1407; Gray's Nat. Arr. p. 534; Berk. Outl. p. 336. Æcidium cancellatum, Pers. Syn. 205; Eng. Flora, v. p. Sn. Cancellaria pyri, Sow. 410. —On pear lentes: Not very commo 2. Restelia cornuta, Tul. (Horn-like Reestelia) ; spots rusty-brown ; peridia cylindrical, slightly curved, yellowish-brown ; sporidia greyish, at length brown.—Ovoke, l.c. n. 1408; Berk. Outl. p. 336; Gray's Nat. Arr. p. 534. — /Ecidium cornutum, Pers, Syn. 205 ; Sow. t. 319; Grev. Sc. Cr. Fl. t. 180; Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 201; Eng. Flora, v. p. 373.—On the under surface of the leaves of Mountain Ash. Not common. gust. 3. Reestelia lacerata, Tul. (Lacerated Reestelia) ; peridia clustered in tufts, brown, elongated, splitting to the base in segments; spo- ridia light-brown.— Cooke, 7. c. n. 1408 ; Berk. Outl. p. 336; Gray's Nat. Arr. p. 534. — /Ecidium laceratum, Sow. £. 318; Grev. Sc. Cr. Fl. t. 209 ; Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 201; Eng. Flora, ii. p. 313. Æ. Oxya- cantha, Pers. Syn. 206. Æ. Crateegi, Purt. Midl. Fl. iii. p. 570.—On the under surface of the leaves, and on the petioles and fruit of the Haw- hom. Not uncommon. May to July. VOL. II. [FEBRUARY 1, 1864.] D -34 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH ACIDIACEI. PERIDERMIUM, Chev. Peridium elongated, at length bursting irregularly. Spermogonia scattered, conspicuous. 4, Peridermium Pini, Chev.; peridia oblong, scattered, large; spo- ridia orange, abundant ; spermogonia vernal or autumnal, or both ; sper- matia large, white.— Cooke, l. e. n: 1410; Berk. Outl. p. 336. Æcidium Pini, Pers. Syn. 213; Grev. Se. Cr. Fl. t. 1 ; Eng. Flora, v. pl. 2; Fl. Devon. pt. ii. p. 4.—On leaves and young branches of Scotch Fir. Common in Scotland, occasional in England. | Summer. . Peridermium elatinum, Lk.; simple, immersed; peridia elliptic, pallid ; sporidia orange.— Cooke, l.c. n. 1411; Link, Obs.; Kee. et Sch. Deutsch. Schw. n. 141; Berk. Outl. p. 336. . /Ecidium elatinum, Alb, et Schw. Consp. n. 337.—On Silver Fir, altering both foliage and ramification. Not common. 2 JEcIDIUM, Pers. Peridium seldom elongated, opening by a terminal mouth, sur- rounded by a fringe of recurved teeth, or when short bursting irregu- larly. Spores disposed in chains. Spermogonia on the same or the opposite surface, clustered or scattered, central or intermixed. a. Peridia scattered (not collected in tufts or clusters). 6. Heidium leucospermum, DC. (White-spored Aicidium); spots yellowish ; peridia scattered, often covering the whole under-surface ; sporidia white, ovate.—Cooke, 4. e. 1. 1412; DC. Fl. Fr. p.239; Berk. Outi. p. 837; Eug. Flora, v. pt. 2. p. 971. JE. Anemones, Pers. Syn. 212. Lycoperdon innatum, With. iv. p. 456. L. Anemones, Pulé. Linn. Tr. ii. p. 311.—0On both sides of the leaves of the Wood Anemone. Common. June. T. Æcidium quadrifidum, DC. (Four-lobed Æcidium) ; spots brown- ish; peridia seattered, occupying almost the entire under-surface ; sporidia brown, subglobose.—CooRe, J. c. n. 1413; DO. Fl. Fr. vi. p. 90; Berk. Outl. p. 931; Eng. Flora, v. pt..2.. p. 311.—0On the under side of leaves of Anemone in gardens. Lobes at the mouth of the peridium not constantly four. April to May. i 8. Aecidium albescens, Grev: (Moschatel Æcidium); leaf blistered, whitish, scattered ; peridia white, split into a few large teeth; sporidia yellowish-white.—Cooke, l.e: n. 1414; Grev. Fl. Ed. p. 444; Sohnst. FL. Berw. p. 205 ; Berk. Outl. p. 337; Eng. Flora, v. p. 312.. JE. A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH JECIDIACEI. 35 Adoxe, Graves, Dub. Syn. 908.—On leaves and petioles of Adowa moschatellina. Not common. April. 9. Æcidium Epilobit, DC.; spots obliterated; peridia scattered; at ` length: oval, wider above ; sporidia orange, at length brown.—Cooke, lc. n. 1415; DC: Fl. Fr. p. 938 ; Gray's Nat. Arr. p. 538; Grev. Fi. Ed. p.444 ; Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 204; Berk. Outl. p. 3315 Eug. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 312.—On the under side of leaves of Wigs mon- tanum, rarely on the upper. Common. June to Augus "Hcidium Soldanelle, Hornsch.; spots penes peridia soli- tary, scattered over the inferior surface ; sporidia orange.— l. p. 836 ; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 369.—On the under surface of p leaves of Soldanella alpina. ll. eidium Tragopogonis, Pers. (Goatsbeard /Ecidium) ; spots ob- literated ; peridia scattered, torn, wider above; sporidia orange, at length black.— Cooke, l. c. n. 1417 ; Pers. Syn. 211 ; Sow. t. 3971.f. 2; Berk. Outl. p. 337; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 310 ; Æ. Cichoracearum, DC. Syn. 50; Gray's Nat. Arr. p. 537; Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 205.—0On stems, leaves, and involucre of common Goatsbeard. Very common. May to June. 12. Aicidium Euphorbia, Pers. (Spurge Aicidium); spots oblite- rated, leaf thickened ; peridia scattered and crowded, distinct ; ee ridia orange.— Cooke, 1. c. n. 1418 ; Pers. Gmel. Linn. i. p. 1473 Syn. p. 2115 Purt. Midl. Fl. n. 1597 ; Berk. Outl. p. 331 ; Eng. Fi v. pt. 2. p. 374; Æ. Characie, Gray's Nat. Arr. p.537; 7E. Cypa- rissie, Moug. et Nest. n. 81.—On the under surface of the leaves of Spurge. Common. May to June. Sect. II. Peridia in tufts or clusters. a, Elongate. 0788: Riddim Berberidis, Pers.; spots roundish, bright red; subi- eulum thickened ; peridia in euirobiad or oval patehes, often elongated ; ssporidia orange.— Cooke, l: c.n. 1419 ; Pers. Syn. p. 209 ; Sow. t. 397. Sf. 6; Purti Midl. Fl. n. 1195; Fl. Devon. pt. ii. p. 4; Grev. Sc. Cr. Fl. t.91; Fl. Ed. p. 4465 Berk. Outl. p. 887; Eng. Flora, v. pt. 9. p.971; Rostelia Berberidis, Gray's Nat. Arr. p. 534; Lycoperdon indice Jaeg. Coll. t. 4. f. 1.—On a: peduncles, Der fruit of the'common Berberry. Common. “May to July. ^14. ZEcidium Thalictri, Grev. pt Rue ZEcidium); — D 36 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH JECIDIACEI. in roundish clusters ; peridia oblong ; sporidia bright-orange.— Cooke, l.c. m. 1420; Grev Sc. Crypt. Fl. 4. 4; Berk. Outl. p. 3315. Eng. Flora, v. pt. 2. p. 311.—On Thalictrum alpinum. Not uncommon in Scotland. 15. Æcidium crassum, Pers. (Buckthorn ZEcidium) ; spots yellow- brown, subiculum thickened); peridia crowded into a roundish heap, at first globose, yellow, at length open ; sporidia orange,—Cooke, J. c. 2. 21; Pers. Syn. p. 208 ; Ic. et Descr. t..10.f.1, 2; Gray’s Nat. Arr. p. 535 ; Berk. Outl. p. 337; Eng. Flora, v. pt. 2. p. 313 ; Æ: Rhamni, Purt.. Midl. Fl. ii. 2..1538.—On Rhamnus. catharticus and R. Fran- gula. Common, 16. ZEcidiun. Perielymeni, DC. (Honeysuckle /Ecidium) ; spots va- ` riegated, yellow and. brown, subieulum thickened ; peridia . sometimes elongated, in roundish or effused heaps; sporidia orange.— Cooke, 1. c. n. 1422; DC. Fl. Fr.ii. p. 591; Gray’s Nat. Arr. p. 531; Grev. Eh Ed. p. 445 ; Johnst, Fl. Berw. p. 206 ; Berk. Outl. p. 331; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 370.—On the under surface of honeysuckle leaves. Not com- mon.. June to August. B. Poculiforme. AT. ZEcidium Calthe, Grev. (Marsh Marigold ZEcidium). ; aggregate ; peridia somewhat campanulate, with. numerous minute marginal teeth ; sporidia bright-orange, subglobose or oval.— Cooke, 1. c. n. 1423 ;, Grev. Fl. Ed. p. 446 ; Berk. Oull. p. 3815 Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 871.—On leaves and petioles of Caltha palustris, margin of peridia pale and brittle. Rare... Spring. 18. Æcidium Ranunculacearum, DC. (Crowfoot AEcidium) ; spots obliterated, subiculum thickened ; peridia in irregular heaps, densely crowded together; sporidia orange.—Cooke, 1. e.n. 1424 ; DC. Fi. Fr. vi. p. 915. Grev. Fl. Ed. 446 ; Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 205; Berk. Outl. p. 331 ; Eng. Flora, v. pt. 2. p. 370. JR. Ranunculi, Sow. £. 397. J. 25 Gray's. Nat. Arr. p. 535, Æ. confertum, Gray's Nat. Arr. p. 535; Grev. Fl. Ed. 446; Johust, Fl. Berw. p. 205. 7E. Ficarie, Purt. Midl. Fl. p. 333. Æ. Clematidis, Gray’s Nat. Arr. p. 535.—On leaves of. various Ranunculacee ; very common on A. Ficaria, not un- common on , repens, more rarely on R. acris and R. bulbosus. Spring. 19. Aicidium Galii, Pers. (Bedstraw ZEcidium) ; spots linear or oblong, obscurely brown ; peridia. scattered, rarely aggregate, dentate, UJ A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH JECIDIACEI. 37 whitish; sporidia white.— Cooke, 1. e. n. 1425 ; Pers. Syn. p. 207; Berk. Outil. p. 337; Ann. of Nat. Hist. n. 490.—0On the leaves of wosem verum. . ZEcidium Bunii, DC. (Pig-nut Aicidium); spots obliterated, pitti thickened ; peridia in irregular subrotund or oval heaps ; sporidia orange.— Cooke, l e: n. 1426 ; DC. FI. vi. p. 96; Gray’s Nat. Arr. p. 535; Grev. Fl. Ed. p. 445; Berk. oin: p. 337; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 370.—On Buninm bulbocastanum and Pimpinella sari- diem Spring. . ZEcidium: Valerianacearum, Dub.; hypogenous, rarely cauline, iio on a thickened subcircular or diag base ; peridia scattered, more or less crowded, cap-shaped, tawny, margin erect dentieulate ; sporidia dirty-yellow.— Cooke, l. e. n. 1427; Dub. Syn. p. 908; Johnst. Fl. Berw: p. 206 ; Berk. Outl. p. 331; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 370.—On Fale- riand oficinas and F. dioica. Not uncommon in the north. 2 idium Asperifolii, Pers. (Borage ZEcidium); clusters sub- rotund, on a slightly thickened subiculum ; peridia scattered ; sporidia yellowish-white.— Cooke, l. c. n. 1428 ; Pers. Syn. 209; Gray’s Nat. Arr. p. 536; Berk. Outl. p. 831; Ann. of Nat. Hist. n. 255; Lyco- perdon innatum, With. (in part).—On leaves of various Boraginee. Summer.’ The parts of the leaves on which it occurs are rendered concave on one side, and convex on the other. “28. ZEcidium Grossularie, DC. (Gooseberry /Ecidium) ; spots yellow; bright ted on the opposite side, with a yellow border; peridia crowded in roundish heaps, at length brown, and surrounded with a brown area; 'sporidia orange.— Cooke, 7. e. n. 1429 ; DC. Fl. Fr. vi. p.92; Grev. Se. Or. Fl. t. 62; Fl. Ed. p. 446; Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 206; Fl. Devon. pt. ii. p.4; Berk. Outl. p. 8831; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. $72. —On leaves n fruit of Gooseberry, and leaves of poen Common. May to (24, ZEcidium Dis; pc. (Nettle Aeidium) ; spots hað subiculum thickened ; peridia disposed in elongated or subrotund heaps, at first subglobose, then gaping; sporidia orange.—Cooke, i.c. m. 1430; DC. Fl Fr. ii. p.948; Grev. Fl. Ed. p. 445; Gray's Nat. Arr, p. 586; Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 206; Berk. Outl. p. 3373 “Eng. Fil. v. pt. 2. p. 814; Purt. Midl. Fl. iii. p. 294. —On leaves and stents of Nettles, distorting them very much. Common. June. ~ 25. ZEeidium Behenis, DC. (Bladder Campion ZEcidium) ; ee 38 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH ACIDIACEI. yellow, brown on opposite side; peridia somewhat circinating, in sub- rotund heaps; sporidia brown.— Cooke, l. c. 4. 1431 ; DC. Fl. Fr. vie 94; Berk. Outil. p. 331; Eng. Fl.v. pt. 2. p. 472.—On Silene in- Jlata. Not common. Some of the peridia are short and open, others 26. Aieidium Orobi, DC. (Bitter Vetch ZEcidium); spots yellow, effused; peridia scattered and disposed in small heaps; sporidia at length white.—Cooke, l. c. n. 1432 ; DC. Fl. Fr. vi. p. 95; Berk. Outl. p. 991; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 913.—0On stems and leaves of Orobus tuberosus. Scotland. y: Subimmerse. 27. ZEcidium Compositarum, Mart. (Composite /Ecidium) ; spots purplish, subrotund, confluent above; peridia crowded, in orbicular patches, or circinating on the under surface; sporidia orange, oval.— Cooke, l.c. n. 1433; Mart. Erl: p. 8145 Berk, Outl. p. 391 ; Eng. Fl. vy. pt. 2. p. 370. Var. a. Taraxaci, Grev. ; clusters small, scattered.— FI. Ed. p. 444 ; Johnst. Fl. Berw: p. 205.—On leaves of the Dandelion. June to J uly. Var. 6. Prenanthis, Pers. ; spots circular or irregular, purplish ; subi- culum incrassated.— Pers. Syn. p. 208; Grev. Fl. Ed. p.445 5. Johnst. Fi. Berw. p. 206.—On leaves of Hawkweed (Hieracium paludosum). Summer. - AMO TE Var. c. Tussilaginis, Pers. ; clusters round on a thickened base ; pe- ridia eireinating.— Pers. Syn. p. 209; Sow. t. 397. f. As Grev. FI. Lid. p. 445; Johust. Fl. Berw.; Graps Nat. Arr. p.537. Adi Pe- tasitidis, Gray's Nat. Arr. p. 536. Lycoperdon epiphyllum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1655 ; With. iv. p. 456; Hulls Brit. Fl. p. 415.— On the under surface of leaves of Coltsfoot and Butterbur. «Common, Autumn. | Var. d. Jacobee, Grev.; pustular, soon becoming agglomerated, numerous, depressed ; peridia splitting into short, brittle; yellowish- - white teeth.— Grev: Fl. Ed; p. 4445 E Senecionis, Desm. n. 011; Æ. Sonchi, Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 206.—On leaves of Senetio Jucobea and Sonchus arvensis. June to August: Var. e. Lapsani, Purt. ; spots purplish, irregular, confluent, on both: sides of the leaves; peridia amphigenous in irregular patches or scat-: tered, not prominent, teeth numerous, minute, reflexed ; sporidia yel- low, oval.—Purt, mss.—On both surfaces of the leaves of D apsana communis. April. Not common. (Tab. XIV. f; 21) A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH ACIDIACEI. 39 98. Æcidium: Sanicule, Carm. (Sanicle ZEcidium) ;- maculis pur- purascentibus, subincrassatis, minutis, sparsis, subrotundatis ; peridiis congestis, hypophyllis, semiorbieularis, demum expansis, margine late dentato ; sporidiis luteolis, ellipticis.— Cooke, l c. n. 1434. i Spots purplish, slightly incrassated, small, scattered, roundish ; pe- ridia in small circinate clusters, hypogenous, and on the petioles, at first hemispherical, at length open, margin with from 4 to 6 spreading lobes; sporidia yellowish, elliptical.—On the under surface of the leaves and on the petioles of Sanicula Europea. Not uncommon. May and June. (Tab. XIV. f. 1.) This is a very distinct and interesting plant, and I should judge from its frequency in the Kentish districts that it is not uncommon wherever the Sanicle abounds. The small size of the clusters, some- times but little larger than those of a Puccinia, may in some measure account for its remaining so long unnoticed. A specimen is included in the Hookerian Herbarium from Carmichael’s Appin collection, but I cannot find it described in any work to which I have re 29. Acidium Viole, Schum, (Violet Aicidium) ; spots yellowish; peridia in irregular heaps, seriate and scattered ; sporidia orange, at length brown.— Cooke, l. cm. 1435 ; Grev. Fl. Ed. p. 444; Berk. Outl. p.331 ; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 312. .. Ai. Violarum, Gray's Nat. Arr. p.531; Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 250.—On leaves, petioles, and sepals- of Violets: Common.. May and June. 80. .Meidium Poterii, n..sp. (Burnet JEcidium) ; maculis: oblitera- tis; peridiis circinatis vel sparsis, immersis, margine denticulato deci- duo; sporidiis luteolis, ovatis.—Cooke, 4. c. n. 1436. iis - Spots obliterated, clusters subrotund or elongated ; peridia hypoge- nous and on the petioles, cireinating or scattered, immersed, margin irregularly fringed: with numerous minute teeth, soon falling away ; sporidia yellowish, oval.—On the under surface of the leaflets and on the petioles of Poterium Sanguisorba. Rare. May and June. Dart- ford Brent, Kent. (Tab. XIV. f. 3.) | This species is interesting from its association with a note in the Eng. Flora, vol. v. pt. 2. p. 373, to the following effect :—'" An Æcidium ap- parently of some interest has been found by Dr. Greville on Polerium. Sanguisorba ; the specimens, however, in Dr. Hooker's Hegbarium are too. young to- describe.” It was in consequence of this note that I made diligent search for the Zeidium above described, and only found 40 A SYNOPSIS OF THE BRITISH ZECIDIACEI. a few specimens on the smallest and most attenuated radical leaves on a hedgebank at Dartford. 31. ZEcidium Geranii, DC. (Cranesbill Acidium) ; spots yellow and purple ; peridia in circinating clusters; sporidia yellow, at length brown.— Cooke, 1. c. n. 1431; DC. Fl. Fr. vi. p. 93; Johnst. Fl. Berw: p.205 ; Berk. Outl. p. 337; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 9. = = .— On the under en of leaves of Geranium pratense. Not com 2. dicidium Menthe, DO. (Mint Aeidium); ae iblitinind] subicu- 2 thickened ; peridia seattered, emersed, or aggregate immersed ; spo- ridia orange, elliptic.— Cooke, 2. c. n. 1438 ; DC. Fr. Fl. vi.p. 95 5: Berk. = p.336 ; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 869.—On various Mints: Common. 3. Æcidium scrophularie, DC. (Figwort /Ecidium) ; spots yellow- x ene in roundish circinate clusters (rarely scattered): on the under surface ;: spores whitish, becoming tawny.— DC. Fly Fr. vi. p. 91. Czoma scrofulariatum, .L&. Sp. n. 131. © Collected at) Thame and Sydenham, Oxon., on the leaves of SoRiphalleri aquatica by Dr. Ayres, and included by him in his published. Fungi Exsic.n. 21. It would stand next to Æ. menthe, DC., as n. 1438*, in the‘ Index Fungorum Britannicorum.’ Unfortunately I had not seen Dr. Ayres's ‘Fungi’ when the Index went to press, hence this species was omitted. I know of no reason for its exclusion from Berkeley’s ‘Outlines of um Fungology.’ 34. Alcidium pedicularis, Lobosch ; spots A TANS subiculum thickened ; peridia thickly and irregularly clustered, subimmersed ; pgs dirty, pallid orange.— Cooke, I. c. n. 1439 ; Lob. in Act. Mosc. v. 16. t. v. f 15 Berk. Outil. p.336. Cæoma pediculariatum, Lk. Sp. ii. 47. Crema pedicularis, Schlecht, Fl. Berol. ii. 113.—On petioles, leaves, and stems of Pedicularis palustris.. Not common. . 85. dicidium Primule, DO. (Primrose /Ecidium) ; | spots oblite: rated ; peridia solitary, scattered, and crowded, hypogenous ; sporidia whitish-yellow.—Cooke, l. c. n. 1440; DC. Fl. Fr. vi. p.90; Berk. Outl. p. 336 ; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 369 Du the under surface of leaves of Primroses. Not common. . May. 36. ZEcidium rubellum, Pers. (Dock Aicidium) ; ; Spots. pulo; pe- ridia circinating, centre free ; sporidia yellowish-white. — Cooke, l.c. n. 1441; Pers. in Gmel. Linn. p. 1473 ; Gray’s Nat. Arr. p. 536; Grev. Fl, Ed. p. 447; Berk. Outl. p. 386; Eng, Fl, v. pt. 2. p. 369. Ai, Rumicis, Pers, Syn. 207 3 Sow. 6, 405 ;. Purt. Midt: Fl. àii. 1; 26: CHINCHONA FROM THE NEILGHERRY HILLS. 41 —On leaves of Dock and Sorrel. Not uncommon in moist localities. May and June. 81.1 Æceidium Ari, Berk. (Wake-robin Aicidium) ; spots round, confluent ; peridia circinating, not crowded, central ones abortive.— Cooke, l. c. n. 1442; Berk. Onil. p. 336 ; fera Fl. v. p. 2. p. 969.— On leaves of Arum maculatum. Not common. 38. Æcidium Dracontii, Schwein. guns Aicidium) ; spots pallid, extensively scattered over the leaves, sometimes nearly covering them ; peridia large, scattered; abundant, disposed without order on the spots ; spores orange.—Cooke, 1. c. n. 1443 ; Schweinitz, in Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. -1884.—On Arum triphyllum, in gardens. Melbury, 1863 (Rev. M. J. B). .A North American species now recorded for the first time as appearing in this country. 39: Æcidium Alii, Grev. ; spots pale ; peridia circinating, not con- tignowis ; sporidia yellowish.— Cooke, l.e. n. 1444 p- 4 ull. p. 336; Eng. Fl. v. pt. 2. p. 369; Johnst. Fl. Berw. p. 207. E. Allii-ursini, du Syn. p. 210.—On een of broad-leaved Garlic (Allium ursinum). Not common. June and July. ENDOPHYLLUM, Lév. : | Peridium. enclosed within the substance of the leaf, bursting irre- nage _ 40. Endophyllum Sempervivi, Lév.; peridia immersed, elliptic or roundish ; sporidia ochraceous, becoming brownish.—Cooke, J, c. n. 1445 ; Berk. Outl. p. 337. Uredo Sempervivi, 47b. et Schw. n. 356 ; Berk. in Ann. Nat. Hist. n. 476.—On leaves of Houseleek. EXPLANATION OF PrATE XIV ` Fig. l; —€— Bee (4) cluster of ec (c) seti duh further magnified. Fig. 2. Acidium Compositarum, var. Lapsani, (5) arrangement of peridia, , (c) E ridia iod "e 3.: Aicidium Poterit; P) edie a magnified. ANALYSIS OF CHINCHONA BARK AND LEAVES GROWN ON THE NEILGHERRY HILLS, AND RECEIVED IN ENGLAND NOVEMBER 20TH, 1863. COMMUNICATED BY CLEMENTS. R. MARKHAM, EsQ. ""Phe:batk and leaves forwarded by Mr. M‘Ivor were removed from the plants during the rains, or the season of the year when the sap is 42 ANALYSIS OF CHINCHONA in full flow, being the period when the plants contain the greatest pro- portion of moisture. The object in submitting these specimens was to ascertain how far this condition affects the yield of alkaloids. The last supply of bark submitted to analysis by Mr. Howard was cut when the sap was be- ginning to rise. A further supply will be forwarded in the dry sea- son, when the plants are at rest, and this will be sufficient to enable Mr. Howard to form an opinion of the most advantageous time of collecting the bark. Mr. M‘Ivor is inclined to think that the bark should either be cut in the middle of the dry season or in the spring, as the sap is beginning to rise; these seasons are also most favourable for drying and preserving the bark. The plants under culüvation have given unmistakable signs that they do not require so moist a climate as they are represented to enjoy on the Andes. This season at Neddivuttum has been unusually wet, and several of the Grey Bark plants have suffered in consequence. The way in which the continuous rain seems to affect the plants is by throwing a constant stream of water down the channels of the leaves, which, resting in the axil, causes the bark there to decay; this decay is communicated to the young growing wood, and, ultimately, to the pith ; the decay having once reached the pith, the rain-water finds its way into the centre of the stem, and in this way affects the health of the plant. A specimen of the wood of Chinchona micrantha was for- warded for Mr. Howard's opinion on the subject. The Red Bark, Crown Barks, and Yellow Bark, do not suffer from this cause, ap- parently because the petiole of the leaf in’ these species is more rounded, and, consequently, it does not conduct and deposit the water in the axil of the leaf, as is the ease with the : Barks. Specimens of Chinchona Barks, et No. 1. Chinchona succirubra, Red Bark from phon of twenty-two months' growth. 2. C. succirubra, Red Bark from plants of eighteen. months’) growth, thickened by being covered with moss for three: months. | 3. C. succirubra, Red Bark from branches of eighteen months’ growth and under. 4. Renewed bark of O. succirubra, the centre part. being the bark renewed a second time, GROWN ON THE NEILGHERRY HILLS. 43 jd Red Bark from small branches broken by the wind. C. micrantha, bark from a plant of eighteen months’ growth. C. micrantha; bark from upper part of plant of eighteen months’ growth injured by the rains. Q. micrantha, bark from branches broken by the wind. 9.C. Pahudiana, grown in open ground. 10, Green leaves of Red Bark dried in the shade. 11. Green leaves of C. officinalis dried in the shade. 12. Green leaves of O. micrantha dried in the shade. 13. Specimen of wood of C. succirubra, showing the injury done by the continued rains. cc e Report to ‘the Under Secretary of State for India, on the Bark and Leaves sent home in October, 1863, for Examination, by J. E. Howard, Esq., F.LS. The box of specimens reached. me in. good condition, and has fur- nished valuable materials for further research, although the quantity of bark sent this time amounted to. but a few ounces in weight. Several pounds’ weight of leaves (well dried and with a marked tea-like fra- grance) have allowed me the opportunity of following various lines of experiment in order to ascertain their probable commercial value. I. regret’ to be obliged. to. confirm the opinion I expressed in my last, that the leaves will.not supply material for the extraction of Quinine, although the quantity of the first rough precipitate from an acid solu- tion, having the appearance of a hydrated alkaloid, is considerably more than I succeeded in. obtaining: before, being equal to-1-31 per cent. of the weight of the leaves. Of this a small portion was soluble in ether, to the extent of 0°17 per cent., forming a clear yellow. solu-: tion, which precipitates on the addition of a solution of oxalic acid in spirit of wine.» Nevertheless, the further prosecution of the inquiry and the attempt to purify the alkaloid showed me clearly that I had to do witha state of things very different from that which exists in the bark, and that I should not succeed in obtaining an available salt of Quinine. I hope to be able to prosecute this research on a still larger quantity of the material, in order to test the conclusions to which my present investigation tends. The alkaloid exists in the leaves in very intimate relationship with the green colouring-matter. This latter sub- stance is well deserving of a more elaborate investigation, as it seems 41 CHINCHONA FROM THE NEILGHERRY HILLS. to be somewhat analogous to indigo, and its ethereal solution has a peculiar effect on the rays of light, the reflected ray having almost a blood-red colour, whilst the transmitted ray is a fine green.* ^^ T will now notice the remaining specimens. Nos. 1 and 2, though presenting a promising S apres were in too small quantity to jus- examination. No. 3, “Red Bark from branches of eighteen months and under," yielded me not less than 6 per cent. of rough alkaloid; but of this a larger proportion seemed to be Quinidine and Chinchonidine, but as I had little more than an ounce of bark to exa- mine, I cannot consider this comparative result as an ascertained fact. As these barks were cut at the period when the sap is in full flow, it is not at all improbable that the alkaloids may vary somewhat from those produced at a different season. The above 6 per cent. of alkaloid yielded in a state of further purification 4-10 per cent. of Quinidine, Chinchonidine, and Quinine, and also a portion, 0°9 per cent., insolu- in ether, in all 5 per cent. The portion insoluble in ether, and not capable of being crystallized from spirit, I set down as Chinchoni- cine, and not pure Chinchonine, of which last I find but few indications in these young barks. The Quinidine crystallizes as hydriodate, and the Chinchonidine as a resinous mass, when united with eee acid. Both form a feathery crystallization as sulphates, No. 5, ** Red Bark from small branches broken by the shut ” gave a result very nearly resembling the analysis of the leaves. This is not surprising, considering the very immature: state of these succulent branches. I obtained 1 per cent. of alkaloid soluble in ether, which gave a doubtful trace of erystallization’ as sulphate. A further por- tion of impure alkaloid insoluble in ether resembled the same substance as described under No. 3 «Phe No; 8, **€: — bark, from small branehes broken by the wind," gave, on examination, more chincho-tannic acid than No. 5. The precipitated alkaloids appeared to be, as above, 1 per cent., but of this 0°40 per cent. proved to be oxidized tannin, and iisa in ether ; the rest in part crystallized from ether, and in’ part formed a Quinine-like mass; the crystalline portion formed erystals as hydrio- date, indicating the Quinidine of Pasteur: the total proved to be Quinidine (Quinine P), and a trace of Chinchonine 0:60 per cent. * Further investigation has enabled me to separate this peculi into two entirely different substances.—J. E. H, ; Ton 9 gr solution * HYPERICUM UNDULATUM. 45 No. 9, O: Pahudiana, contained more chincho-tannic acid than even the last.. "The precipitate of alkaloid was minute, and much implicated with astringent colouring-matter. Ether dissolved a small portion, in which, on evaporation, crystals could be perceived. This bark, in the state in which sent, has scarcely any bitter taste; and would be worth- less in commerce. -L cannot say what the mature bark might be. after some years’ growth, but doubt whether it can ever repay the expense of cultivation, - I may remark that this bark a good deal resembles that of C. purpurea in its external appearance ; and also that the bark of C. micrantha now sent. has much. the same character as that which. characterizes the bark of the same Chinchona:as grown in South America. I find similar characteristic colouring in the leaves of the three spe- cies sent, C. officinalis, micrantha, and succirubra. The same also seems (a little altered) to. pervade the specimen of wood, marking a difference from the heartwood of C. succirubra of many years’ growth which I have before examined. | HYPERICUM UNDULATUM, Schousb., A RECENT ADDI- TION TO THE BRITISH FLORA. By T. R: ARCHER Brices, Esq. A short time ago I sent specimens of an Hypericum, collected in the neighbourhood. of Plymouth, to Mr. J. G. Baker, and. have. been in- formed by him that the plant is entirely new to our flora. He- has drawn up a description of it, which he has kindly given me permission to use. 2 ec ...'* Rootstock. creeping widely. Stems erect, 2 to 3 feet high, slender, with four slightly-winged angles. Leaves oblong or obovate-amplexi- caul, thickly studded with pellucid dots and with a network of pellucid veins... Panicle loosely corymbose, the long. lateral branches with often only two or three flowers. Sepals always erect, lanceolate, acute or bluntish, with pellucid veins and dots, sometimes, but not always, with black dots on the back and along the edges. Petals elliptical or ob- ovate, as large as those of H. perforatum, tinged with red on the out- 46 HYPERICUM UNDULATUM. side, slightly dotted with black on the edges. Styles about as long as the ovary in the fully expanded flowers, half as long as the capsules. “Differs from H. perforatum by its quadrangular. stem, broader leaves with network of pellucid veins, broader and blunter sepals, and styles only half as long as capsule; from H. dubium by its closely dotted leaves and erect sepals ; from H. quadrangulum by its less robust and less decidedly winged stem; more dotted leaves, larger petals, and diffe- rently shaped sepals ; from all three by the much fewer and more dis- tantly placed flowers of its panicle.” lected the plant on the 7th of August, 1861; it grows plentifully by a stream (a small tributary of the Plym, on the right bank), and in boggy ground at Common Wood, about four or five. miles from Plymouth, Devon; and occurs less abundantly by a stream in a meadow at Fursdon, Egg Buckland, about a mile: from Common Wood, and in the same county. I noticed the following plants grow- ing with it:—Hypericum Elodes, Epilobium palustre, Hydrocotyle vul- garis, Wahlenbergia hederacea, Sibthorpia Europea, Anagallis tenella, Juncus acutiflorus, Narthecium ossifragum, and Osmunda regalis. I have since been informed, by Professor Babington, that this Hype- ricum is a species widely distributed over Southern Europe, Northern Madeira, and the Azores, the M. undulatum, Schousb., H: deci- piens, Watson, H. Neapolitanum, Tenore, and probably also the H. Baticum, Boiss. Elench. 40 ; Voyage, n. 332, t. 84,—H. undulatum being the oldest name. M. Boissier gives the following diagnosis of H. Beticum :—* Caule erecto, 2-3-pedali, quadrangulo, angulis sub- alatis; foliis ovali-lanceolatis, obtusis, subamplexicaulibus, subtus evi- denter 5—6-nerviis, glabris, densissime pellucido-punctatis, margine nigro-punctatis, panieula elongata, laxa, bracteis linearibus, sepalis ovato-lanceolatis acutis obtuse crenatis, margine ni unctatis, cap- sula matura subduplo brevioribus ; petalis et antheris nigro-punotatis."' I should add that Dr. Seemann has just received a letter from Pro- fessor Alexander Braun, embodying the result of a comparison of one of my specimens with those of M: undulatum, in the Berlin herbarium: An abstract of this letter, together with a coloured plate, and critical remarks on the synonyms and geographical distribution of the plant, will be found in an article by Professor Babington, now nouus for one of the forthcoming numbers of the * Journal of Botany." 10, Torrington Place, Plymouth. 41 THE CUCURBITACEJE OF TROPICAL POLYNESIA. By BERTHOLD Seemann, Pu.D., F.L.S. The Cucurbitacee of tropical Polynesia are involved in considerable confusion, owing to Forster having admitted into his ‘ Prodromus, several: species named by Solander, but of which no description has been published. The authentic specimens and manuscript descriptions of Solander, together with Sidney Parkinson’s drawings, all preserved at the British Museum, have enabled me to clear up the synonymy of these plants. To set this matter finally at rest, it will be advisable to enumerate all the Cucurbitacee hitherto found in the region alluded to, including the species generally cultivated. 1. Melothria Samoensis, A. Gray, Bot. Wilkes, p. 641.—Samoan Is- lands (United States Expl. Exped.). 2. Zehneria. Baneriana, Endl. Fl. Norf. n. 126.—Norfolk Island (Bauer, fide Endl.). 3. Karivia Samoensis, A. Gray, Bot. Wilkes, p. 643.—Cucumis Maderaspatanus ?, Sol. Prim. Fl. Insul. Pacif. p. 331, ined. ; Parkinson's Drawings of Tahitian Plants, t. 111, ined.—Samoan Islands ( United States Expl. Haped.); Society Islands (Banks and Solander !, in Brit. Mus.).—Nomen vernaculum ‘Tahitense, teste Pritchard, ** Tavivi”’ (i.e twiner) ; teste Solander, “ Tahwihwi, vel Tawhiwhi ;” Raiatense, teste Solander; ** Hoohove " v. “ Huhue.” CE take A. Gray's Karivia Samoensis, from the Samoan group, to be the same plant which Banks and Solander gathered in the Society Is- lands, which Solander in his unpublished Prim. Fl. Insul. Paeif. describes as ‘Cucumis Maderaspatanus ?,” and for which he quotes Parkinson’s drawings, t. 111, with his own manuscript name attached. Solander describes the female flowers. as growing in the same axils as the male, and: on. isolated, thin; and 1-florous peduncles. The fruit he has not seen, nor do his specimens exhibit any trace of either female flowers or uit: . The male flowers are racemose, the pedicels being arranged in whorls, which, when the racemes are just beginning to blossom, gives them the appearance of small umbels or cymes, as stated by A. Gray. The racemes are either simple or fureate, 4-5 inches long; the corolla eream-coloüred. The upper surface of the leaves is generally covered with minute white dots, which are not noticed by A. Gray, nor 48 THE CUCURBITACEJE OF TROPICAL POLYNESIA. indicated by the accurate Parkinson, probably they are not so promi- nent in fresh specimens; even in some of the leaves before me they are scarcely preceptible. Solander says of them, “ glandulis minutis distinctis, in siccis parum inerustatis." Otherwise Banks and Solander's specimens, and the latter's description agree well with A. Gray's account ofthe plant. When the female flowers and fruit are better known, it will probably turn out that the species under consideration is not a true Karivia. Bryonia?, sp. nov.?, no. 290 of Guillemin's list, Tahiti (Bert. et Mcerenh.), and irjódid Johnstoni, Cuzent, O'Taiti, p. AP (name only), are doubtless identical with the plant. . Citrullus vulgaris, Schrad. in Eckl. et Zeyh. Enum. p. 279.— deia Citrullus, Zinn. Spec. 1435.— Cultivated in the Sandwich (Seemann !), Vitian (Seemann /), and Society Islands (Cuzent), but known to be introduced by Europeans. 5. Momordica Charantia, Linn. Spec. 1433.—Viti (Williams 1). Ta- hiti (Banks and Solander !, United States Expl. Exped.), supposed to be a recent introduction, by A. Gray, who did not know of its being contained in the older collections. 6. Luffa insularum, A. Gray, Bot. Wilkes, p. 644.—Cucurbita mul- tiflora; Sol. ms. in Forst. Prodr. n. 556, et in Parkinson's Drawings of Tahitian Plants, t. 108 (a branch with yellow male flowers) ; Soland. Prim. Fl. Ins. Pacif. p. 335 ; Sprengel, Syst. v. p. 45 ; De Cand. Prodr. ii. p. 318. Nomen vernaculum Tahitense, “ Ehuerharho ?,” teste Sol., * Huaroro,” teste Cuzent.— Tahiti (Banks and Solander !, Forst ! in Mus. Brit,), Tongan Islands (Barclay ! n. 3405, in Mus. Brit. ), Vitian Islands (Seemann ! n. 193). A Cucurbitacea mentioned by Collie under the native name of “ Ar- roro,” and thought by Hooker and Arnott to be Cucurbita Aurantia, is probably this species, the name being simply incorrectly spelt, whilst the statement that the fruit was employed for holding scented cocoa- nut oil is quite correct, though throughout Polynesia the Bottle-gourd (Lagenaria vulgaris) has, from time immemorial, been more generally - applied for that purpose, the fruit of Lufa being not so well suited for conversion into vessels intended for holding fluids. 7. Lagenaria vulgaris, Ser. in De Cand. Prodr. iii. p. 299.— Cucur bita Lagenaria, Linn. Spec. 1434; Forst. Prodr. n. 362. Cucurbita bicirrha, Forst. ms. in Guill. Zeph. Tait. n. 285. “Nomen vernaculum Tahitense, ‘‘ E'Hooe ” (= E’ Hue), teste Solander, ** Hue," teste W. THE CUCURBITACE/E OF TROPICAL POLYNESIA. 49 Pritchard ; Vitiense, “ Vago," teste Seemann.— Tahiti. (Banks and Solander ! in Mus. Brit. .. Viti (Seemann! n. 495), Java (Horsfield ! in Mus. Brit.), Easter Island (Forster /), Sandwich Islands (See- mann !). ` The Bottle-gourd is one of the Cucurbiéacee, found cultivated in the different Polynesian Islands, where they were first discovered by Europeaus. 8. Cucumis acidus, Jacq. Obser. Bot. parsiv. p. 14 (1764).—Cucu- mis pubescens, Willd. Spec. iv. p. 614 (1805); De Cand. Prodr. iii. p. 801; Wight, Icon. t. 496. Cucumis Maderaspatanus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ii. p. 123, non alior. Cucurbita aspera, Sol. ms. in Fo-st. Prodr. n. 555 (1786), e¢ in Parkinson's Drawings of Tahitian Plants, ined. t. 110; Sol. Prim. Fl. Ins. Pacif. p. 336. Nomen vernaculum Tahi- tense, ** E-atu” vel ** Ea-ea," teste Solander; Vitiense, ** Timo."— Tahiti (Banks and Solander ! in Mus. Brit.), Viti (Seemann ! n. 194), Java (Horsfield ! in Mus. Brit.), East Indies (Roxburgh / in Mus. Brit.), Ceylon (Thwaites ! in Mus. Brit.), Cape de Verd Islands (fide 4. Gray), Kuka, Central Africa (Edward Fogel! n. 59, in Mus. Brit.). i An authentic specimen of Cucumis acidus, in the British Museum, with Jacquin’s manuscript note :—“ Nova certe species, nata in Horto Bot. Vind. anno 1762 e seminibus Indicis sine nomine a Gronovio ac- ceptis. Fructus interne ubi Cucumis, sed acidissimus, figura obovata glabra," has enabled me to identify C. acidus and C. pubescens, and to vindieate the priority of the former name, a name evidently overlooked by all writers on Cucurbitacee. A. Gray has attempted to establish two varieties of this. species, distinguished by the shape and the gla- brous or pubescent state of the surface of the fruit, but the characters assigned do not seem to hold good. . Parkinson's figure of the fruit exactly corresponds with the shape assigned to it by Jacquin, but it is pubescent. In Wight’s plate one of the fruits is ovate, the other almost elliptical. The tendrils are always simple. Forster’s Cucumis bicirrha which A. Gray hesitatingly refers to this. plant, is identical with Lagenaria vulgaris, in the young specimens of which the tendrils are often dichotomous. «9. Cucumis sativus, Linn. Spec. 1437.—Cultivated in the Sandwich (Seemann /), Society (Cuzent, Lay, and Collie), and Vitian Islands (Seemann /), but introduced by Europeans. : | 10. Cucumis Melo, Linn. Spec. 1436.— Cultivated in the Society VOL. I1. [FEBRUARY 1, 1864.] E 50 THE CUCURBITACEJE OF TROPICAL POLYNESIA. (Cuzent), Sandwich (Seemann /), and Vitian Islands (Seemann D), but introduced by Europeans.. 11. Cucurbita: maxima, Duch: in Lam. Dict. ii. p. 151; De Cand. Prodr. iii. p. 316.—Cultivated in the Sandwich Islands (Seemann /), from time immemorial. The shells of this gourd are converted, by the Sandwich Islanders, into vessels (ipu), out of which they eat their “ pos,” i.e. fermented corms of Colocasia antiquorum, var. esculenta, as stated in my Narra- tive of the Voy. of H.M.S. Herald, ii. p. 86. 12. Cucurbita Pepo, Linn. Spec. 1435.—Cultivated in Tahiti, where, according to Solander, it was introduced. by Captain Wallis in 1767; also grown in Viti (Seemann /), where it is of recent introduction. 13. Cucurbita pruriens, Sol. ms. in Forst. Prodr. n. 554, sine descrip. et in Parkinson's Drawings of Tahitian Plants, t. 109... Pilis rigidiusculis pruritum momentaneum excitentibus hispida, caule angu- lato, foliis. profunde . cordatis sublobato-5-angulatis sinuato-dentatis, cirrhis 2-fidis, pedunculis axillaribus solitariis, calycis laciniis oblongo- lanceolatis reflexis, fructibus globosis, junioribus farinosis pilosis.— Society Islands (Banks and Solander ! in Mus. Brit.). _ “ Annua. |. Caules longissimi, angulati, hispidi. . Folia alterna, petio- lata, magna, latiora (sepe spithamam lata) quam longiora, profunde cordata, sinubus latis subrotundatis. sublobato-angulata, angulis acutis, denticulata; denticulis minutis teretiuseulis, molliuscula, pilosa; pilis supra longioribus adspersis, 5-nervia, venosa. Glandule nulle, Pe- tioli plerumque foliis longiores, hispidissimi, . Cirrhi 2-fidi, longi, in- ferne: hispidi. Pedunculi. axillares, 1-flori, hispidissimi, masculi. ple- rumque petiolis longiores, feminei ex eadem axilla, breves unciales, raro sesquiunciales. Flores magni, lutei. Calyx hirsutus, laciniis oblongo- „lanceolatis, semiuncialibus, reflexis. .— Filamenta 3... Anthere, valde contortuplieata. Germen oblongum, hirsutissimum. Pomum glo- bosum, cortice duro sublignoso tectum, farina alba facile detergenda dense irroratum, pilisque rigidiusculis pallidis sesquilinearibus undique adspersum, diametro 2- vel raro. 3-unciali, dum penitus maturum. Po- mum. leve, evadit absque farina pilisve. | Semina magnitudine seminum Cucumis sative, sed margine tumido cincta. | Pili in tota planta pellu- cidi, rigidiusculi, quasi artieulati, subulati, pruritum momentaneum excitantes.—Hab. In Tahiti, Huahine, ete.’’—Sol, Prim, Fl. Ins. Pacif- p. 336, ined. ee THE CUCURBITACEJE OF TROPICAL POLYNESIA. 51 This plant is allied to C. ovifera, but perfectly distinet, the calyx being very different in the two species. 14. Sycios australis, Endl. Fl. Norfolk, p. 67 (1833).—8. Fretensis, Hook. fil. in Lond. Journ. Bot. vi. p. 473 (1847); Walp. Ann. i. 317. S. angulata, Forst. Prodr. n. 363 (non Linn.) ; Hook. fil. Fl. N. Zealand; i. p. 12, ex parte.— Norfolk Island (Bauer), New Zealand (Banks and Solander! in Mus. Brit.), New South Wales (fide A. ay). Forster and Hooker fil. have regarded this species as identical with S. angulatus of America, but the two seem to be quite distinct. A. Gray (Bot. Wilkes, p. 648) has already pointed out that the flower and fruit of S: australis are not larger than those of S. parviflorus, and less than half the size of those of S. angulatus: There are besides other distinctions. S. angulatus, Linn., is covered with long, floccose, often glandulose hair on the peduncles and fruit, its tendrils are 4- or more generally 5-fid, and its fruit sparingly covered with spines, whilst S: australis is without the long floecose hair, has always 3-fid tendrils, and its fruit is densely covered with spines. Besides, the form of the leaf is different in the two. 15. Sycios pachycarpus, Hook. and Arn. Bot. Beech. p. 83; A. Gray, Bot. Wilkes, p. 650, t. 80.— Oahu (Macrae !, Lay and Collie, Gaudichaud), Mavi, Sandwich Islands (United States. Expl. Exped.). ^16; Sycios Wacrophyllus, A. Gray, Bot. Wilkes, p. 651, t. 81.— Hawaii, Sandwich Islands (United States Expl. Exped.). ; ^C HL Syeios cucumerinus, A. Gray, Bot. Wilkes, p. 652; t: 82.— Hawaii, Sandwich Islands (Macrae /, United States Expl. Exped.). "18. T have specimens of a Cucurbitacea, collected by Mr. Williams in Viti; but they are without flowers. Leaves 5-lobed, glabrous, lobes piruatifid or dentated, tendrils simple. At the base the leaves form an acute angle, otherwise they look like some forms of Momordica Cha- "'Guillemin (Zeph! Tait.) mentions another Cucurbitacea, of which only à sigle branch was collected by Bertero and Mcerenhout, and "which he refers with a mark of doubt to Trichosanthes. It is said to be called“ Patara ” by the natives, and is stated to have palmate leaves with seven, large, lanceolate leaflets ; ‘the flowers are unknown. Ellis (Polynesian Researches, vol. i. p. 360) says :—" Patara is a root grow- ing wild in the valleys [of Tahiti], in shape and taste resembling a E 2 52 FOUR NEW SPECIES OF AROIDER. potato, more than any other root found in Tahiti. It is highly farina- ceous, though less nutritive than the Yam; the stem resembles the Woodbine or Convolvulus. The natives say the flower is small and white; [ never saw one, for it is not cultivated, and but seldom sought, as the tuberous root is small, and more than two are seldom found attached to the same vine or stalk.” The Patara will probably prove to be no Cucurbitacea at all, but Dioscorea pentaphylla, Linn., which I find mentioned in Cuzent’s list under the native name of “ Paauara ;" but Patara is probably the correct name. The “Paauara” proper of Tahiti is, from all I can learn, identical with Dioscorea aculeata. z FOUR NEW SPECIES OF 4AROIDER. By H. Scnorr, Pu.D. Dieffenbachia conspurcata, Schott, n. sp.—Petiolus 8-12 pollices longus, parum l. valde-crassus, ad J. ultra medium vaginatus, dorso pallidus, maculis parvis albis. dense irregulariter guttato-irroratus. „Lamina fol, exacte oblongo-elliptica, basi obtusata, rotundata vel sub- cordata, apice abrupte angustata, cuspide modica triangulari-acuminata aucta, supra, precipue juxta. vel in coste vicina disci parte maculis irregularibus albis et pallide-viridibus erebris conspersa, ceterum sub- opaca vel nitidula tantum, venis exortu apertissime patentibus, mar- ginem versus arcuatim sursum curvis utrinque 11-13. Longitudo laminze 13—15-pollicaris, latitudo 6-pollicaris.— Pará, Brasilia. -v Observatio : Dieffenbachie a celeb. Lemaire et Verschaffelt divul- gate, denominationibus hucusque incognitis exornatze, notis hominibus uti videtur sunt adpellandw. Sic Dieffenb. grandis, Lem. el Versch., est D. cognata, Schott ; Dieffenb. Verschafteltii, Zem., est D. irroráta, Martius, et Dieffenb. Baraquini illorum est D. humilis, Popp. qq? Rhodospatha Wendlandii, Schott, n. sp.— Petioli pedales et ultra, in geniculum usque vaginati. Lamina fol. elliptica, 14-18 pollices longa, 6-7 pollices medio lata, basi rotundata, apice quoque rotun- data, cuspidulo brevi, vix tres lineas prominente aucta, venis pluri- mis aperte-patentibus, parum marginem versus curvis; HG ae ; : Pedunculus dimidium petiolum fulcientem circiter metiens, vagina illius maxima gl FOUR NEW SPECIES OF AROIDEX. 53 parte. obvolutus,. Spatha 7-8 pollices longa, extus pallido flavo- virens, intus luteola, ovato-lanceolata, basi antice decurrens et quasi spadicis dorsum versus auriculata, ibique infima auriculata parte relicta, disrumpens, decidentis partis infima portione late-conchiformi, altera, subconvoluta sensimque longe-angustata longiore terminata. Spadix cum stipite }-pollicari, 4-polliearis, primum in spathe parte conchiformi absconditus, digitiformis excepto stipite pallide-virente lutescens. — Ovaria ad latera apicis subaurantiaca, inferne pallida. Filamenta flavicantia. Pollen farciminulose propullulans. Stigmata flava.—America centralis (Wendland /), Rhodospatha blanda, Schott, n. sp.—Petioli pedales et ultra, vagina ad geniculum usque producta. Lamina fol. lanceolato-oblonga 14- 18 poll. longa, 5—6 poll. medio lata, basi linea extrorsum arcuata subsen- sim cuneata, apice a medio sensim angustata, cuspidato-acuminata, venis plurimis.. patentibus, in margine parum curvis. Pedunculus 8-9 pollices longus, vagina 4-pollicari obvolutus. Spatha 5 pollices circiter longze, 31 polliees late, extus flavo-virens, intus sulfureo-albida, basi parum vel vix decurrens, infima reflexa parte ex rotundato pro- - funde conchiformi, subconvoluto apice sesquipollicari abrupte distincto Minna, Spadix cum stipite viridi fere pollicari, 33 polliees longus, 2 pollicem crassus, digitiformis, pallide rubiginoso-carneus. Ovaria apice ad latera ochracea, stigmate pallido. Filamenta albida. Anthere . flavee,—Brasilia, Theos EDD F. Maximilianus /). Monstera egregia, Schott, n. sp.—Petioli 12 poll. et ultra longi, inferne canaliculate-vaginat, superne vagina expansa in geniculum usque alati. Geniculum £ poll, longum in laminam progrediens, lamine portione plica ERE cuneatim, margine crispato decurrente instructum, antice subcanaliculatum. Lamina fol. lanceolato-oblonga, _ 23-24 poll. longa, 9- 10 poll. inferne lata, oblique-inzequilatera, supra -atro-viridis, infra leviter flavo-viridis, apicem versus sensim angustata, _ acuminata, basi rotundata, foraminibus majusculis minimisque coste approximatis preedita. Costa supra canaliculata, subtus semitereti- , prominens. Venæ 27-29 utrinque, crasse, approximate, rectiuscule, ... patentes. Pedunculus e vagina petiolari parum procedens, brevis, cras- _ Sus, Spatha 8 pollices*longa, 35 pollices diametro profunda, basi . latere. exteriore late-rotundata, apice obtusa, cuspidulo brevi apiculata, utrinque flava. Spadix. sessilis, 54 pollices longus, 2 poll. crassus, is “spatha poll. 2 brevior. Ovaria apice et vertice flava. Stigma auran- 54 ZOSTERA MARINA IN THE ORKNEY ISLANDS. tiacum. Filamenta albida. Anthera pallide-flaventes.— Mexico (v. v. cult. P January 20, 1864. NOTE ON THE KILKEE FUCUS. Though the differences pointed out in our account of this Fucus, seemed to be greater than could pertain to a variety of F. distichus, L., yet we dared not venture to set aside the opinion of Harvey and Greville, who both had referred the Kilkee plant to this species. We have since examined the type specimens of F. distichus in the Linnean Herbarium, which agree admirably with Dawson Turner’s accurate figure. _ Dr. Har- vey has also received specimens from Agardh. He had, as he writes in October last (vide Report of Edin. Bot.Soc.), **no authentic specimens of the Arctic plant, nor have I seen one, but the specimens exactly agree with the descriptions of authors." The authentic specimens from the younger Agardh have shown him that, his plant is a distinct and hitherto undescribed species, to which he proposes, in a letter to myself, to give the name Fucus anceps, Harv, and Ward. Having purposely described only the Irish specimens and not mixed up the characters of F. disti- clus, L., with those of the Kilkee plant, the diagnosis given in the De- cember number of this Journal (p. 353) is only applicable to F. anceps, Harv.and Ward. The synonyms, and notice of the geographical distribu- tion, must be deleted... We add, from the report already quoted, Professor Harvey’s account of the habit of the plant: “It grows in patches on little ledges of the perpendicular side of the rock, along with Gigartina mammillosa, ete. .. Tt. has quite a. peculiar aspect; when: grow ing. The stipes or base of the stem is thick and rigid, and stands erect; while the fronds are just sufficiently limber to. bend over but. not to lie flat, so that the Mi looks like a miniature grove of 6 P die Willows." .... t Wo CARRUTHERS..... | British Miseni ZOSTERA MARINA IN THE ORKNEY ISLANDS. The Zostera nana has not been found in Orkney ; and the error of its introduction into the * Florula Orcadensis * (page 16 of this current CALLUNA VULGARIS IN AMERICA. 55 volume). should be corrected. Zostera marina was the species re- ported by Mr. Syme, as found on the coast of. Orkney, which by some mischance has been changed into Zostera nana in transcribing the list. The most northerly localities certainly ascertained for Z. nana in Bri- tain are in the counties of Northumberland, Ayrshire, and Argyleshire. —Hewert C. Watson. ON THE, OCCURRENCE OF CALLUNA VULGARIS I} ERICA. In an early number of the * Journal of Botany’ (Vol. I. p. 24), was reprinted a notice, by Professor Asa Gray, extracted from * Silliman’s Journal,’ 1861, p. 290, on the occurrence of the common Ling (Cal- luna vulgaris) in Massachusetts, United States. In that notice it was stated, that Mr. Jackson Dawson had found the Ling about Tewkesbury, covering about half an aere of rather boggy ground; and Professor A. Gray added that it might have been introduced, unlikely as it would seem, or, like Scolopendrium officinarum, Subularia aquatica, and Mur- silia quadrifolia, be a species of the Old World, so sparingly repre- sented in the New as to be known only at single stations. A speci- men of this Calluna was sent to England, and Professor Oliver, in réprinting the above notice (Nat. Hist. Rev. n. vii, July, 1862, p. 946), remarked: ** We have seen à specimen forwarded to Dr. Hooker. It does not seem to differ in the least from the common Ling of our moorlands.” In Professor A. Gray’s note it was also stated, that about thirty years ago an “ English surveyor” had found the Calluna. in the m- terior of Newfoundland, and that still earlier, De la Pylaie enume- rited it ag a native of that island. But in the Boston Natural History Society "Proceedings, 1862, February, and 1863, May, Mr. Sprague remarked that he can find nothing of De la Pylaie's in print referring to the occurrence of this plant in Newfoundland, and that he has been informed by Mr. Durand that the Massachusetts Ling is a peculiar form, differing from the European in its larger and more globular flowers £I Y. 4.19! 4 1205 : The doubt stil lingering about the occurrence of this plant m America is dispelled by a lucky find of. Mr. Hewett C. Watson. 56 CORRESPONDENCE. Amongst the plants he bought at the sale of the Linnean Society’s Collections in November, 1863, there was a parcel labelled outside, ** A Collection of Dried Plants from Newfoundland, made by — MacCor- mack, Esq.,* and. presented to Mr. David Don ;" and in this parcel were found two specimens of Calluna vulgaris, with the following label :—* Head of St. Mary's Bay ; Trepassey Bay also very abundant, S.E. of Newfoundland, considerable tracts of it," These specimens, as far as they go, agree exactly with our European ones, but unfor- tunately they have no flowers, and they do therefore not decide the knotty point raised by Mr. Durand, whether the American differs from the European plant in its **larger and more globular flowers.” Pro- fessor Oliver, in the paragraph cited, says that the Massachusetts plant “ does not seem to differ ;" and when recently reverting to it (* Natural History Review,’ January, 1864, p. 152), lays some stress upon, “the peculiar aspect of the Massachusetts plant compared with the European.” r. Watson’s specimens place it beyond doubt that a plant very closely allied to, if not absolutely identical with the Culluna vulgaris of the Old World covers large tracts of Newfoundland, and they render it almost certain that the plant is also indigenous to Massachusetts, and not a mere colonist. Our Calluna was found by'Gisecke in Greenland (sce Brewster's Cyclopedia); it. is common in Ireland, leeland, and the res, and its extension to. Newfoundland and the American continent is therefore not so much a paradox as a fact, at which we might almost have arrived by induction.—B. SEEMANN. CORRESPONDENCE. The American W oodsia glabella in the Tyrol and Carinthia, i 5 13, Craven Hill, Jan. 28th; 1864. ' In June last, whilst staying under the friendly shelter of the hospice of Auf der Plecken, on the south side of the Eailthal, Carinthia, —not so many miles * Probably W. E. Cormack (supposed to have been a merckant), who made se- veral voyages to Newfoundland. In copying his name “ Mr.” was probably mistaken for ^" Mr.” ae $ NEW PUBLICATIONS. 51 he Amfezzo route, I met a priest, a botanist, who gave me a specimen of Y glabella, which he had that year for the first time found in Sextenthal, but failed afterwards to procure a copy at Botzen and at Innspruck, but, to the best of my recollection, the notice in the * Supplement’ stated that Baron Hausmann found Woodsia glabella for the first time himself in 1860 or 1861 in Bragsthal, and that his specimens had been compared in Berlin with au- thentie ones of W. glabella brought by Sir J. Richardson from North Ame- rica, and found identical. Lately I compared my Plecken specimens with that from Sexten, and with a frond from the west coast of Davis's Straits; and the suspicion then excited was reduced to certainty the other day, when Mr. arruthers enabled me to compare both with two fronds of W. glabella brought by Sir J. Richardson from Great Bear Lake. If these comparisons be correct we have W. glabella from the Bragsthal and Sextenthal in Tyrol, about five miles apart, in Dolomite ; and at Plecken in Carinthia, about twenty miles fur- ther eastward; along the same line of ridge, but on Kalk of the Carbonifcrous formation. . NEW PUBLICATIONS. id Run shes the Assam Tea uns By J. W. Masters. Folio, pp. 30... Golaghat. 1863. Me Masters’ devotion to the cause of botany in the Calcutta Bo- tanic Gardens, and his diligence as a collector in Assam, have long been known to botanists. The above-named Report, comprising his journal of a tour through the Tea plantations of Assam, was present to the Indian Government, with a view to its publication in the Trans- actions of the Horticultural Society of India. It is prefaced by a letter, from Major W. Agnew, the officiating Commissioner of As- sam, to the Secretary to the Government of Brazil, which bears ample testimony to the publie: spirit and: disinterested zeal of Mr. Masters,.»From this preface it appears that the object Mr. Masters had in. view, in undertaking what is termed **a most laborious journey at the worst season’ of the year,” was to collect all the information he could respecting the Tea-plant, and the conditions under which it grew. o attain this end he consulted meteorological registers, endeavoured to. ascertain what effect cultivation has had upon the Tea-plant, to de- termine which are the best varieties to cultivate for the manufacture, what, kind of soil is most. suitable for the plant in general, as well as that adapted for any particular variety ; to discover the best method 58 NEW PUBLICATIONS. of cultivation; and to learn the most approved practice of manipulating. the leaves. Information upon most of these points is given in the author’s journal, and is the more valuable as coming from one who has played an important part in the establishment and development of Tea cultivation in Assam. he meteorological records given by Mr. Masters accord well with those derived from other sources; from them it appears that Assam has a very damp, foggy climate, with a considerable, but not excessive, range of temperature. At Dibrooghur, according to information sup- plied by Rev. Mr. Higgs, there are on the average one hundred and sixty rainy days in the year, while the annual average rainfall amounts to one hundred and seven inches. The lowest temperature mentioned in the report is, 45° in January, at sunset ; the highest, 128° in the sun at midday, in October. The general character of the soil in which the Tea-plants flourish seems to be that of a friable clay, containing a large proportion of sand and a little oxide of iron, while near the surface it is mixed with rich vegetable-mould,—the latter derived from the dense forest and jungle, which have been cleared in order to allow the cultivation to be, carried on. The country in the vicinity of the rivers appears to be undergoing great and rapid geological changes, owing to the cutting away of the river banks by the currents, the inundations in the wet season, and the formation of immense sand-banks. Of one of the latter, Mr. Masters writes : | * Dikho Mookh. This is what was called the mouth of the Daban; and at the very spot on which my tent is now pitched, ten feet above the water's level, the steamer ‘Assam,’ on her second voyage in September, 1842, was safely riding in three fathoms of water, now all filled up with fine sand, which covered over with reeds, grass, Ferns, Lantana Camara, etc. . . . An immense breadth, so that by the river at this season, the distance between Secbsagor and hur is ten miles greater than it was in 1842.” Tt is estimated that ** 106,325,892 tons weight of sand and other matter have been deposited in the of Imperata, two or three species of Fe erns, Lantana Camara, ete,” Some idea of the vegetation of this district may be gleaned from the frequent mention of some among the following genera, the species of which are most abundant in the Tea district :— NEW PUBLICATIONS. 59 “The leading tree is Gordonia, integrifolia, Roxb. ; the leading shrub, Melastoma Malabathricum ; the leading flower, Exacum. tetragonum ; the lead- ing. Grass, Imperata cylindrica; the leading Fern, Hymenostachys dulcis.” With these, “ Osbeckia Wightiana and O. angustifolia, as well as species of Mussenda, Hedyotis, Randia, Styrax, Tabernemontana, Panicum, Paspalum, Poa, Hypericum, Torenia, Vandellia, Gratiola, Hypoxis, and Burmannia.” Elsewhere we find mentioned the following genera :— Casfanea, Aquilaria, Laurus, Artocarpus, Bignonia, Cordia, Cedrela, Jambosa, Mesua, Michelia, Lagerstremia, Clerodendrum, Spermacoce, Mangifera, Dillenia, Dipterocarpus, Parkia, Nauelea, Terminalia, Eranthemum, many Ferns, Grasses, etc. etc. The reporter collected a very large number of the different varieties of the Tea-plant grown in Assam, and also specimens in illustration of the n: ture of the soil, as well as of the general geological character of the district. Great part of the report is taken up with a descrip- tion of the numerous varieties of the Tea-shrub now in cultivation. Some of these were derived from the species indigenous to Assam, others from seeds originally sent from China. Some of the latter, Mr. Masters says, are *not worth cultivating in Assam for the manufac- ture of Tea, that produced from the indigenous plant being much supe- rior,’ but this remark does not apply to all the plants of Chinese origin. The indigenous plant, which Dr. Seemann regards as the ori- in of all our various kinds of Tea, and figures in the ° Linnean Trans- actions, vol. xxii. t. 61, under the name of Thea Chinensis, from speci- in clusters, sometimes solitary.” Mr. Masters ‘ attaches considerable import- ance to the pellucid dots in the leaves, believing that the quality of the tea is affected thereby ; and with regard to which the leaves of the different varieties differ greatly as respects number and size. The arrangement of the veins also- is different." . ; 3 à i i i i “Some information of a practical character is given as to the proper method of cultivating the shrub, and as to the best means of preparing the leaves for commercial purposes. The extent to which the cultiva- tion and manufacture are now carried, may be judged from a perusal of these pages. Let one extract suffice :— ——mÀ 60 BOTANICAL NEWS. lott Nazerah. This is a very busy places now, aud jopiwarde: of 800 persons o both sexes and of all bout in every direction ; although just twenty-three years ago I was encamped aia in the midst of dense jungle, while my own servants and boatmen ran away to the next village, through fear of the tigers, leaving me all alone in my tent, which, by the bye, was blown down in the night by a storm.” Index Fungorum Britannicorum. A Complete List of Fungi found in the British Islands to the present date, arranged. so as to be appli- cable either as a Check List or for Herbarium Labels. By M. C. Cooke. London : R. Hardwicke. The title of this little volume, which we have transcribed at length, sufficiently explains its object. In fifty- eight clearly-printed pages, it contains a list of all the known British Fungi, numbered throughout in serial order ; the last having the large number of 3079 prefixed to it. The want of synonyms would be a serious defect, were it not for the reference that Mr. Cooke gives in his first page to Streinz's * No- menclator Fungorum,’ which must be taken as the guide to his species in any case of doubt. We regret that this tribe of plants has so few students, and that consequently any volume treating of them can have is a limited sirva Gon. BOTANICAL. NEWS. An introductory lecture on botany, delivered in the Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester, in August last, by Mr. John Bayldon, has just. been printed, and will be read with profit by those whose office, it, is to deliver similar lectures. Mr. Bayldon displays a thorough philosophical appreciation of botany, and in language of singular — ity and. earnestness shaw”) M r. J. G. Baker, of Thirsk, is now editing, or the Tri Naturalists Wield Club, a new Flora of Northumberland. and Praha, and: would. feel obliged for any information bearing upon the subject. Dr. H. Wawra, who accompanied the Archduke Ferdinand Max of jerat ‘to the Canaries, Cape de Verd, and Brazil, is about to publish the botanieal results of this voyage, in which he will be assisted by. Mr. F.. Maly,) Drs. Reichenbach, fil., Schott, and Ksvmpebubes. The work (price £6) will-be in folio, containing about 80 pages of letterpress and 100 plates, 30. of which will be printed in colours by Messrs. Hartinger and Son, of Vienna, who were the first to apply that process to the illustration of natural history. BOTANICAL NEWS. 61 audin has been elected a member of the — Section of the French Hisce in the place of the late M. Moquin Mr; T: B. Flower, F.L.S., is publishing a Flora of Miiliahi in-the* Wilt- shire eese c and Natural History Magazine. Mr: Henry Ibbotson, of St. Maurice's House; Barker Hill, York; announces * The Geographical Pica of British Ferns’ (price 2s. 6d.), to serve as a handbook for collectors Signor Sanguinetti is publishing a Roman Flora. Drs! Hooker and Thomson are going to bring out a new ‘ Flora Indica,’ in nine or ten volumes. Mr. James Bateman announces ‘ A Monograph on Odontoglossum,' in im- perial folio, to be issued in parts; each part, containing five coloured plates, will cost £1. 1s. It is not stated how many parts will be published, 2 Mr. Lovell etn es publisher, promises that no more than four parts s issued an In his sear S Bit PES Dictionary of the Quichua Language, Mr. Mark- am gives an interesting list of the names of plants used by the Incas, with their corresponding scientific names. It is singular that the Quichua name "for Sweet Potato (Cumar), used in Ecuador, is identieal with that (Kumara) wé find in the pense. islands of Polynesia, including New Zealand, Fiji, Society Islands, Samoa, . tis our painful duty A ned the deaths of three mw botanists— Dr. Boott, of London, Mr. Woods, of Lewes, and > Gay, of P nci Boott, M.D., indie etc., eminen tasa Sein — distin- his age. Born at edi) i the United States of America, on the 26th of September, 1792, his early education was acquired at Harvard University ; strong, M.D: ; to which is added an irigu into Aia facts contidied with eo forms of Fever attributed to Malaria and Marsh Effuvium,’ 2 vols. 8vo. Pp rM this work ‘he followed up and gave — extension to Dr. Arm- ntially to our knowledge í ys the T power regulate its various types. His eis as a physician was-at "this time éonsiderable, but! having early inherited a competent fortune, he 69 BOTANICAL NEWS. and this, his great botanical work, constitutes a striking proof of his devotion to his favourite science. Three parts, forming two volumes, and illustrated by 411 "beautifully-éxecuted folio plates, have been published ; and it is stated that ready for publication. It is one of immense labour and application, in which (as it se —€— science and conscience are equally conspicuous, and Lohr will re the ibtd ‘of the geo University, afterwards University Collége, Dr. Boott became at onee a member of its Senate and Council, and latterly President of its imine = Council. But it was as a leading member of the Linnean Society that he was best and most extensively known amon naturalists. He became a mica of that Society in 1819; from 1832 to 1840, he was Secretary ; and from 1854 to 1861, Treasurer and Vice-President. At the meeting of the Society, on the 21st of January, a vote was unanimously Las ee of profound regret for the loss of a member so highly valued, seiinteteg t ks which miam the present generation of botanists with those who preceded them; and as the intimate friend and chosen associate of Sir Joseph Banks, of Sir James Smith, and of Robert Brown among the departed, and of Sir William Hooker among the nre we cannot but look m his memory with feelings of sincere and Mr. J oods was born at Stoke Nowitigion, ‘Middlesex, on the 24th of August, 1776. After having passed three or four years at two schools connected with the Society of Friends, to which persuasion his parents be- aban he was sent, when about thirteen or fourteen years of age, to Folke- stone, dsa bh thing having been prescribed on account of the state of his health. He here became acquainted with the late L. W. Dillwyn, with whom, then about the same age, much of his time was d. ^ At the age of sixteen, Mr. Woods was apprenticed to Mr. J. Beck, at Dover, and during his stay there paid some attention to botany ; but it was not till some years later that, on revisiting Dover, he was fairly inoculated with a taste for that science by his friend Dillwyn, who had succeeded hini thére, and by whom = was introduced to the three brothers ers, Edward, Thomas Furley, — and B. | M. Forster, and subsequently to Sir Joseph Banks's breakfast table, where naturalists every class and of all ages seem éver to havé been heartily welcomed. Disliking his occupation at Dover, Mr. Woods, at the close of his apprenticeship, placed himself as à pupil with Mr. Sherer to study egos. and devoted himself for some years to the practice of that profes- . During this period (in 1806) he united with a few friends to found the Dil Architectural Society, of which he appears to have been the first Pre- sident, contributing a number of valuable essays, some of which were published. While thus actively engaged in the duties of his profession; Mr. Woods still found time to prepare that elaborate monograph of the difficult pend Rosa, in which he first pointed out the importance of the sete: in distinguishin, spiel BOTANICAL NEWS. 63 his twelfth. volume. of their Transactions, at. once established his reputation asa systematic botanist. The fall of Napoleon having opened the Continent to English tourists, Mr. Woods determined. to avail himself of the opportunity to udy some of the best examples of architecture in foreign lands, With this view, he passed about four years in a tour through France, Switzerland, Italy, Sicily, and Greece, during which he formed.a most extensive collection of sketches and critical notes upon the principal public buildings which came in is way. e results were given to the world in 1828, in two quarto volumes, under the title of ‘Letters of an Architect,’ etc., a work of which the late Mr. Britton speaks in terms of high commendation, and which has gradually become one of the. text-books of the profession. He also edited the fourth and con- cluding volume of that magnificent work, Stuart’s * Athens,’ On his return to land in 1819 or 1820, he took up his abode in Furnival’s Inn, where he remained till 1830, and where he devoted much of his time to the arrangement of his botanical collections... These were afterwards greatly augmented during several. successive visits to the Continent, in which, though he did not wholly ignore architecture, he gradually came to regard botany as his profession. tanical notes made during these Continental excursions, and in others within the British Islands, were communicated, either to his old friend Sir W. J Hooker, for publication in the ‘ Companion to the Botanical Magazine’ (viz. * Botanical Excursion in the North of England, in 1835,” and “$ Account of a Botanical Excursion into. Brittany, in 1836’), or, subsequently, to the * Phyto- of a Botanical Ex- logist, in the successive volumes of which appear—‘ Notes iii); Letter to R. Brown, Esq., P.L.S., containing Botanical Memoranda of a Visit to France, in. 1851” (vol. iv.) ; On the Botany of the Great Orme's Head, Carnarvon, in 1855 ” (new series, vol. i.) ; Some Botanical Notes made during a Tour through a part of Ireland in 1855" (ib. new series, vol. i). Hi last journey on the Continent was made in the summer of 1857, when he was already upwards. of eighty. years of age; and the results, under the title of Notes of a Botanical Ramble in the North, of Spain,” were read before the Linnean Society in November, 1857, and published in the second volume of its Journal... During the last thirty years of his life, Mr. Woods resided at Lewes, in Sussex, devoting much of his time to the investigation of the botany of the county, a pursuit which naturally brought him into frequent. communication with the venerable W. Borrer, whom. he had long known, and whose death in January, 1862, must have been. deeply felt by one who had survived so many of the scientific friends of his early days, In. 1850 appeared his. * Tourist's è 64 BOTANICAL NEWS. materials Among his varied attainments, he was an admirable artist, and had — accumulated an extensive series of sketches, which, even to the close his life, were remarkable for their accuracy and. for the firmness of the pen- siling Many of the latest of these sketches were made in connection with a revision of the perplexing genus Rubus, upon which he had already published something in the * Phytologist’ (new series, vol. i.), and on which he was occu- pied during great part of the past summer and autumn. It thus proved to be the last of his botanical labours, as the revision of the allied genus Rosa had been his first. In addition to vo the above-mentioned ** Synopsis of the British rr , ete. in 1835 (Trans. vol xvii). 2. “Observations on the Genera of European : E ‘On ; Tour in France,” in 1852 (ib. vol. ii). 8. “ Notes of a Botanical Ramble in the North of Spain,” in 1857 (Journal of Proc., § Botany, vol. ii). Mr. Woods was for upwards of sixty years a Fellow of the Linnean Society, of which he lived to be nearly the oldest member, He was also a Fellow of the Geological Society and of the Society of Antiquaries, and an Honorary Member of the Society of British Architects, now so ably dum over by his old fellow-tra- veller, » Professor Donaldson. His nanio will be DL among botanists - rown, in the eleventh volume of the ‘Trans. Linn, Soe., and so oxi illustrated by drawings from the pencil of Francis Bauer ; by a species of Rosa, appro priately named in honour of him by Dr. Lindley, in his * Rosarum Mono, phia’; and by the beautiful Irish Jungermannia, first discovered by himself, ud named after him by Sir W. J. Hooker in his admirable work on the British ungermannie, and also described and figured in the ‘Supplement to English died, at his residence in Southover, on Saturday, the 9th of January, in his 88th year. M. J deque Étienne Gay died at Paris on January 16th, 1864, at the age ot^ His loss to our science is inestimable, and those wlio were honoured ^ with his friendship will feel his absence from amongst us to a very ineunt de- gree. Although not a voluminous writer, it would be very. difficult to name @ botanist to whom By are more indebted for advancing the scientific knowledge of European plan BORRAN m — ‘eolunin, line 21 from above, read “ Zostera ma- ` rina,” for “nana.” P. 31,1. 13 from above, ed a full-stop after sepa: gh: d 1. 14, leave out full-stop after “ ancylopod. i P 33 3 A P E. : - I Ld Vincent Brooks : ned ae en. to. c PSI pi — — 5. EO x" a D —M / 7 i Y ^ 2 A xfj vé GE x ANS : W. Fitch del.et lith . ON GENTIANA GERMANICA, Willd. By C. C. BasBiNcTOSN, M.A., F.R.S. (PLATE XV.) There has. been much discussion concerning two questions, but it has not resulted in any definite determination of either of them. They are, (1) have we the true G. Germanica as a native plant in England; and (2) is that supposed species distinct from G. dmarella ? l have never seen any English specimens that I could suppose to be G. Germanica, except a few gathered near Tring, in Hertfordshire. These present a rather different appearance from those usually called G. Amarelia by us. - They have larger and more decidedly funnel- shaped flowers, and apparently their germens are more decidedly stalked than those of our other plants. But a careful examination led me to suppose that the latter character, although relied upon by Continental botanists, was not sufficiently constant to separate the plants specifically. T have often found stalks to the germens of specimens which I con- fidently named G. Amarella. As no other character of value had been pointed out, it seemed best to consider the G. Germanica a form of 'G. Amarella.. Dr: Grisebach, the greatest authority on Gentianacee, supposed, and still supposes that it is a constant character, and con- tinues tó use it as one of the distinctions of the plant. He even went so far as to believe that all our plants are G. Germanica, for he states that until very recently, every specimen that he had seen belonged to that supposed species; but now he allows that some sent to him by Dr. Seeititihri, which had been gathered iu Cambridgeshire by the Rev. W. W., Newbould, are the true G. marella, but adds that he had seen others obtained in Scotland. He refers to Grisebach and Schenk's * Iter Hungaricum,’ in Wiegmann’s * Archiv für Naturkunde,’ 1852, p. 331; for his last remarks upon the subject. He there says: “G. Germanica, W., et G. Caucasica, M. B., ab omnibus Gentianeis ipsi notis recedunt alione corollæ ita quincunciali, ut lobus quintus ab utroque latere occultetur, bini oppositi valvatim juxtaponantur, ter- tius cum lobo utroque adjacente sestivatione contorta dextrorsa, quartus sinistrorsa confluat." Also, he adds, that G. Amarella has the lobes * dextrorsum contortis," and a sessile capsule. Now if this is really a VOL. IT. [MARCH 1, 1804.] F 66 ON GENTIANA GERMANICA. M constant character, we have a good distinction between the plants; but unfortunately one that is not easily seen, except when the specimens ur artist does not seem to have attended to this part of the structure, for, although he represents at least one of the opening flowers as having the estivation attributed to G. Germanica, some of the others are (to say the least) drawn so as to admit of doubt, even if he has not given these the dextrorse contorted estivation of Œ, Ama- rella. I could have wished that the matter should have been left un- decided until after another summer had given us a chance of examining the fresh. plant, but learn that the Plate must now appear. I however retain my own doubts, and strongly suspect the value of the zstivation as a constant character in this case. The specimen figured (one of the smaller of some gathered in the parish of Buckland, in Buckinghamshire, and kindly sent by Mr. H. H. Crewe) has been compared with the examples of G. Germanica in Willdenow’s Herbarium at Berlin, by Dr. Carl Bolle, “a good critical botanist,” and he states that they are ** ab- solutely identical.” : Dr. Grisebach has kindly sent bits of his two plants to illustrate the difference in the germen. It will be seen by the extracts from ‘his letters annexed to these remarks, that he’ is very decidedly of opinion that the form of the germen is a good character. He refers us to Reichenbach’s ‘Icones’ for illustrations. I have examined the speci- mens and the plates quoted. In the specimens I find that the G. Ama- ` rella has a short but decided stalk to its germen, and do not think that a slight difference in the length (for that is all that I can make out) is sufficient for specific distinction. According to Reichenbach’s figures the G. Amarella has an absolutely sessile germen, whilst that of G. Germanica is very decidedly stalked,—a different condition, as it seems to me, from that of Grisebach’s specimens, and equally different from the result of my own former observations. I believe that the G; Ama- rella always has a real stalk to its germen, short indeed, often very short, but yet only differing in degree from the long stalk of G. Ger- manica. t is not pleasant to differ from so high an authority as Dr. Grisebach, but there would be no advance in botany if we allowed our- selves to be prevented from stating what seem to be facts, even in deference to the greatest men. Doubtless I am more likely to be in error than Dr. Grisebach, but perhaps my statement of a different opi- nion may lead him. to reconsider the question, and. point out, decided ON GENTIANA GERMANTOA. 67 characters to separate the plants. | I hope also that some of our acute nglish observers will turn their attention to it, and record the results at which they may arrive. The object that we all have in view is the discovery of the truth, and, so that that is diséeivered, it matters not who is right and. who is wrong. The following are extracts from Dr. Grisebach’s letters to Dr. See- mann :— ngen, September 17, 1863. he plant which you have figured (Plate ye is Gentiana Germanica, so widely diffused, and almost daily observed by me in the Styrian Alps during a ‘recent tour. Gentiana Amarella (uliginosa, Willd.) is an Eastern v sae, pro- -bably not found in England, with a sessile capsule. The principal forms of @. Germanica differ in the æstivation of the corolla in a remarkable degree from the character of the Order. (Conf. my and Schenk's ‘ Iter Hungaricum,’ p. 331, in Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv für Naturkunde,’ 1852.) Transitions between G -Germanica and G. Amarelia I have never seen, but I have found hybrids He: tween G. campestris and @. Germanica. G.Germanica grows chiefly in dry ealeareous soil; G. Amarella in swampy meadows, principally in the Russian, and sporadically in the Baltic plains. ! Seeing that Dr. Grisebach doubted the existence of the true G. Ama- rella in England, Dr. Seemann sent him a specimen collected by the ‘Rev: We W. Newbould in EEA and obtained the following are E üttingen, January 18, 186 The Gentiana you sent is really the true G. Amarella, phish erige was known to me only from Scotland, not from England. But as I may have al- "ready told you, the chief character does reside, according to my obit, not in | the estivation (remarkable as in the common form of G. Germanica it may be), but. in the formation of the base of the capsule, as you will see from the en- closed. specimens of two German forms. The slender carpophorum of G. Ger- manica and obtusifolia (destitute as it is of seed), does not exist in your En- : Rs G. Amarella (conf. Reichb. Icon. Germ, in vol. xvii. t. 5 a — t ight porket 5 Super" to giro figures of the réinérkable detifiich of aids a e chara ater and ? „not be used for generic purposes, _In writing my memoir on Gentianacee in De Candolle's * Prodromus,' I was aware - this distinction in G. Germanica and Caueasica, without, however, interpreting it correctly. Afterwards (‘Iter Hun- "'gari¢um, a Aa A T ái tibet carefully described the estivation of G. Germanica, an pora 6. sapian (which has the S ages contorta is as well as as atinet aneries on aftioation But as the other distinctions of these forms are not constant, and I eai seen cases where in the same individual the two different sestivations occur, Iam in- “clined to think 1 my original opinion the correct one. I fancy E r emember (but ~ have unfortunately no written record of it) that in Q! Germanica ep terminal F €8 RAPHIDES IN ONAGRACE/E AND HYDROCHARIDACE:E. flower of the principal axis has the common contorted estivation, whilst: all others have a quincuncial The subform y: precoz, De. Cand. Prod. would therefore be distinguished by all its flowers being contorted as in G, Amarella and the typical plants of the whole Order. But all these things must be ob- served on exeursions, as in dried specimens misplacements of the lobes of the corolla not unfrequently happen, and doubts may arise about the wstivation. 4 A. GRISEBACH, EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. Gentiana Germanica, Willd. From specimens kindly forwarded by Mr. H. H. Crewe,— Fig. 1. A flower. Fig. 2. The same laid open, to show the germen and its stalk. Fig.3. A stamen. Fig. 4. A separate germen. Fig. 5. nearly ripe cap- sale. One opening flower, near the top of the Plate, shows the quincuncial estivation. ON ONAGRACE/E AND HYDROCHARIDACEA AS ELUCI- DATING THE VALUE OF RAPHIDES AS NATURAL CHARACTERS. i de By Gzonoz GurLIvER, F.R.S. ede That such an Order as Onagracee may, in the British Flora, be well and truly distinguished from ‘its nearest allies simply by the character of raphis-bearing, we have repeatedly proved... But whether this re- markable difference is universal remains to be determined ; and; as the inquiry is an important and. extensive one, I shall.now open it with notes of the few observations which I have yet made as to this point. The term. raphides will be here used for the needle-forms Which com: monly occur in bundles ; for much perplexing obscurity has arisen fror confounding them with spheraphides and. other minute crystals, as more fully explained in the ‘Annuals of Natural History’ for September last. BXO When not otherwise implied, leaves of. the following plants were ex= amined, and compared. with corresponding parts of Clarkiay Euchari- dium, Godetia, and Fuchsia ; these four genera of Onagrace@ having; like all their congeners hitherto examined in this point of view; been found to abound. in raphides, Whereas, after the most: careful seareh, no raphides were found in any of these following plants :—Philadelphus coronarius, Deutzia scabra; Eugenia Ugni, officinal Cloves, Allspice, Brazil nuts, and Pomegranate fruit; Haloragis alata, Loudonia, sp.; Loasa arge- monoides, L. acanthifolia, Mentzelia oligosperma; and Bartonia: (B. nuda ?) RAPHIDES. IN. ONAGRACEZE AND HYDROCHARIDACER, 69 But. they often contained spheeraphides ; as was beautifully seen in Haloragis, and especially in thin slices of the stem and leaves of Zox- donia ; they should be compared with similar objects in Jzora and Gardenia, and in the rind of the fruit of Opuntia vulgaris. At present, I have no opportunity of referring to our highest autho- rity, (Lindley’s ‘ Vegetable Kingdom °) on the alliances of Onagracea. In Professor Balfour's valuable ‘Manual of Botany’ the Orders run . thus :—78, Philadelphiacee ; 19, Myrtacee ; 80, Onagracee ; 81, Ha- loragacee; 82, Loasacee. Now, still excepting Onagracee, al the above-named plants belong. to. these different Orders; and while Ona- gracee is an Order regularly abounding in raphides, every native and exotic plant, hitherto examined in relation to this question, of the next allied Orders, has been found destitute of raphides. ey _ And, conversely, as, far, as my observations yet extend, a single Order, of which Hydrocharidacee affords an example, may be character- ized as devoid of raphides, and yet standing between Orders abounding in raphides. For, while these acicular crystals were always found in Paris quadrifolia, Tamus communis, Dioscorea Batatas, Testudinaria ela- phantipes, roots of Sarza, and in such British and foreign Orchids as T have hitherto examined, raphides could not be discovered either in Fallisneria spiralis, Anacharis Aisinastrum, Stratiotes aloides, or Hy- drocharis Morsus-rane. l Several other examples to the same effect as those of Onagracee and Hydrocharidacee probably exist. But my observations are yet by no means’ sufficiently comprehensive to afford more than rational hypo- theses which-indicate the necessity for further research in this direction. Thus, such Orders as Balsaminacee, Ficoide, Alismacee, and Potamo- getonacea; especially invite more inquiry, since the results of the few examinations which I have made of these Orders and their allies, show raphis-bearing ;Balsams, immediately surrounded by Geraniums and Flaxes, Oxalids and Indian Cresses, in which (on the contrary) raphides are not! found ; raphis-bearing Ficoids, standing between House-lee and. Indian Figs without raphides; Water Plantain and Pondweeds destitute. of raphides, which nevertheless abound in all the Orders placed between these two genera in Professor Babington’s ‘ Manual of British Botany.’ But the whole subject is so vast as to be quite beyond the powers of ah out-door naturalist, mostly confined to the narrow sphere of a rural 70 NEW SOUTH SEA ISLAND PLANTS. district, and far from the assistance of botanical collections. Indeed, the present observations on Haloragacee and Loasacee could not have ‘been made but for the courtesy of Dr. Hooker in supplying me with fragments of the plants for the purpose. So numberless are the species yet requiring examination, that the co-operation of many observers will be required before we can hope for a fair and practical knowledge of the distribution of raphides throughout the vegetable kingdom, and of their exact value as characters in systematic botany. I have only been able to commence the inquiry, and to show that they are certainly sometimes so important in this respect as to prove truly diagnostic ; and that, whenever they afford a diagnosis, it may be more funda- mental and universal, either in the species or Order, than any other single character hitherto employed for the purpose. Among number- less examples in our own Flora, let any one examine such plants as Epilobium and Lythrum, the former, at every period of its growth from the seed-leaves to the fruit, will always be distinguishable from the latter by the raphides alone. Hence, this is the only one character which is never failing for the diagnosis. Nor can it be doubted that a phenomenon so remarkable and constant is an essential, significant, and intrinsic function of the plant-life; and that this eminently na- tural character of raphis-bearing should no longer be neglected, as it has hitherto been, in systematic botany. Edenbridge, February 15, 1864. NEW SOUTH SEA ISLAND PLANTS. By BERTHOLD Seemann, Pu.D., F.L.S. Dr. F. Mueller, of Melbourne, has kindly forwarded to me for in- corporation in my forthcoming works on Polynesian Botany, a collec- tion of plants made by Dr. Greffe, a Swiss savant, who is now exploring the various groups of the Pacific, and whose expenses ate paid by Messrs. Godeffroy and Sons, a large Hamburg firm, who carry on exten- sive mercantile operations in the South Seas; Dr: Greffe devotes him- self principally to zoology, but that he does riot neglect: botany will be seen from the enumeration of a collection he made during his short stay in the Viti group, and in Uvea or Wallis Island, 1862. Dr, Mueller thought that it might be an encouragement to Dr. Greeffe if this col- NEW SOUTH SEA ISLAND PLANTS. 71 lection were at once published, and I gladly accede to his wish by print- ing a preliminary list, to which I shall add the description of several new genera and species. Dr. Greffe made several highly-important additions to the Vitian Flora, among them one entirely new genus of Tiliacea, with large stipules and calyculate flowers, which I have named in honour of its discoverer (Greffea), also a new Eleocarpus (E. Graffei) He also transmits flowering specimens of a Vacciniaceous plant, which I had previously only found in fruit, and referred pro- visionally to Epyginum. I am now enabled to describe it as a per- fectly new genus, which, on account of its beauty, may bear one of the names of Aphrodite (Paphia). There are, besides, flowering spe- cimens of my Podocarpus (2) Vitiensis, and acceptable additions to materials of a new genus of Palms, originally discovered in Viti Levu by Mr. Jacob Storck (see Journ. Bot. 1863, p. 190). Also Dicksonia Berteroana, Kunz., and several other plants never before found in the Viti group. I believe no list of plants from Uvea or Wallis Island, situated be- tween Viti and Samoa, has as yet been published, and no one but Sir E. Home has ever collected there. With the exception perhaps of a Rubiacea, not yet made out satisfactorily, all the species Dr. Greffe ga- hered there were previously known, and most of them are common throughout Polynesia; but several others, for instance, Aglaia Samoén- sis, A. Gray, Eugenia clusiafolia, A. Gray, etc., had hitherto been found only in the Samoan archipelago. DICOTYLEDONES. Uvaria odorata, Lam., Uvea (n. 22). Sida rhombifolia, Linn., Uvea (n. 44). Paritium tiliaceum, Juss., Uvea (n. 47). Triumfetta procumbens, Forst., Uvea (n. 36). Trichospermum Richii, Seem., Viti Levu (n. 25). " Greffea calyculata, Seem., Viti Levu (n. ). Elaocarpus Graffei, Seem., sp. nov., Viti Levu (n. $9). E. Storckii, Seem., Viti Levu (n. 49). Calophyllum inophyllum, Linn., Uvea (n. 33). Aglaia Samoénsis, A. Gray, Uvea (n. 46). Dodonaea viscosa, Linn., Uvea (n. 50), Viti Levu (n. 91). Hiptage myrtifolia, A. Gray, Viti Levu (n. 18). Evodia hortensis, Forst., Viti Levu (n. 43 E. longifolia, A. Rich, Uvea (n. 23). Erythrina Indica, Linn., Viti Levu (n. 61). 72 NEW SOUTH SEA ISLAND PLANTS. Pongamia glabra, Vent., Viti Levu Gi 29). Medinilla heterophylla, A. Gray, Viti ces (n. 60). Melastoma Taitense, De Cand., Uvea (n. Haplopetalon Seemanni, A. Gray. Viti pL [es 44). Spireanthemum Vitiense, A. Gray, Viti Levu (n. 16). Geissois ternata, A. Gray, Viti Levu (n. 27). Loranthus Insularum, A. Gray, Viti Leva (n. 21). Geophila reniformis, Ch. et Schl., Uyea (n. 39). Morinda bucidefolia, A. Gray, Viti Levu (n. 52). Ophiorrhiza peploides, A. Gray, Viti Levu. (n. 34). Gardenia Taitensis, De Cand., Uvea (n. 28). Mussenda frondosa, ay Uvea (n. 21). Rubiacea, Uvea (n. 3 ibunda, A. diy. Viti Levu (n..41); 8. Konigii, Y Vahl, Uvea (n. 41,45). Cyrtandra Pritchardii, Rapes Viti Levu (n. 42, ex parte). pem Vitiensis, Seem. (Epyginum? Vitiens tiense, Seem.), Viti Levu (n. a5. fa(?) pyrulifera, A. Gray, Uven (n. 40). XT corylifolia, A. Gray, Viti: v x 57). os rv M. nemoralis, A. De Cand., Uvea Solanum Vitiense, Seem., Viti Levu fal 42, ex pere Eranthemum pymes A. Gray, Viti Levu (n. 51).: n. 20 Teucrium inflatum z, Uvea (n. 26). ispermum montanum; Seem., Viti vids et 48). xi onigi Acalypha grandis, Benth., Uvea: (n. 25 MCN ee A. sp., Viti Levu (n. 30). A. sp., Viti Levu Omalanthus pelossa, Bonth, Viti Leyn en 17). Aleurites triloba, Forst., Uvea (n. 17). Phyllanthus frutiooa, Wall, Uvea (n. 18). NEW SOUTH SEA ISLAND PLANTS. Breyenia disticha, Forst., Viti Levu (n. 28). Behmeria Harveyi, jen. Viti Levu (n. 20). Ficus — Seem., n. 443), Viti Levu (n. : aria polystachya, Forst., Viti Levu (n. Casuarina equisetifolia, Forst., uen (n. "EA C. nodiftora, Forst., Viti Levu Dacrydium elatum, Wall., Viti Leva e Podocarpus (?) Vitiensis, Seem., Viti e (i: 1). MONOCOTYLEDONES. Corymbis disticha, anik Viti Levu (n. 24). i 23). . 67). Mariscus ghinmto Reem. et St Viti Levu (n. 35). Kyllingia, sp., Viti Levu (n. 5 Eleocharis (gracilis, R. Aube b Uvea (n. 15). Bambusa, sp., Uvea (n. Andropogon Schenanthus, Tiss. Uvea (n. 16). ACOTYLEDONER, Psilotum triquetrum, Sw., Uvea (n. 18). Lycopodium cernuum, Linn., Uvea (n. 1) ; Viti Levu (n. 11). Lycopodium, sp. (= Seem: n. 706) ; Viti Levu (n. 12). L. ftabellatum, Forst., Viti Levu (n. - Vittaria elongata, Sw., Viti Levu (n. 4) Phymatodes c J. Smith, e (n. B): Nep hirsutula, Presl, Uvea (n. 2). Davallia regente Hook., Viti Levi " 8). D. gibberosa, Swartz, Viti Léfà (n. 2, 1 € davallioides, J. Smith, wi Lem (n. 6). repens, J. Smith, Uvea (n. 10). homanes Javanicum, Bl., Viti Levu = 56). T. meifolium, Bory, Viti Levu (n. 14). Angiopteris evecta, Hoffm., Uvea Lygodiction Forsteri, J. Smith, viti Levu (n. 36). Schizea dichotoma, Swartz, Uvea (n. 14). A. laeserpitifolium, Lam., Viti Levu (n. 66). Antrophytum reticulatum, Kaulf., Viti Levu (n. 18). 74 NEW SOUTH SEA ISLAND. PLANTS. A. semicostatum, Bl. (alatum, Brack), ye Levu (n. 3). Doodia connexa, Kunze, Viti Levu (n. Dicksonia Berteroana, Hook., Viti simi (n. 7). Diplazium bulbiferum, Brack., Uvea (n. 18). ver cuspidatum, Ehrh., Viti Leyu (n. 37). Hypnum? sp., Viti Levu (n. 59). ; ‘MartkanGe pileata, Mitten., Viti Levu (n. 54). _ Bacxea. zelitrioides, Seem. n. sp.; fruticosa ; ramulis foliis, pe- dunculis calycibusque cano-tomentellis demum glabris ; foliis oppositis, ellipticis, obtusis, subtus punctatis ; pedunculis axillaribus, 3—5-floris, bracteolatis ; calycis laciniis oblongis, obtusis; petalis (albis) 5, obo- vatis, obtusis; puberulis; staminibus 10; filamentis basi hirsutis, apice eglandulosis ; ovario villoso, 3-loculari; stylo basi villoso; capsula 3- loeulari.—New Caledonia (Sir E. Home !, in Brit. Minim). collected in 1846. Has very much the look peculiar to Neliéris, and has leaves larger than any other species of Beckea known to me, 1 inch long, and 4 of an inch broad. Petiole very short. . .MEDUSANTHERA, gen. nov. Icacinearum.—Char. Gen, Flores poly- gami v.? hermaphroditi. Calyz cupuliformis, obscure 5-dentatus. Pe- tala 5, hypogyna, obovata, incurva, zstivatione valvata, Discus incon- , Spicuus. Stamina 5, hypogyna, petalis alterna ; filamentis compressis, apice ad latus interius in ramos 8 longissimos clavatos dilatatis. æn- there erect, biloculares. | Ovarium ovato-conicum (1-ovulatum ?). Stigma sessile. Fructus . . . .—Arbor Vitiensis, mediocris, subglabra, ramis pendulis ; foliis SS. exstipulatis, petiolatis ovato-oblongis, longe acuminatis, integerrimis, penninerviis; floribus axillaribus, cy- mosis, albidis; cymis 2-3-chotomis, pedunculis bracteis lanceolatis minutis instructis. Species unica :-— 1. MEDUSANTHERA Vitiensis, Seem. mss. ; Stemonurus ?, sp. Bonpl. x. p. 296.—Bureta, Island of Ovalau (J. ‘Sle /, n. 877), where, ac- cording to its discoverer, it is called ** Duv Medusanthera is closely allied to Toa but the anthers, instead of having numerous thin and long hairs on the base of the inner side, have in this genus only eight long clavate threads, which cover them in æstivation in the same way as the hairs do in Lasianthera, and they seem to be branches of the filaments. . The calyx, also, is not 5-lobed, as in Lasianthera, but cup-shaped, and with five obscure teeth, and -on the whole margin ciliolate; the inflorescence is more truly cymose. Un- NEW SOUTH SEA ISLAND PLANTS. 75 fortunately Mr. Storck’s specimens have only male flowers ; at least, the ovary appeared to be abortive and one uniform black mass. M. Vitiensis is a middle-sized tree, with terete hanging branches... Leaves 3 inches long, 1 inch broad; petiole 4 inch long. Peduncles longer than the petiole. Flowers minute. Filaments flat, broader towards the apex. Branches twice as long as the anthers. Petals glabrous, almost cucullate at the apex, and without apparent veins. Pedicels with minute hair. TRACHYMENE (Didiscus) Homei, Seem. m. sp. ; caulescens, glaber- rima; foliis inferioribus longe petiolatis, 9-sectis, laciniis 2-pinnatifidis, segmentis ultimis linearibus acutis, superioribus breviter ‘petiolulatis v. sessilibus ; umbellis simplicibus, terminalibus, aggregatis (3-6) ; invo- lucro 10-12-phyllo, laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, longe acuminatis ; pe- dunculis compressis; floribus . . . ; fructibus lzvibus, glaberrimis, càr- pophoro 2-partito.—Isle of Pines, off New Caledonia (Sir E. Home !, in Mus. Brit), v. s. s. flor. Entire plant about 1 foot high, apparently perennial. "The pedun- dés surrounding a flat disk, as in Trachymene cerulea, Grah. (Didiscus, Hook.), and a few of the external flowers of the umbel being abortive ; fruit orbicular, cordate at base. "The original species upon which Rudge established the genus Tra- chymene in the Linnean Transactions (x. p. 300, t. 21, fig. 2) was T. incisa, which must be regarded the type of the genus; and if it be penerically identieal with the more modern genus Didiscus, the latter must bé suppressed. ‘Rudge, in the place quoted, does not describe any other species of Trachymene, though De Candolle burdens him with the authority of T. lanceolata and T. ovata. The æstivation of Trachymene cerulea is vexillary ; the outermost petal being quite free, and overlaps those placed right and left of it. The latter two overlap the two following, which on one side are valvate. ArsopEIA (P) Storckii, Seem. n. sp. ; glabra; ramulis geniculato- flexuosis, foliis brevissime petiolatis v. sessilibus ovatis v. ovato-ob- longis acuminatis integerrimis, stipulis ovato-lanceolatis, floribus axil- laribus solitariis (viridibus), calycis laciniis 5 oblongis obtusis, petalis 777, staminibus . . -; capsula ovato-oblonga obtusa 3-valvi, seminibus nuinerosis subglobosis glabris grani Piperis magnitudine. “ Serirak Vonó? incolarum. -Pott Kinnaird, Ovalau (Storck Pes. This plant may possibly be the type of a new genus, but there being 16 NEW SOUTH SEA ISLAND PLANTS. only, fruiting specimens, I. have provisionally placed it in, dlsodeia, though the numerous seeds are rather opposed to its admission. I. do not find anything like it either in the Kew or British Museum. Herbaria. Mr. Storck says (‘ Bonplandia,’ x. p. 295), “the flowers. are greenish and the fruit yellow." The leaves, when in very young bud, are. co- vered with silky, whitish hairs ; but after expansion they are perfectly glabrous, the largest being 5 inches long and from 2-22 inches broad. Capsule 2 of an inch long, drooping. ELmocarpus Graf, Seem. n. sp. ; ramulis petiolis peduncalis pedicellis calycibusque rufo-tomentellis, foliis obovatis v. oblongis acu- minatis basi obtusis dentatis. coriaceis utrinque. glabris subtus palli- dioribus, racemis ex axilla foliorum delapsorum nascentibus 3-12- floris, floribus parvis nutantibus solitariis v. geminis, . sepalis ovato- lanceolatis acutis sestivatione. valvatis. extus l- intus 3-nerviis, petalis fimbriatis (albidis) glabris, staminibus numerosis glabris, antheris longe aristatis, ovario villoso 2-loculari, drupa . . .—Viti Levu (Graffe!, n. 59).. One of the small-flowering species, named in honour of its disco- verer, Dr. Greeffe, and in look extremely like E, leptostachys, Wall; List, n. 2692, from Penang ; but the leaves of Æ. leptostachys (in a dried. state) are not pale-green, but brown or ferruginous on the under side, the flower-buds are ovate, obtuse, and the anthers are blunt; resembling those of Z. bifidus, Hook, and Arn. I take Z. leptostachys to be iden- tical with Z. ovalifolius, Wall. List, n. 2665, from Sylhet, and, accord- ing to the original specimens at the British Museum, with Craspedum tectorum of Loureiro, from Cochinchina, of which J. tectorius, Poir., and Dicera Craspedum, Gmel., are synonyms.* Endlicher regarded Æ. i- | Jlorus, Hook. and Arn., as the type of a genus (Beythea), the anthers of which are very different from those of the other Higocarpi.. If, it should be kept up, either as a separate genus or a subgenus, its name will have to be suppressed in favour of Craspedum, the oldest of the two. The leaves of Æ. Greffei, including petiole, are from 5—6 inches long. and from 2-3 inches broad, less coriaceous than those of E. Storckii. Racemes longer than the petiole, but shorter than the blade of the leaf. Flower-buds ovate, acute. : * The synonymy of this plant is as follom — Maanas us tectorius, Poir, . TA leptostachys, Wall.! E. ovalifolius, Wall. | Dicera Crea pedes Cel ] pha dum tectorium, Lour.!—Cochinchina (Loureiro! in Mus, Brit), Sylhet (Wallich ! n. 2265), Penang (Wallich ! n, 2672). NEW SOUTH SEA ISLAND PLANTS. 71 PAPHIA Seem., gen. nov. Vaccineacearum.—Calyz adnatus, tubo urceolato levi, limbo 5-partito. “Corolla infundibuliformis, 5-costata, laeiniis 5 acutis. Stamina 10, distincta; filamenta subulata ; ant, -loculares, mutiez, in tubos duos apice liberos product, antice ad apicem foraminibus dehiscentibus, basi sursum curvatz. ^ Ovarium inferum, 5-loculare, multiovulatum, disco 10-gibbo limboque calycino coronatum. Bacca pulposa, ovato-oblonga, levis, 5-locularis, polysperma. —Frutex Vitiensis, 4—6-pedalis, ramis angulatis junioribus puberulis, foliis alternis ovato-elliptieis acuminatis in petiolum angustatis integer- rimis v. dentieulatis, peduneulis axillaribus solitariis pendulis medio bibracteatis, bracteis alternis ovato-lanceolatis ciliatis, floribus pulchris magnis (2 une. long.), baccis purpurascentibus. Paphia Vitiensis, Seem. mss.—Evigynium(?) Vitiense, Seem. in Bonpl: ix. p.257 ; Viti App. p. 438.—Voma Peak, Viti Levu, 4000 feet: sane the sea (Seemann I, n. 284). Viti Levu (Dr. is AL /, n. 45). The m of this new and beautiful genus is somewhat like that of Pentapterygium, Klotzsch, but it is more decidedly funnel-shaped, and in’ this respect it also differs from Zpigynium, to which I pro- visionally referred the plant from the fruiting specimens I collected. The fruit of Paphia differs from that of Pentapterygium, in being smooth, not 6-angularj and the anthers of my plant have at the base an appen- dix bent upwards. | The’ first leaves of the growing M are dis- proportionately ‘small, linear-lanceolate, and toothed. : »Vacornium Maegillivrayi, Seem. n. sp. ; fruticosum, erectum, ramu- lis foliis peduneülis bracteis calycibus baecisque pruinosis demum viridi- bus; rainulis angulatis, foliis obovatis v. elliptieis acutis in petiolum - brevem angiüstatis acute serratis, pedunculis axillaribus solitariis medio bibraéteatis; bracteis linearibus acutis, calycis laciniis obtusis, corolla - (alba) campanulata’ apice paulo constricta, bacca globosa.—Island of ARN) foka — ases deny a !, in Mus. Brit), collector Y in 1854, 2 Ditters from Y^ cereum, Forst., which it resembles in general look, ' in the glaucous bloom of the young parts of the plant, the shape of the leaves, the obtuse calyx-lobes, and the corolla less constricted at the móuüth.'' Leaves thick, coriaceous, evergreen, 1} inch long and t of an inch broad, acute, but never acuminate. 18 | J ADDITIONS TO BREWERS ‘FLORA OF SURREY.' (ore, By Henry TRIMEN, Esq. Having collected some matter supplementary to that contained in Brewer's * Flora of Surrey,’ I publish it in the hope of its’ being of use to botanical geographers. The additions are chiefly to the localities, though there are a few to the list of species.. I have followed mainly the existing Flora in its sequence and nomenclature, and repeated nothing already published in it, either in the way- of corroboration or extra quotation. I have refrained from giving any localities for those plants Which are without them in the Flora (being said to grow “throughout the county,” or ‘in all the districts ”), though in some cases T. am in- clined: to consider a species so: disposed of, to be of rarer occurrence than others to which localities are affixed. . Information is partieularly requested in the preface to the work, on the geological distribution of Surrey plauts ; the. list, however, given in Appendix C (pp. 319—345) seems very complete, as far as my own observations on, the matter allow me to judge of it; I have added, nevertheless, a considerable number of plants to the Wealden clay of the county, which formation seems: to have had less attention paid to it, botanically, than the others: Having also had the opportunity of botanizing on the Weald of Sussex, close to the boundary of Surrey, I have noticed several plants in the former, which have not been recorded as growing on the same formation in the latter county ; as the Wealden flora is of remarkable uniformity, I have mentioned some ‘of these in their places (as found near the Surrey boundary), ín tlie hope of calling attention to them, and leading to the probability of their discovery in urrey. i In addition to-original observations, I have looked through the third edition of Ray's * Synopsis,’ Martyn’s * Lists of Surrey Plants,’ and Curtis's * Flora Londinensis,’ and extracted all their localities for the county.. Many of these have found their way into the Flora through the * Botanists’ Guides,’ or * Flora Metropolitana ; those which are not entered from such sources I have supplied from the original ones. The Dibliological botany of Surrey, however, is left for other hands ; I have not attempted to exhaust so large a field. Se The following abbreviations are used .— : ADDITIONS TO BREWER’S FLORA OF SURREY. 79 R. Syn. iii. = Ray's ‘ Synopsis Stirpium Britannicarum ’ (edition 3), 1724. M. = Appendix to Martyn’s ‘ Plante Cantabrigienses’ (Surrey, pp. 94-100), 1763. Mart. = List of Surrey — in Manning and Bray's * History of Surrey,’ by Martyn (as given in the * Phytologist,’ n. s. vol. vi. pp. 164— 169). C. or Curt. = Curtis's * Flora Londinensis, 1777-1798. B. Med. Bot. = Bumett's * Medical Botany, 1834—1836 (has a full list of Battersea plants). few other works are incidentally referred to, but require no abbre- ‘viations. I have to thank Messrs. W. T. Dyer and E. B. Penfold, for copious notes on the botany of district A; all the plants to which either of their initials are attached have been observed within the last few years. (W.' T. D.) is attached to Mr. Dyer’s observations, and (E. B. P.) follows those of Mr. Penfold. Where no authority follows an obser- vation, it is to be understood as my own. ‘The letters before each lo- cality refer to the nine districts into which the county is divided by ‘Mr. Brewer RANUNCULACER. teats Vitalba, Z.—A. Hedge at Merton. (W. T. D.) m, Z.—A, Battersea Fields. (B. Med. Bot. and Fl. Metrop. P J^ Anemone bon: L.—A. I saw it in Mipit Park abundantly in 1863. On the right-hand side of the road from Mitcham to Sutton, just inside the palings of Sir John Lubbock’s place. (E. B. P.) E. Woods about Shere and Guildford. (Mart.) Myosurus minimus, Z.—A. Streatham, in the closes, and Wimbledon. (M. 99 and 100.) Fields near Cæsar’s Camp, Wimbledon. (E. B. P.) (v. v.s.) Fields about Dulwich. (C.) -Ranun ae — , Fries.—A. Pond between Wandsworth and Wimbledon Com g Tee RA Bab.—A. Blacksea, Wandsworth Common. R. Auricomus, Z.—Common on the Wealden clay. (Capel, ete.) R. bilbosis, 2. flore pleno.—D. Lower side of Banstead Downs. (R. Syn. iii. 247. Re vus Curt,—A. In great plenty by the side of the wood betwixt ios _ don and Mitcham, (C.). (Proba id in district H, plentiful in Sussex “within a mile of the Surrey border R. arvensis, Z.—H. A common REN cornfields on the Weald; called * Hedgehogs " (I suppose from its Perper fruit) by the country people. 80 ADDITIONS TO BREWER'S FLORA OF SURREY. R. parviflorus, L.—A. Near Camberwell. (R. Syn. iii. 248.) Side of the road between Croydon and essei .(€. D. Banstead Downs. (Mart.) Eranthis hyemalis, Sa/isb.—E. Albury Park, apparently wild. (W. H. Aquilegia vulgaris, L.—A. Norwood, by the gravel-pits, near the direction-post. (M. 97.) PAPAVERACER. Papaver dubium, Z.— Occurs on the E clay. (Capel, Ockley.) one m majus, L., var. B. laciniatum, Mi . Plentifully among the ns of the piki of Leeds wd. à Wimbledon, found by Mr. Martyn. Œ. Syn. iii. 309.) Fumaria muralis, Sond.—A. Barnes, Mr. Pamplin. (C. C. Babington, in Linn. Journ. iv. 167.) CRUCIFERÆ. Coronopus didyma, Sm.—C. Near Chobham. (Joseph Hus Esq.) Ihave specimens from this locality, collected in September, 186 Isatis tinctoria, Z—A. Said to have been sown on rd near New a Thlaspi arvense, L.—I. uM d in nthe meadows on the right-hand. (M. 96.) Teesdalia nudicaulis, Br.—A. “ I found this plant, anno 1712, on the left-hand of the way going from Putney town to the bowling-green.” (Dale s Herb.) Putney ^: Richmond Commons, Mr. Doody. (R. Syn. iii. 303.) Lepidium campestre, Br.—A. In the = plenty about Coombe Wood. (C.) Waste ground, Wimbledon, (E. B. P.) “L. hirtum, M. 100.—A. Wands- worth, beyond the town, on a bank on the road to Putney,” may be this or . L. 8mithii, Hook. Armoracia rusticana, Rupp.—A. Fields near Wimbledon village. (W. T. D.) Dentaria bulbifera, L ate p. 18, line 1, “ Warnham ” should be Rusper. The plant was very fine and abundant i in 1863, but did not, I think, per- fect any seed. Cardamine amara, ZL.—E. Near Darking. (R. Syn. iii. 299. C. hirsuta, L.—A. Dry places in grounds of Wimbledon eg and on Wands- worth Common. Wimbledon Churchyard. (W. T. D.)— Var. B. sylva- tica, Link. H. Common about Ockley, Capi; aid Ewhurst, on the Weald clay. Arabis hirsuta, Br.—A. Garden wall of Wimbledon House. Turritis glabra, Z.—A. Roadside, by Cottenham Park, Wimbledon erp sylvestre, Br.—E. Roadside between Mickleham AE Leather- mde perm L.—A. Battersea Fields. (B. Med. Bot.) Brassica Napus, Z.—A. Railway-bank near Clapham Junction. Sinapis alba, L. aik. Amongst the corn in Battersea Fields. (C. S. muralis, Br.—A. At the back of Bedlam. (C.) 8. tenuifo olia, Br., was con- founded with this in Curtis's time. E, On the line between Gaa and ? Chilworth Stations. ADDITIONS TO BREWER'S FLORA OF SURREY. 81 CISTINES. Helianthemum vulgare, Gert., var. B. Surrejanum.—This Croydon plant is monstrosity of H. iia; and not the species figured from Dickson's E Garden in E. B. 2207. (Bab. Man. ed. 5, p. 37.) VIÓLACEE. Viola palustris, L.— D. Shirley Common. (M. 96 and C.) V. tricolor, L., var. B., V. arvensis, Murray.—E. Shere, common. H. Abun- dant in the cornfields DROSERACER. Drosera intermedia, Hayne.—C. Bagshot Heath, Mr. Doody. (R. Syn. iii. 356.) CARYOPHYLLER. Dianthus Armeria, Z.—A. Peckham, on the top of the hill; Streatham, in closes; in one of the closes between Dulwich and the ‘Green Man.’ (M. 95, 97, 99.) Top of Oak of Honour Wood. (Mart.) Inthe meadow this side Deptford. (Merrett.) (R. Syn. iii. 337. Saponaria officinalis, L.—A. Between London and Dulwich, by Mr. S. Harris, in 1725. (M. 95.) Coombe Wood. (Bohn's ‘ Pictorial Handbook of x rete e pleno. A. Lordship Lane, by the * Green Man,' Dul- ; Streatham, in the closes. ani 95, 99.) Silene. ridi —A. Coo cones d. (C.) B. Weybridge, in a cornfield south of the ire: (M. 1 0) Sagina subulata, Wimm.—A. Mitcham Common. (Mart. Putney Heath ; Coombe Wood. rad C. Bagshot Heath, Dr. Goodenough. (C.) S. nodosa, Mey.—A. tersea, on a wall by = Thames. (M. 94.) Several places iode FERA and Putney. (Curt arvensis, L.— Very common in inis on the Weald. Spergularia Fibra, St. Hil.—With the last, but less abundant. Arenaria tenuifolia. Z.—A. Battersea. (M. 94.) T Stellaria glauca, With.—A. Peckham Fields, Mr. Sherard. (R. Syn. iii. 847.) Wimbledon Common. (Fl. e) Battersea Fields. (London Flora.) Cerastium semidecandrum, L., var. B. C. pumilum, Curt.—Near Croydon, on dry banks. (Curt. Fl. Lond.) This is the original station for the plant. C. arvense, Z.—D. Croydon, on Duppa's Hill. (M. 94) About Croydon. (C.) MALVACER. “Malva moschata,Z.—A. Very plentifully near Coombe Wood. (Curt.) Balham, by the five-mile stone on the Epsom road, upon the right-hand; (M. 94, where it is called Malva Alcea.) TILIACE Tilia intermedia, DC.—A. About arn planted T. grandiflora, Ehrh.—H. At Whitstable, in Surrey (), and near Darking ; err. Pin. (Ray, Syn. iii. 473.) VOL. II. [MARCH 1, 1864.] M 82 ADDITIONS TO BREWER’S FLORA OF SURREY. Fix¥PERICcINER. Hypericum Androsemum, L.— A. Oak of Honour Wood, near Peckham Rye. (C. H, pu dd L.—On the Weald. (Capel.) H. hirsutum, ZL.—4A. Oak of Honour Wood, and field beyond Dulwich Col- lege. (C.) West Barns, near Merton. (W. T. D.) H. montanum, Z.—D. Croydon. E. Shere. (Martyn.) H. Elodes, L. TA Shirley puris (Mart.) | C. Bogha Heath, Mr. Doody. H. calycinum, Z.—C, Well naturalized b ips Chertsey and Chobham, and near Windlesham. (Phytol. n. s. 1860, p. 338.) GERANIACEE: Erodium Wet apt Sm.— H. Oceurs on the Weald clay. E. moschatum, Sm.—A.’ Near Battersea, Mr. Fisher. (R. Syn. iii. 358) ies pratense, L.—A. About Battersea and by the way from Richmond o Kingston. (R. Syn. iii. 360, and M “Abundant in the mea- dui about Battersea. (C.) Near the Thisies, abut Mortlake ant Kew. dE cs eo St (W. G. Prrenaie um, L.—A. Railway cutting at Wandsworth and Wimbledon churchyard, plentiful. oe Noli-me-tangere, Z.— A. A patch of this plant in Battersea Fields, or three years back. (C. Berrell, Esq.) CELASTRINER. — gous, L.—A. Between London and Dulwich, 8, T: 1725. M. 95.) ood on the Weald clay commonly. About Capel, etc. RHAMNEX. — Frangula, Z.—A. Between London and Dulwi ch, S. Harris, 1725. 95.) Norwood. (M.97.) Wimbledon Common, plentiful. (W.T. 9 m Marked for this district, Ithink, near Albury, LEGUMTNOS Æ. Spartium i a L.— Occurs on the Weald clay, but not commonly. Cape (Capel Ulex nanus, Forst.—E. About Shere, Albury, etc. U. Galli, Planch., is the common plant, but I have seen the true aa2us on Hurt urtwood Clotiiitieit Genista Anglica, Z—A. Mitcham and Norwood Commons. (M. 97.) Wim bledon Common. (W. T. D) D. Croydon, on the common. a. (ME. ae iei Ononis campestris, Koch. Se By the roadside, near Oc ckley. Melilotus been. Willd.—A. Railway Wimbledon Stat (W.F Trifolium sitamon, Z .—A. On Richmond Common, very p leatifully; Dr. Robinson. (R. Syn. iii. 327.) Stockwell and Stre atham Common. (M. 98.) T. arvense, L.—A. Between London and Dulwich, by Mr. 8. Harris, 1725. (M. 95.) ADDITIONS. TO BREWER'S FLORA OF SURREY. 83 T. minus, Re/h.—Found on Weald clay. (Ockley and Capel.) T. filiforme, L.—A. Damp sandy places about Putney. (Ray, Syn. iii. 331, and tab. xiv. fig. 4. [Glycyrrhiza uficimde: —I. bos (M.96.) An escape from cultivation. l Ornithopus areal .—A. Mitcham and its am Commons and Nor wood. (M. 98.) H. Sn, near Chilwo Vicia sativa, L., var. B. angustifolia, R.—A. diee sworth Common; near imbledon. E. Noted for this district ; somewhere near Albury. V. tetrasperma. Koch.—A. Not * Wimbledon Common,” but in a hedge near the railway station. Lathyrus Nissolia, Z.—A. ie a close by the footway from Dulwich Green to the wells. (R. Syn 825) Dulwich; sene on ie hill by the wood ; ci AREA and -between it and M m. (M. 95, 97, 98, 99.) E. South slope of Box Hill, amongst the un L. palustris, L L.—A. Peckham Fields, in a squalid watery ae T. Willisel. (R. Syn. iii. 320 L. sede Icd Between Oak of Honour Hill and Peckham, Mr. Rand and Mr. Doody; by Coombe Park gate, going to Md Mr. Dubois. (R. Syn. iii. $19) Wimbledon, near the great p (M. 100 RosACEX. peg spinosa, L., var. B. insititia, L.—H. reine Capel, on the Weald clay. P. Cerasus, L.— A, Wimbledon, in the park. ape : P. avium, Z.—A. Hedge, Wandsworth. E. Denbies, by Spiræa Filipendula, Z.—A. Clapham. (M. 94.) cote se pani (Bohn’s * Illustrated Handbook of London.’) Potentilla esta Schk.— Not uncommon on the Weald. ckl r. B. nemoralis, Nestl. H. Near Capel. Holmwood, Comarum E Sacks tre, L.—E. Guildford, in the meadows. (M. 96.) Rubus* Idæus, L. ied Wimbledon Common. (H. T.)— Var. 8. érifoliatus, Bell- Salt. Esher. R. suberectus. 4nd—A. Wimbledon Common. R. Radula, Weihe,--U. pA near Egham. R. rudis, Weihe.—A, Wimbledon Common. R. Kæhleri, Weihe, var. e. fuscus, Bab.—B. Nea R. W. and N.—A. Vineduida between sae dur and Wimbledon Common j R: rosaceus, Weihe .—A. Wimbledon Common. ; ; Maus. * The localities for Rudi are chiefly taken from a paper by Thos. in Phytol. o. s. vol. iii. p. 9. They were observed in 1846-7. ü 2 a 84 ADDITIONS TO BREWER’S FLORA: OF SURREY. R. corylifolius, Sm.—A. Merton. (W: T. D: Rosa. Es y Li—AÀ. Waddon Marsh. (M. 99.) Rosa villosa, Z.—A. Probably a form of this, which Le says grows little on. this side Kingston, by the Thames. z —— 478.) Rosa rubiginosa; .L.—A. Norwood; Common. M 9r). ` Barnes ibis (Al. i on. Alchemilla arvensis, Lam.—Cornfields on the Weald clay, common. Pyrus Aucuparia, Gert.—A. Norwood. (M. 97.) ONAGRARIER, Regen angustifolium, Z.—A. Wimbledon, (M. 100.) . E.)and, H. Abun- n either bank of the — E Dorking to Gomshall. B. Pi qp E. tetragonum; Z.—A. Wimbledon. (E. B. P.) -Battersea.. (B. Med. Bot.) —Var. B. obscurum, Schreb. H. Shalford Common, with Æ. wera HIPPURIDER. Hippuris vulgaris, Z,—A. Battersea. (B. Med. Bot.) MYRIOPHYLLE®. Myriophyllum verticillatum, Z—A. Wimbledon. (W. T. D.) M. spicatum, Z.—A. Streathati; about the pits. (M. a Blacksea, Wands- "worth Common. CALLITRICHINEE, Cellitriqhe platycarpa, Kiitz., var. B. stagnalis, Scop. (Bab. Man. v. 294. i ay s L Sir Hans Sloane, on; Wimbledon. Common. Putney Heath. (R. yn. iii. 289.)—'C. verna, B.’ Between London and Dulwich, Mr. S paris, 1725. (M. 95), pir be this plant. C. hamulata, Kiitz., var. B. pedunculata, De Cand. cU Round the poni i on Shalford Common, where Cyperys, fuscus grows. PORTULACER. Montia fontana, Z.—On the Weald. (H. Holmwood Common.) Persupérans. Scleranth us, L.—Isalso found on the Wealden clay. = Comfields at Capel.) GROSSULARIER. Ribes rubrum, Z.—To this species Hudson and Smith refer the Ribes fruetu parvo, found plentifally in Withlédén ids by Mr. J. aac qu - iii, 456.) pe ULACER. Sedum reflexum, L.—A. Battersea Fields. (B. Med. Bot.) SAXIFRAGACEX. Saxifraga granulata, Z.—A. Near Mitcham, Mr. Dubois (R. Syn. iii. 354), ADDITIONS. TO BREWER'S FLORA OF SURREY. 85 and flore pleno (M. 96.) Waddon Marsh and Wandsworth. (M. 99.) Wimbledon Park, with Anemone apennina. Meadows, by the ‘Thames, oxite’" Twickenham. Chrysosplenium oppositifolium, Z.—G. By the Mole, near Betehworth. Adoxa moschatellina, Z.—Occurs on the Weald clay in Sussex, and would be probably found on that of Surre i ia Cicuta virosa, Z.—A. Battersea. (M. 9 Conium maculatum, Z.—A. Battersea caer) (B. Med. Bot.) E. Roadside, between Mickleham and Leatherhead. Smyrnium Olusatrum, Z.—4A. Vauxhall. (M. 99.) Helosciadium nodiflorum, Koch, var. 8, repens, Koch.--A. "— Fields. Med. Bot.) H. inundatum, Koct.—A. Streatham, in and about the pits. (M. 98.) Wimble- don € on Common. Sison Amomum, Z.—A. Back of Christ Church, Wimbledon, and elsewhere rp: Ægopodium Podigiéris, LA. Battersea Fields. (B. Med. Bot.) dong don Churchyard. (W. T. D.) Near Wimbledon Railway-statio Bunium flexuosum, L —This belongs to the Weald clay flora. (G. Capel ete.) Pimpinella magna, Z.—I. Godalming. (Mart.) Sium latifolium, Z L—A. In the ditches between Rotherhithe and Deptford, Mr. oody. Bupleurum tenuissimum, Z.—I. Godalming. (Mart.) B. rotundifolium, Z.—As this oceurs rather commonly in Warnham and Rusper Piae Bister, 1 in vee sa on the Weald, it may be expected on the me formation in Surrey. Gicanthe Phellandrium, Lam.—A. Barnes Common. (W. T Foniculum vulgare, Gert.—A. Cottenham Park, near Mp pe (E. B. P.) i M T; D. E Yo * D. ) Torilis infesta, Z.—H. Cornfields, about Capel and. elsewhere, on the Weald clay. LoRANTHACEX. Viscum. album, Z.—A. Grounds of Wimbledon House. (E. B. P.) Richmond Park. (Mr. Toynbee.) RUBIACER. Galium: A L:—'Fhis is found on the Weald. (G. Capel, ete) ^ G. —D. Duppa's Hill, Croydon. (Mart.) Bu- G. ‘atone A vu — Found on the Weald of Sussex close to Sutji with pleurum rotundifolium. ` Sherardia arvensis, L. — "Cornel de, on. iba Weald clay. . (G. Capel.) » Asperula odorata, L.—H. Common on the Weald. VALERIAN. Oontrauthüi- rubet, De ad AS "Between aula and Clapbam. (Mart.) 86 ADDITIONS TO BREWER’S FLORA OF SURREY. dd DIPSACACEX. Dipsacus pilosus, Z.—E. Guildford. (Mart.) Scabiosa succisa, L.—H. A: yariety with pink flowers, near Ockley. COMPOSITE. aan pratensis, Z.—A. Streatham in the closes. (M. 99.)— Var. 8. minor, Fries, A, { refer to this, a plant abundant in some ndi made Ha near Battersea Park. Helminthia echioides, Gert.—A. Battersea Fields. (B. Med. Bot.) Wimble- don Common. (W. T. D.) H. Common by fields and roadsides on the Weald in this district. Picris hieracioides, L.—H. Hurtwood, on the Upper Greensand. A slender orm, Thrincia hirta, Roth.—A. Barnes Common. (C.) Hypocheris glabra, Z.—A. In the fields between Kingston and Richmond, Mr. Doody. am Syn. iii. 166.) Hieracium serene: ona Norwood. aL. R) 1H. cai H. boreale, Fries.—A. Between London and Dulwich, i. à. arei, 1725. M. 95. Taraxacum officinale, Wigg, var. 6. pon i Cand.—A. Mitcham Common. Mart.) Wimbledon Common. (E. Arnoseris pusilla, Gert.—A. Pete serta ina (dem on the right-hand, going i:o to the Duke of Argyle's. (M. 98.) Cichorium Intybus, Z.—A. Merton. (W. T. D.) 8 — — L.—A. Between London and Dulwich, Mr. S. Harris, 1726. de neis L.—A. Thames bank, opposite Twickenham C. acanthoides, L.-——A. Merton ; lane between Mortlake and Kew, (W: T. D) C. Marianus, L.—Var, with green pem near Kennington turnpike. (C.) C. arvensis, L., B. setosus, Bab.—A. In the corn in Battersea Bag (R. Syn. iii. 198.) Still grows in what was once Battersea Fields. (Phytol. n. s. 1862, p. 172.) . pratensis, Huds.—D. Croydon Common. (Mart.) | C. heterophyllus, Ss —JD. On amoor, two miles east of Croydon. Merr. Pinax. Syn. iii. C. coul, b Pug gt Denbies, near M With a stem. caer parviflora, Cav.—4A. pcan dien turalized near Kew, East Sheen, : Richmond. (Journ. of Bot. i. Bidens cernua, Z.—E. Abounds E pc Shere, Gousha, ERO Chil- B. rident L.—In Surrey, near to Somerset Bridge, im the Ps upon the moor. (R. Syn. iii. T t. vii-fig. 2.) A starved form. Artemisia Absinthium, Z.—A. Battersea Fields. (B. Med. Bot.) Gnaphalium dioicum, Z.—D. ‘Banstead Downs. (Mart.) ADDITIONS TO BREWER'S FLORA OF SURREY. 87 G. uliginosum, L.—H. A plant of the Wealden clay formatio Petasites Meere Desf.—A. Abundant on the pide of the Thames between Putney and Hammersmith Bridges. (W. T Senecio AEO L.—A. Oak of Honour ca (C.) Anthemis nobilis, L.--A. Between London and Dalgich, S. Harris, 1725. (M..95.) „ Mitcham and Barnes Commons. (W.T. D.) H. Ockley Com- ... mon. A. arvensis, Z.—A. In the gravel-pits in Peckham Fields. (R. Syn. iii. 185.) CAMPANULACEE. Campanüla rotundifolia, Z.—Grows on the Weald. (H. Ockley and Capel.) C. patula, L.—B. Cobham. (Martyn.) ERICACER. Calluna vulgaris, L. me? Ww. on the Weald clay. (H. Near Ockley.)— Var. B. tomentosa. C. and G. Over the whole of Bagshot Heath and Red Hill, Mr. Doody (who poete it a Quies species). (R. Syn. iii. 471.) H. Hurtwood. A densely woolly fo Vaccinium Myrtillus, £.—A. Coombe ` Wood. (E. B. P.) E. Shereand Albury. Gieta H. Ewhurst and Cranley. (Mart.) On the Weald on Holmwood Com: cn "Hypopit ys, L.—E. Beneath jm halfway up the Downs, be- hind Shere, towards the Netherlands Farm OLEACER d vies Z L.—A. Wimbledon. (E. B.P.) H. Hedges on the Weald, comm: sth APOOYNER. inca minor, Z.—AÀ. Wandsworth. (Mart. ) Lordship Lane, DN IE appa- pert wild. (C) B. Cobham. (Mart) D. Croydon. V. major, Z.--À. PRISE Lord Stormont's Park pales, betwixt W Viii and . Putney Common, where it was ior in a perfectly wild state (?). (C) Dulwich and Battersea. (M. 94 an GENTIANER. Gentiana ery L.—O. Between Chobham and Chertsey. (Phytol. "m.s 1860, p.335.) I have spec ecimens from this locality collected in 1861. Menyanthes iens L.—A. Battersea Fields. (Curt.) ER. rus Belladonna, L. — West Clandon. (Mart.) SCROPHULARINEX. ‘Veronica Anagallis, Z.—A. Wandsworth and Merton. qu © DJ E.o H. Near Gomshall. Bartsia Odontites, uri ah, Wimbledon. (E.B P.) Pedicularis palustris, L.—Occurs on Weald daya on Holmwood Common. 88 ADDITIONS TO BREWER'S FLORA ‘OF SURREY: P. sylvatica, Z.— Found on Weald clay: (G. Capel, in small woods.) Antirrhinum majus, Z.—A. Walls at Wimbledon and enses ic (W. T. 5) —- Meier Mill.—A. Walls at^ Wimbledon “in «places. T. D.) Sides of thé stream running under Vauxhall turpi (Q.) - f spuris; Mill.—A. Tn a cornfield between Beckenham and Shirley Common. C. H. Not uncommon in cornfields on the Weald cla L. Elatine, Mi/l.—A. Between London and Dulwich, Mr. 8. ibus: (M. 95) Coomb Wood. (€.) m With the last, and more plentiful than it in the Weald cornfields. Linaria minor, Desf.—A. Battersea Fields. (C.) H. Capel, Ockley, and else- where;'on the Weald clay L. vulgaris, Mill.—The (Pieri form es: been found. (A.).at Camberwell d | Clapham, in.sandy meadows. (M. 94.) Tai aquatica, L DUM Oroydon. (Mart. Orobanche major. Angl. = O. Rapum, Phuill, (Bab. Man. v. p. 236.) A. Nor: ^^: wood Common. (Mart. ). Abundant in a small hilly field about half a mile _beyond the Robin Hood turnpike, two miles from Kingston. (C.). B. Be- tween Epsom and. Leatherhead. (M. 96.) VERBENACER. Verbena officinalis, ZA.. Wimbledon. (E. B. P.) DEP ae Salvia buda. Re =A; Mordeis (Mart.), E; Effingham and Gheá Book- ham. (Mart. Maite aqháiion, TR A. Wimbledon, near Sir Theodore Janssen’s. (M. 100. d M. sativa, LA. In Peckham Fields. (R. Syn. iii. 232 ) M. Pulegium, Z.—-A. Streatham, in and about the pits. (M.. 99).. Calamintha Acinos, Clai. Ta On a wall near Abin Melissa officinalis,’ L. vin aen on. the Common, bya Altehside. 94. (M. f Lamium nipti 7 Se. About Sheré and elsewhere Galeopsis Ladanum, Z.—H. Cornfields on the Weald clay about Capel. peers palustri ps —A. ee cgay west side towards Coona - (W. T. D) Stachys arvensis; D.—4A. filas mem Oak a Making and Códmbe Wood. (C. Cornfields at Wimbledon. (E. B. P) H. Oceurs on "the ‘Weald. Nepeta cataria, Z.—A. Streatham Common. és Marrubium vulgare, Z.—A. Streatham Common: at. 98.) Prunella vulgaris, Z., form with white flowers, but not P. ‘le » PiL)—A. Be- tween Wandewonth and Wimbledon. Scutellaria minor, Z.—A. Streatham Common. (M. -) Putney Common. .. (C) Wimbledon Common. (W.T. D.) ^D. Shirley Comions (0) BORAGINEX. i Myosotis repens, Don.—A. On Wimbledon Common; at B. PJ i vy. 8.) ADDITIONS TO BREWER'S:FLORA OF SURREY. 89 creen songs Ehrh d _ parish, Sussex, and is | likely to: be found. on the ale of Lithospermum aryense, Z.—À. d Fields. (B: Med. B ot.) Symphytimm tuberosum, L.-A. With Eranthis and other doubtful paijem in ‘ovsome plenty in Wimbledon Park. Collected.in 1863. PRIMULACER. Primula vulgaris, Huds., var. B. elatior, Ang. Plur.—H. On the il clay ' of this district and the adjoining part of d a comp i plants connecting P. veris and vulgaris — bog red in ky hedge- row, but I have never seen there J acquin’s P. elati Hottoria rient VLA. Between Kent Street Road ind Peckham. (C.) onds of Wimbledon House grounds, abundant, petat) rts tioni the gardener says that the plant has been there longer than he re members E.? I gue seen a specimen gathe ered near Albury. Anagallis arvensis, Z., . B. cærulea. Aut.— A. Peckham. (M. 97.) Be- tween hamesi inm Mitoha. (M. 99.) Anagallis tenella, Z.—D. Shirley Cómmon; most abundantly. (C.) nd Valerandi, Z.—A. In the road le ading frem New Cross turnpike to :é Téland of St. Helena, Rotherhithe, plentifully. (C. CHENOPODIACER. die: polyspermum, Z.~-Oceurs CÓ in Sussex, on the Weald, about one Mild from the Surrey boun C. hybridum, Z.--A. Norwood. (Mart:) Atriplex erecta; Huds.--H. Common in cornfields on the Weald cla A. deltoidea, Bab.—-Probably common in the county. I have nid it near Ba ttersea - on the Weald clay in Sussex. . PoLYGONER. Polygonum lapathifolium, L., var. B, P. laxum, E. B =P. Pennsylvamicum, Curt. Fl. Lond.; seems to, be this... Pesklum £e and. St. George's » (Fields. (C.). P. minus, Huds.—H. Shalford: Conan P. dumetorum, Z.—H. apa on a 2 Mick hedge in Shere parish, 1863. . — spissa m ,—E. In the Tillingbourne, especially round Albury ~ Potaa E., var. B, R. viridis, Sibth.- m Camberwell us. (€) "PN rears All over St. George’s ields, in Southwark, Sa Syn. iii. 42.) R. a, L., var. B, R. palustris, Sm:==A. St. George’s Fields. vida FL. Lond., where there is a good figure of the plant.) 90 ADDITIONS TO BREWER'S FLORA OF SURREY. : : THYMELER. p vies L—A. Streatham, in the closes. (M. 99.) EUPHORBIACER. Huphorbia exigua, Z. — Common on the Weald clay in cornfields. (H. Ockley and Capel.) E. amygdaloides, L.—A. Norwood and Streatham. (M. 97 and 99.) Wimble- don D td aoty D. Parietaria officinalis, L.—A. Wimbledon churchyard. (W. T. D.) CANNABINEE. Humulus Lupulus, Z.—A. Wimbledon and Mortlake. (W. T. D.) E. Den- bies, by Dorking. AMENTACER. Carpinus Betulus, Z. 75 Hedgee e on the pins AR but not common ; probably - occurs in Surr SALIOINEX. Salix sende .—A. Wimbledon. (W. T. D.) H. Hedges round Capel; often s to a large size on the Weald, S. teat Z,—A. Wimbledon. (W.T. D.) S. repens, Z., * var. 8."—D. In a wood by West Wickham and Addington. (R. Syn. iii. 448.) 8. - Sure vds vienne, near Streatham, Mr. Stonestreet. (R. Syn. iii. 450.) — ORcHIDER. Spiranthes autumnalis, Rich —L In damp places near the stream at Dunsfold, Dr. Richardson. (R. Syn. iii. 378.) Epipactis media, Fries. =E; Tn a pood on the Downs gie Shere. Orchis mascula, Z.—A. Battersea Fields. (B. Med. B [o O. latifolia, L. i some or all of the pay ni thal! Flora wcarnata, T., which Curtis figured for O. “latifolia. (See Bab. Man. v. 319) O. incarnate certainly occurs ón (A.) Wimbledon Com- — v which locality I received fresh Meo from Mr, Penfold in 1 Hint: cen Br.—A, Nomi Nor puted: essais Dus "inest near Beckenham. (M. 98.)—Var. B, » chlorantha, Baly H: Not uncom- mon in the clayey woods about Cape H. viridis, Br.—D. Banstead Downs. cec dea Aceras anthropophora, Br.—E. Chalk-pits about Lol (C) Y Lnaacag. AA». adie fMoceódsiz iH Tulipa mb ari ene —A. Inthe "E field at the junction of the Kingston and Merton s. (W. Pa à ug J8 Allium ursinum, Pn plant hy Dm Weald ay in Sussex. ADDITIONS. TO BREWERS; FLORA, OF. SURREY. 91 Gagea lutea, Ker.—I. PE in the meadows. (M. 96.) Ornithogalum umbellatum, Z. —À. Strea tham, in the closes. (M. 99.) Ona small island in the Tunes at les tos Scilla autumnalis, Z.—A. “ater reen. (C.) ——— uon ?) (M. 97 fs * Ó ea — on Kingston Bridge. M x. (R. Syn. iii. 373.) SMILACER. Ruseus aculeatus, L.—H. Under the furze on Holmwood Common on the Weald clay. Convallaria majalis, L.—H. On the Hurtwood. a va Symes, Esq.) Paris quadrifolia, Z.—E. or H. Near Albury. (v. v HYDROCHARIDEX. Anacharis Alsinastrum, Bab.—A. Blacksea, Wandsworth Common; in the stream not far from Barnes Station, abundant. Stratiotes sloides L L.—A. The plants o n Wandsworth Common were planted here by Mr. Anderson, a former curator of Chelsea Gardens. (W. T. D.) Thames side. (Mart. Clapham and Walworth. (C.) BvTOMIE. Alisma Plantago, L., var. B, A. lanceolata, With A. ranunculoides, po Probably oceurs in this quic I Found in Sussex close to the boundary. Actinocarpus Damasonium, Br.—A. In Larymer's Pond, on the ko hand of ^ Newington Butts. (R. "art a ate Clapham and Walwort h. (C.) Butomus poen L.—A. I f St. Helena, near Deptford Marshes. (0) D. Croydon. Pe ee NAIADEE. Potamogeton erispus, L.—A. St reatham, in.and about the pits, (M. 98.) —Var. P. serratus, Huds. ‘The form with the margins — the leaves not crisped. A; ‘Ditches in St. George's Fields. (R. Syn. iii. 148.) Acorus calamus, .—E. About Hedley; by Dr. east of Magdalen Coll., Ox- ford. m ME iii. arsi cJUNCACEA. Juncus lamprocarpus, Ehrh. ge Near Albury. Luzula sylvatica, EA;A.—H. Marked for this district, I think on the Weald. L. Fosteri,’DC.—Is wae on the Weald in Sussex, close to Su 1 L. multiflora, Zej—A. Battersea Fields. (Mart.) Ravine on Wimbledon eri e f D) (v. v. 8.) CYPERACEZ. m alba, Vahl.—D. Bog between Wickham and Croydon. (R. Syn. Bivens compressus, P —A. In the rill, near Dulwich wells, Mr. Doody. (R. Syn. iii. 425.). D. ‘Shirley Common. (Mart) 92 ADDITIONS TO BREWER'S FLORA OF SURREY. Xeno carinatus, Sm.—-A. On this side Battersea meadows, — (R. Syn: 428. S. een 7 L.—A. Norwood. (M. 97.) S. maritimus, L., var. B (Smith, Eng. Flora, i. 61), 2S. tüberosus, Desf.—A t t.London in many places, Mr. Doody. (R. Syn. iii. 426.) . Riverside iiec Putney and Hammersmith Bridges, abundantly. of S. maritimus by its roots having round knobs, and its spikelets' being fewer, more clustered, narrower, and on shorter peduncles or qüite ses- 258) is the ordinary form of S. maritimus, like that of Hampshire and the Isle of Wight. It also occurs in Isle of Dogs (Mart. ) and elsewhere by the Thames. (Fl. sie Supp: 7) Curtis — itis found in the river pla nd by the creeks from it. S. esespitosus, E. Siaa; with the next. (M. 99.) S, fluitans, Z.—A. Streatham, in a pit about a hündied pee above 5p Hil House. (M. 99.) Eriophoram vaginatum, Z.—C. or F. Heaths near Woking. (Mart.) D. On e great bog beyond Joan Cole? s, towards Croyden, in i e plenty, Mr. J. Sherard. (R. Syn. iii. 436.) Shirley Common. (Cu E. angustifolium, Roth, var. e. polystachion, L.— A; B. wes (Curt. Carex dioica, L., ©. capitata, Huds. FE Anglica, ii. 409,—D. Shirley non, near cud (M. 98. C: pulicaris, Z.—D. SKA: Common. M: Er çi muricata, L.—A. Wandsworth Common C. divulsa, Good.—A. Side of lowest pond, Wimbledon House ground (W. C. pendula, Mi uds.—H. Dones on the Weald, in woods and heaga: C. vesicaria, L.—A. Battersea Fields. (B. Med. Bot riparia, Curt.—A. Side of pond, aD of Winibledon Houle. Gra Setaria viridis, Beauv.—E. About Mowe 8 Ter (Huds. FI. Anglica, i ii, 24. ) S. verticillata, Beauv.—A. Tn a field, among Pumps beyond Putney, by the way thence to Bengh- Heripipn. (R. Syn. iii. 394.) Milium effusum, Z.—A. Plantation. i in gronads of Wimbledon House. or. TD Apera Spica-rent Dew. =p. Croydon, (Martyn Agrostis setacea, Curt.—C. The only Grass in some i6 paris o ! of Bagshot TN as near Chobham. (Phytol. n.s. 1860, .p. 337.) Surely Curtis's station for a istingui in parts of the Isle of Wight. ADDITIONS TO BREWER’S FLORA) OF SURREY. 93 Phragmites communis, Jies.—A. .Miteham. (W; T; Dye Avena pubescens, L.—D. Banstead Downs. (M. 94.) Melica uniflora, Kiitz—H. Ockley and Capel;'on the Weald. Glyceria aquatica, Sm.—E. ‘Shere, Albury, and Go: Glyceria plicata, Fries. ~A.. Wimbledon Common, near the village. Poa, bulbosa, Z. (?)—A, Clapham: (M. 94.)) What plant is intended? : Festuca elatior; L.A. Between Battersea and Vauxhall, and nearly opposite om the Physie sigs Chelsea. (Curt.) F. pratensis, Huds., var. B, F: loliacea, Zuds;—A. Vauxhall. (M.99.) Battersea Fields. (B. Med. "Bot -) Bromus giganteus, L.—A. Sides of the Thames. (C.) Between Wandsworth and Wimbledon Common. Triticum caninum, Huds.—D, Round Croydon, Mr. Doody. "s Syn. iii. 390.) Lolium Italicum, Brawt.—Largely grown on = Weald farm Hordeum murinum.—Occurs on the Weald cla FILIces. Ceterach officinarum, Willd.—A., East Sheen. (Mart.) gems aculeatum, Roth.—G. Hedgebanks about Capel, common. Lastrea Oreopteris, Presi.—A. Wimbledon Cone. (E. B. P.)This has ; been gradually extirpated and did not appear in 1863. “I had a frond from the last root in 1862.” (W. T. D.) L. pay Presl —A. Cesar’s Camp, Wimbledon. (E. B. P.) Barnes Com: By pni D.) In the plantations of Wimbledon eee grounds. H. we Ew Athyrium reaR Roth,—A..In two. places, near ear the Warren Farm; Wimbledon. A B.P.) Bottom of Wimbledon Common, near Coombe » Wood. T. D.) Asplenium ibomenes, L.—A. East Sheen. (Mart.) A. Adiantum-nigrum, Z.—4À. On an old wall near the railway station, Wim- bledon. (E. B. P.) A. Ruta-muraria, L.—A. With the last. (E.B.P.) H. Cranley. (Mr, Cole). Scolopendrium vulgare, Syme.—A. Wimbledon churchyard, in several . places, and old wall at Ham House. (E. B. P.) Blechnum boreale, Sw.—A. Norwood. (M. 97.) = Osmunda regalis, Z.— A. "Ravine on Wimbledon Common. Now destroyed in "' that station, a man having mer what is believed to have been the last . root about four years ago. (E. PU 2 b Jan sd VA the side of a D) coppice. (M. 100.) C. On ipio Heath. (R. Syn. ii Ophioglossum vulgatum, z —A. Field near Coombe Wood Es purum about Wimbledon. H. Occurs about a mile from the Surrey border i in Sussex, n "Weill. LYCOPODIACER. iege elevatzm, L. —D. Shirley Common. (Martyn.) L. annotinum, L.—1. On heaths between Godalming and and Wakehursi;i in eds, D. Manningham. (B. Syn. iii. 107.) Some error in the name or locality. 94 CORRESPONDENCE. Pilularia globulifera, Z.—Streatham, “prope fontes medicatos.” (R. Syn. iii: 136. In a pit on the left-hand, about a hundred paces above the Hill ) House. EQUISETACER. Equisetum Telmateja, Ehrh., E. arvense, L L.—H. Are both common on the Weald clay. For some additions to the lists of introduced. plants in the Flora (Appendices A and B), see papers by Mr. Britten in ‘Journal..of Bo- tany, Vol. I. p. 375, and the ‘Botanists’ Chronicle, 1864, p. 20: I gathered Impatiens parviflora on a bank at Mickleham in 1861, and Melton parvifiora in cornfields at Merton. CORRESPONDENCE. The Law of Priority in oe ‘ambridge, January 6, 1864. No o person can read the valuable text of the new rp of ‘English Botany” without seeing that Mr. Syme has ideas about nomenclature not altogether in accordance with the rules followed by most botanists. As in general these ideas do not infringe very greatly or injuriously upon law, no formal objection has been raised to them. But in the recently published No. 13 there is an instance of departure from legal usage of a serious kind ; and itis defended in a footnote by laying down a rule which is contrary to former decisions. ^ Tf this new law were accepted many of the recognized generic names would pro- bably have to be altered, and thus much confusion would be introduced into botanical nomenclature. The case in question will be found in page 128 of volume ii., where Spergularia (Pers.) i is adopted as the name of the genus Lepigonum of Fries; and the note in defence of this act—* The name Lepi- Mr. Syme's reason for adopting Spergularia as of Persoon, and as a generic name. It is true that some excellent botanists have used the same nomenclature as Mr. ride but they, in most cases, tacitly express their belief of Spergularia the claim of priority, as used generically, over Lepigonum. | De Candolle les down a definite law to regulate such cases. "He says (‘ Théorie Elémentaire,’ p. 266) that when we divide a zenus, the portions of it which do not continue to bear the old name ought, if the groups were considered as genera by the ancient botanists, to retain their ancient names; thus Poly- NEW PUBLICATIONS. 93 gonum is divided into Bistorta, Persicaria, and Fagopyrum, all known to the ante-Linnman botanists; but if the groups have not been,considered as genera the ordinary laws for forming generic names come into action, and the sectional name mayor may not, be neglected by the first describer of the section as a accordance with it, It has been tacitly accepted, and cannot now be super- genus has received a sectional name it is desirable, but not essential, that that name should be retained if the section is considered. as a distinct genus; except in cases where the term is not in accordance with the e Persoon only gave it to a section of Arenaria: Those authors who chose to adopt-it, as.I think wrongly, ought to quote Presl as its author, for he first used it generically in his * Flora Cechica’ (p.94) in 1819. But Fries had already defined the same genus as Lepigonum in his *Flora Hallandica y (p. 160) in the preceding year (1818), and his name therefore possesses the I consider the names given to sections of a genus to hold very nearly the same position, but rather an inferior one, as those of varieties of species. They are given because some supposed convenience results therefrom. The same term may be repeated in many parts of the same science without inconvenience, for they are neyer used except in conjunction with the generic or specific name respectively, i i C. C. BABINGTON. NEW PUBLICATIONS. 4 Manual Flora of. Madeira and the adjacent Islands of Porto Santo ‘and Dezertas. By Richard Thomas Lowe, M.A. London: Van ..Voorst. Part L-IT, TUE i wir sy The third part of this conscientiously worked. out. Flora. is now in 96 : BOTANICAL NEWS.- our hands, and comprises the Myrtacee, Onagracee, Lythraracee, Cu- curbitacee, Passifforacee, Paronychiacee, Portulacee, Mesembryanthe- macee, Cactee, Crassulacee, Savifragacee, Umbellifere, and Ara- liacee. Amongst the new species we find,—Sedum farinosum (“ Erva Arroz"), S. fusiforme, S. dumosum, Ammi procerum, Bunium brevifo- lium, Bupleurum salicifolium, Ginanthe pteridifolia; Monizia edulis, Daucus neglectus, Torilis tenuifolia, T. obscura, and . T. brevipes. . Mr. Lowe does good service in clearing up the confusion existing in the synonymy of the Madeira and Canary Island. Cactee... We also. learn that the attempts lately made to cultivate the cochineal insect in Madeira have failed, mainly from the difficulty of preserving, or obtaining when lost, fresh young insects to restock the Cactus plant annually. ‘The author confirms Webb’s statement that the first introduction of the cochineal to the Canaries was strongly opposed by the country people, on the ground of its rendering the ** Tuneras" or Opuntia plants barren, and depriving them of their favourite “ figos,” the insipid fruit of these Cactuses, now seen occasionally at Covent Garden Market. BOTANICAL NEWS. The Council of the Royal Horticultural Society offer the following prizes for the encouragement of the study of scientific botany amongst all elasses :—1. One silver and two bronze medals, for the three best colleetions of wild plants of each separate county of the United Kingdom, dried, mounted on paper, folio demy size, classified according to the natural system, and labelled with the name of the locality where found, and the date Not more than one of the medals can be n à; » that Dr. Lankester had resi ; ol Botany at South Kensing resigned the Examinership o he Herbarium, with the MSS. and drawings of the late Joseph Woods, Esq., author of the * Tourists Flora” have b Townsend, Esq. , eme the property of F. Vincent Brooks Imp. Hypericum undulatum. 97 ON HYPERICUM UNDULATUM, Sehousb. By C. C. BaBINGTON, M.A., F.R.S. (PLATER XVI.) At page 45 of the present. volume there is a notice of the discovery of this Hypericum near Plymouth, and to fulfil the promise then given, these remarks and the aecompanying Plate are issued. The following seem to be the specific character and synonymy of the plant :— H. undulatum (Schousb.) ; stem erect, branched, 4-edged, herbace- ous ; leaves oblong, wavy at the edge, with many pellucid dots, netted with pellucid veins, and (as well as the sepals and petals) with black marginal dots beneath; sepals erect, ovate-lanceolate, acute, usually very bluntly erenate ; petals persistent ; stamens shortly united in three sets; styles 3, not half as long as the capsule. - H undulatum, Séhousb. in Willd. Enum. 810 (1809). Welw.! Iter Lus. n. 171 (spec.). Reichenb. Hort. Botan. t. 39. H. Beeticum, Boiss. Elench. 25 (1838); Voyage, t. 34. Walp. Repert. i. 383. Syme! in Eng. Bot. ii. 153. £. 270 bis. H. decipiens, Wats. ! in Lond. Journ. Bot. iii. 589 (1844). Walp. Repert, v. 141. H. Neapolitanum, .Ten./ Ind. Sem. 1839; Syl. Pi. Neapol. 385. Guss. Fl, Sic. Syn. 319. H. quadrangulum, Lowe ! Fl. Mad. 19. H. quadrangulum, e. undulatum, Choisy in De Cand. Prod. i. 548. Hypericum, sp., Welw. ! Fl. Lusit. n. 1162 (spec.). Stem 9-3 feet high. Leaves declining, more or less conspicuously wavy at the edge, abundantly uniformly and pellucidly dotted through- out. Flowers in very lax, much branched cymes. Petals yellow, with a longitudinal dash of red externally on their sinistral side, and black ^ dots on their dextral side... Anthers with a black dot. . Styles 3, diva- ricate. ^. "^'fmhe localities in Devonshire are carefully described by Mr. Briggs, "he fortunate discoverer of them, at p. 46 of this volume. The annexed interesting letter, from Dr. A. Braun, proves that our plant is the H. undulatum. Welwitsch’s specimen (no. 171) is much stronger than the English plant, the leaves are much more markedly wavy VOL. II. [APRIL 1, 1864. eg LI 98 ON HYPERICUM: UNDULATUM. at the edge, the stem bears many black dots, and. the eyme is closer ; but an unnamed specimen. from him (n. 1162) gathered at. 8, de Es- trella, is much more like our plant. The plate of 47. undulatum, given by Reichenbach, is probably incorrect. | He represents the leaves as crenately wavy at the edges and plieate along the “vena penni- nervia." Boissier’s plate and my specimens of H. undulatum, H. Boti- cum, H. Neapolitanum, and H. decipiens, have the edges of the leaves (often very minutely) wavy and the venation **5—6-nervia." Boissier says nothing of the waviness nor plication, and figures the leaves as if plane. He makes no remark upon the dash of red colour on the pe- tals, which Reichenbach very correctly states is confined to one longi- tudinal half, and the black dots to the other half of each petal. My specimen of H. Neapolitanum was received from Professor Gasparrini, of Naples, as the plant of Tenore. It rather more nearly resembles the specimen of Z. undulatum from Welwitsch, than those from De- vonshire; but is undoubtedly the same species. Gussone says that the leaves are not furnished with pellucid dots, but they are abundant on Gasparrini’s specimens. The Madeiran specimens (from St. An- tonio de Serra) are much less branched than the English plant, and the cyme is much smaller and of fewer flowers. . There is a rudimen- tary branch in nearly every axil, and therefore situation or climate is probably the cause of this difference. The following is a translation of Dr. A. Braun's letter, addressed to the Editor :— * Berlin, 20th January, 1864. “In accordance with your request, I have. searched our herbaria for specimens of the H. undulatum, Schousb., which. is described by now in his ‘ Enumeratio Plantarum Hort, Berolinensis.' . There is no specimen of it in Willdenow's own herbarium, but there are two in that of Kunth, labelled * H. undulatum, Hort. Berol. 1806- 1812. These were gathered in the garden during Willdenow’ s life. A specimen entirely agreeing with them was placed by Otto in the garden herbarium, which is labelled * ZZ. undulatum ; habitat in Bar- baria. That these specimens belong to the M. undulatum of Will- denow's ‘ Enumeratio > cannot be doubted. The diagnosis. exactly agrees with them. The comparison of the specimens gathered in our garden during the lifetime of Willdenow, with that sent. by you. as found near Plymouth, leaves no doubt about. their specific identity. ON HYPERICUM UNDULATUM. 99 There are a few unimportant differences, viz. the leaves of Willde- now's plant are rather narrower than those of the English specimen [not so my specimen from Welwitsch], and they are thicker and less transparent, the principal veins are more prominent on the under side, and the edge more crisp; but the numerous glandular dots are equally transparent in both plants; the black dots also are present upon the edges of the leaves of both, but on that from England they are some- times diffused over the surface. The black dots on the stem, men- tioned by Willdenow, are to be found on both plants, but are not very numerous nor particularly prominent. In the Berlin specimens the inflorescence is very many-flowered, in the English (judging from the one specimen sent) it appears poorer and more lax. The sepals, the form of which constitutes the chief difference between this plant and H. quadrangulum (with which De Candolle [or rather Choisy] unites it as a variety) are in the plant of Willdenow narrower and more pointed than in the English example. But these differences are very slight. * That part of the corolla which in sestivation is not covered, is red- dish on the outside, as is specially noticed by Willdenow. This is also the case with the plant found by Mr. Briggs. Both the English and Berlin specimens have a few minute black dots on the other paler part of the petals. There is also a black dot on the anthers of both plants. The specimens collected by Welwitsch in Portugal [Unio Itinera- ria] and issued as part of his ‘Iter Lusitanicum,’ n. 171, agree pre- feetly with Willdenow's plant. s ** A cultivated specimen of HM. decipiens, Wats., received from: him- self, agrées better in habit with the English than with the plant of Willdenow ; but the leaves are more wavy on the edge and the sep rather broader [not constantly] than those of the latter. I quite be- lieve that Æ. decipiens must be combined with H. undulatum. There is more doubt about the identity of H. Bæticum, Boiss., with them; and I should rather be inclined to consider it as a variety. A speci- men before me, collected in Granada (Bourgeau, n. 24), and one de- rived from a root lately cultivated in our garden, have decidedly broader and more pointed sepals :—‘ sepala ovato-lanceolata" is Boissier's spe- ifie character. The corolla seems smaller, and, as far as I can judge from dry specimens, it is of a paler yellow, not red, on the outside. The petals bear fewer black dots, and the edges of the — leaves H 100 ALKALOIDS FROM JAMAICA CHINCHONAS. have only a trace of waviness. But these differences are not of great importance. “The Tenorean H. Neapolitanum is unknown to me, but I possess a specimen of undoubted H. undulatum, from Messina, collected by Professor Hzeckel, of Jena, which proves that that species inhabits Sicily." | So far Dr. Braun. Dr. Bolle states that he is well acquainted with H. undulatum, and that it is not a native of the Canary Islands. ` The true nomenclature of this plant seems settled by the information that we now possess, and its range is extensive. Apparently it is not a very abundant plant anywhere. Its known localities are Algeria, Italy, Sicily, Spain, Portugal, Madeira, Azores, and south-western England.. Our Plate represents a specimen sent by Mr. Briggs. A bit of the stem (but the artist has omitted the black dots on the wings), an en- larged piece of a leaf (of which the margin is not so well represented as could have been wished, it is really wavy, not crenate), are added sepa- rately, as well as a flower and germen. 2 EXPERIMENTS ON THE YIELD OF ALKALOIDS FROM THE LEAVES OF CHINCHONAS TANA IN JAMAICA; BY DR. DANIELL, F.L.S. In November, 1861, a number of young Chinchona shoots, from 2 to 24 inches high, were transferred from the gardens of Bath to the Cold Spring coffee plantation, which is situated among the mountains about 4000 feet above the sea-level. The species selected were Chinchona succirubra, C. micrantha, and C. nitida. By the end of the first year, one of the hardiest plants of the first species was 44 inches high, and had leaves over 13 inches long by 8 wide. In two years it was ô feet high, with ten branches, and a stem nearly 5 inches in circumference at the base. The progress of the other species was equally satisfac- tory, and the latest reports speak of the whole of them as being in a remarkably healthy and flourishing state. Mr. Wilson forwarded to Dr. Daniell leaves from the various species. ALKALOIDS FROM JAMAICA CHINCHONAS. 101 In his experiments he followed the formula given by the Edinburgh College of Physicians for the preparation of Quinine from Yellow Bark, on account of the ease and simplicity of the process. The result was that the leaves of C. succiruóra yielded as much as from :75 to 1:00 per cent. of alkaloids. The characteristic white acicular crystals of Quinine deposited on the evaporating glass could be plainly discerned by the naked eye, and presented a striking contrast to the larger, flat, four-faced, oblique prisms of Chinchonine procured from the residual liquor... From a few young leaves of. C. micrantha and C. nitida, Sul- phate of Chinchonine, with other amorphous crystalloids, probably Chinchonidine or Quinidine, were obtained, but owing to the limited quantity of material submitted for analysis, no definite proportions could be determined. The Red Bark (C. succirubra) is the most valuable of all the Chin- chone, as it yields a richer percentage of Quinine and Chinchonine than.any other species, not even excepting the famous Yellow Bark (C. Calisaya). The young shoots of this species are readily propagated, and have proved in Jamaica the most vigorous and hardy, Mr. Wilson having found less difficulty in preserving them alive than any of the other species. He has planted them in the open spaces between the coffee bushes, where they are freely exposed to the influences of fresh air, rain, and sunshine, and they have required no special attention other than the occasional clearance of weeds. Dr. Daniell attaches considerable importance to the relative proportion of the alkaloids in this species. His experience of the employment of Chinchonine in- stead of Quinine at Sierra Leone showed that it induced vertigo and cerebral congestion to such an extent as to compel him to discon- tinue its use, and his further observations in Jamaica confirm him in this opinion. The toxic or stimulant properties of Chinchonine he considers to be equal to those of Quinine, but the therapeutic or cura- tive power is. greatly inferior, being, according to his own observations in West Africa and Jamaica, in the proportion of 2 to 5, and i in the the reports. of the French army surgeons, so low as 3 to 10. 102 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. Bx F. Townsenp, Esq., M.A, The Phanerogamous plants and Ferns enumerated in the following list were observed during a short stay made in the Scilly Isles from the 21st of June to the Ist of July, 1862; My time having been so limited, the list and notes must necessarily be incomplete, but as no attempt has hitherto been made to publish anything like a complete catalogue, I trust that the present contributions may not be devoid of interest and value. A further search, particularly at a different season, would doubtless swell the list, and might result in the discovery of such plants as Corrigiola littoralis, Illecebrum verticillatum, Polycarpon tetraphyllum, Ophioglossum Lusitanicum, Isoëtes Hystrix, etc. ete. ie whole group of the Scilly Isles is included in an area of about ten miles long by five broad. Of the thirty-eight principal islands only five are inhabited, viz. St. Mary's, St. Martin's, Tresco, Bryer, and St. Agnes; most of the others, amounting to upwards of a hundred, are little else than bare rocks. The group lies about twenty-four miles almost west of the Land’s End, in Cornwall, but the greater number of islands have a more southern latitude than the Lizard Point. ^ Tresco, which is one of the northernmost, has the same latitude as the Lizard, 49? 58^ N. St. Agnes, the southernmost inhabited island, lies six miles further south ; hence the southernmost and westernmost soil of England is to be found in the Scilly Isles. St. Mary’s, the largest island, is nine miles in circumference ; the country and the soil is more varied than in the other islands: ** The Heugh," south of Star Castle, consists prineipally of waste land of mo- derate elevation, covered with stunted gorse and scanty herbage. This spot was fortified in the reign of Elizabeth by a strong low wall, éx- tending all round the Heugh, which still exists. There is a large tract of elevated waste land at Peninnis Head, bearing little but gorse and heather. Extensive marshlands oceur in the neighbourhood of Heugh Town and Old Town ; these are intersected by freshwater ditches, At Old Town there is a large freshwater pool. Newford Downs are very barren and covered with gorse and heather. There is little sandy ground in St. Mary's, it occurs principally about St. Mary's Town and at Permellin Bay or Porthloo Bay. i FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. 103 Tresco is the island on which Mr. Smith, the present owner of the whole group, has fixed his abode, and a walk through his tastefully laid-out pleasure-grounds and gardens will afford abundant proof of the mildness of the climate, for here are to be found, flourishing in air, many plants, shrubs, and trees, uatives of much more southern latitudes. * There is a considerable extent of sandy ground, near Crow. Point, with sand-hills, on which occur Psamma arenaria and Euphorbia Portlandiea, etc. A large and shallow freshwater pool nearly divides the island, and on its shores grow Elatine hexandra, Littorella lacustris, ete... The interesting purple-flowered Trefoil, of which a figure was given in No. 13 of this Journal, grows very abun- dantly on the flat sandy ground south of the pool, On sloping ground to the south-west of the pool is a plantation, consisting chiefly of Pinus maritina, P. sylvestris, and. Acer Pseudoplatanus. Below it is a withy-bed. Almost the whole of the island north of New Grimsby Harbour, and the part above Apple-tree Point, is waste, the herbage being stunted heather, gorse, ete. To the west of this, between Braiden Point and Olivers Castle, occurs Luphorbia amygdaloides ; Pteris aquilina is here very fine. This is a sheltered spot, and might repay further examination. St: Agnes lies to the extreme south, and is more exposed than the other islands; barley is the only grain cultivated on it. The centre of the. island. is generally under culture, but the land round the coast is waste, and. the herbage very starved, in many places not rising above an inch from the ground. To the south-east, near linflat Point, it con- sisted of the following plants :—Sagina procumbens, Trifolium minus, Lotus corniculatus var., Radiola Millegrana, Sedum Anglicum, Plantago Coronopus; P. lanceolata, Anagallis tenella, Armeria maritima, Calluna vulgaris, Festuca rubra... In a grass field, probably only two years old, the crop consisted of Serrafalcus mollis, Holcus lanatus, Poa trivialts, Lolium perenne. Another. grassfield was, however, most rich in a fine growth of Lotus hispidus, a foot high, and looking as if it had been in- tentionally sown, but I was informed it was not. ‘This island is the reputed habitat for Acanthus mollis, but I did not observe it. ‘There vis he open air in the Scilly Isles, but will not sovin M paa md El be Jon en in Daubeney's ‘ Climate vi P erg a ses by a narrow field, on the sonth side ; ev. dtp ied fi vt s hades rice eripe Fey stones colleeted there on the destruction of an old of a hedge, upon some heaps o 104 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A is a freshwater pooliin Priglis Bay ; the ground is: sandy, and affords masses: of. Littorelia lacustris and Trigonella ornithopodioides.. There isa high and: very-dry mass of rock to. the south and west, the only Fern on which is Asplenium marinum. St. Martin lies to the extreme north-east.” Its southern slopes are iie. and. yield. good crops: Most of the soil north and west of e Town is sandy, and the remarkable variety of Ophioglossum er which I shall notice again at some length, occurs there. Bryer is a small island, and very barren to the north): It has a freshwater pool east of Gweat Hill. Nearly. adjoining Bryer is Samson, entirely uncultivated, though it has some good grass fields ; it was formerly inhabited; the ruined cot- tages are quite covered with Asplenium marinum: The mean summer temperature: of the Scilly Isles is 58°; the mean winter temperature is 45°. During my visit the thermometer did-not rise. above 62°, or sink lower than 54°. The prevalent: winds. are the S.W. and. S.S.W.- The highest land rises about 200. feet above the level of the sea... In none of the islands are there any deep valleys or gorges, either central or leading down to any of the bays ; nre there is little shelter. — - Almost thes only:trees! are shal Elm, the: kippi i the Peas the Elms are planted as a: protection round the orchards, and are: covered with Ivy, The: Apple-trees are said to bear remarkably well, and though small and. stunted; they appeared very healthy ; the m orchard be- longs to. Mr. Banfield, and is in Holy Vale, St: Ma It appeared to me that the soil, in many of the lin wastes, was sufficiently- deep. to- be brought under cultivation, if shelter were af- forded by shrubs or trees ; js few have been planted for this — except round the or - The principal wealth. of the islands is derived from the ont of early potatoes for the London market. I am informed that cargoes of these are shipped as early as e Wheat, barley, p and turnips are the principal crops... The granite of which the islands 4 are entirely odiniai | is eee in that pies old- man warriors rents the heel — him ars € eee que eg space: of about y mes feet by by "ues or six. Mr. 3 Maju satel that he had ascertained that there was not even a single garden in St. Agnes t enty years before 1850." It is difficult to see how it can have got to Scilly. pese Nat. Hist. Ser. 2, viii. ye i) FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. 105 a continuation of the Cornwall and Devonshire range. It frequently lies ‘close to. the surface, but Mr. Statham* gives the following variety and. order of strata, which he states to be very general throughout the islands :— »1.- Black surface-soil with sand. 2. Fine ash-coloured sand, containing fragments of shells. ».8..-Reddish and chocolate clay, with angular granite blocks. 4. Decomposed granite rubble, with larger granite masses. 5. Granite roc These beds vey considerably in thickness in different localities. He thinks the occurrence of sand on the highest elevations a proof of fre- quent submergence, but he does not specify, or give any particulars respecting, the shells which he found in it. The recent deposits deserve the most careful examination, because of the important bearing oy have on the age of our southern flora. On comparing this insular flora with that of the mainland, it is evi- dent that both are derived from the same source by migration and not by transport... All the species hitherto met with in the Scilly Isles oc- cur also on the nearest mainland, except Arthrolodinm ebracteatum, a native of the Channel Islands and of France. Taking the law of migration from specific centres as granted, the plants of the French type have spread into these islands and the mainland, from the south or south-east, and in both cases the spreading must have taken place the existence of a vast continent, now partly occupied by the sea, which flowed in as a barrier before the 4rthrolobium spread fur- ther than the Scilly Isles. It is.true there seems hardly sufficient evidence to prove that any of the land south and south-west of the Thames was submerged during the glacial period ;+ but even if no such submergence took place, it is scarcely possible that the southern flora could have survived the glacial ; it is much more probable that the extreme rigour of the climate destroyed it, and that it gave place to one of more arctic type ;f in * “ Geology of f Scilly Isles," read before the British Association, Sept. iby Rey. F.F. Statham, F.G.S. I The Antiquity z Man; by. Sir Charles Lyell; also a Eu by J. er, er, who held a opinion, Proe. Geol. aet qe = gin of Species, by Charles ‘Darwin, chapt ** Geographical ial Distri- —— ete. pisei cm Austen's paper on the valley of. the English Channel (Quar. Journ. Geo. Soc., vol. vi.) ; he is disposed to our characteristic south of: England f. flora to be of pliocene origin. 106 CONTRIBUTIONS’ TO A which case, as well’as in that of entire submergence, the Atlantie flora must have reached ùs at the same time with the great German migra- tion, that is, during the second continental period subsequent to the glacial e The following 3 is a summary of the plants observed :— Th Gore. gs £. NS Dicotyledones, Calyciflove |... «ey 49 269. Corollifiorse 2 P "ure dese e ey Monocotyledones, Flori i c2 IH 68. I etie uno sat sors Filices. . . . ees ative joo M. Tut . . vox r MO The Atlantic type of Mr, Watson is represented by about 7's of the whole flora. In Cornwall it is represented by rather less disi Tr The Scilly plants are distributed as follows, according to Mr. Watson's table in his summary of distribution (Cyb. Brit. iv. p. 175) :— British typos . . . - 5 - "3998 English type. . - .uomato9 «499 olaf Atlantic type. BE bo boosii 25 Germania type. io sontinage onO— «e. 1 bocaltype:cocidsder oc arre M. dde 3 Doubtful type . . . bojen dom y igoc.E B These types refer only to the distribution of English plants in Eng- land, and not to their distribution in Europe. In the general nomenclature I have taken as my text-book Babing- ton's * Manual of British Botany,' ed. 5 In all cases where the locality is = given, it is to be understood that the plant is generally distributed in the larger islands. - RANUNCULACEE. Ranunculus Baudotii, Godr.—C in all the freshwat iere in St. Mary's, St. Agnes, Tresco, and Bryer, and retaining much the same appearance whether in deep or shallow water or on dry land. Stamens asai shorter than the pistils. The Scilly plants are somewhat intermediate between s R. hederaceus, L.—Common in the marshes in ii My s, ete FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. 107 R. oet L.—Common, and often very fine.— 8. R. reptans, L. Common et places near the freshwater pools in St, Mary'sand Tresco. A form any all the leaves elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate, on very long and slender ae those of the lower leaves fifteen times the length of the "pe ws in Tresco pool, in shallow water, with Helosciadium inundatum . repens, L. — Common. bulbosus, Z,.—Frequent. hirsutus, Curt.—Not common. On the sandy flats, near the freshwater TEE pools of St. Mary's and St. Agnes parviflorus, Z.—Rare. Near Star Castle, St. Mary's; St. Agnes. PAPAYERACEX. Papaver dubium, L.—Common on cultivated land. P. Rheas, L., may occur, am not quite sure that I noticed it. Glaucium luteum.—I have chequed this without comment. FUMARIACEE, Fumaria confusa, Jord.—Common on eultivated land. CRUCIFERE. . Nasturtium officinale, Z,—Rare. | St. Mary's, x Cardamine pratensis, Z.—8t. Mary's. C. hirsuta, Z.—Rare? Sisymbrium officinale, Sch.— Common Sinapis nigra, L L.—Neighbourhood of Heugh e Koniga maritima, R. Br.—One specimen on t e shore near Heugh Town. Cochlearia Danica, .—8t. Me 3. sae ets overlooked elsewhere. C. officinalis, Z.—Loeality not noted. Thlaspi arvense, Z.—Cultivated ft » unfrequent. Capsella Bursa-pastoris, DC.—Commo Senebiera Coronopus, Poiret. cmt on waste Cha near houses. S. didyma, Pers.—Common on sane [EU near house Cakile maritima, Scop.—Not comm Raphanus maritimus, Sm. ERREA on waste ground near the shores. RESEDACER. Reseda lutea, Z.—Rare t. Mary’s. R. suffrutieulosa, L.— Common on waste ground around Heugh Town ; doubt- less an esca VIOLACER. Viola MIU. Fries. —Common ; a dwarfed form frequent on the downs and posed situations. PoOLYGALACER, | Polygala vulgaris, Z.—Common ; often very starved, the branches hardly ex- ing an inch in leng P. calcarea, P. Sch.—St, Martin's. Only one. small specimen ; it may have been overlooked elsewhere 108 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A ELATINACER. Elatine hexandra, DC.—Margin of Tresco pool, near Mr. Smith’s house. CARYOPHYLLACEEX, : Saponaria officinalis, Z.—Treseo, near New Grimsby. Silene Anglica, L.—Very common on cultivated ground. S. maritima, With.—Rare... Only observed. on bi walls of Star Castle Moat, and on the heights of Samson Island. Lychnis Flos-euculi, L. — Old Town Marsh, S. ciliata, Fries.—Very common and very distant the eye detects it immedi- ately, even at a distance ; it grows both in open, waste, and exposed places, and in cultivated ground. In the Scilly plants the upper part of the pe- dicels, and the calyx, are always glandular-hairy, the sepals, though ad- pressed to the capsule, have their tips patent, and usually acute. S. maritima, Don.—Common. Near the sea.— 8. S. debilis, Jord. To this I refer a plant growing in "pe sandy ground i in St, Martin, 8, shee a central flowering stem, lengthene y shorter than the calyx. epe idi Ehrh.—Not common, except near Heugh Town, on the sandy beach. renaria serpyllifolia, L. — Y but small, and not easily detected. mesi pi Wither.—Common.—y. 8. neglecta, Weihe, also occurs. S. uliginosa, Murr.—Common in the marshes. Cerastium Piscis Thuil. Frequent C. triyiale, Link, —Very comm C. tetrandrum, Curt.—Almost ape ; sometimes so minute as to bear SM isti. Malva sylvestris, Z.—Common. M. rotundifolia, Z.— Common. Lavatera arborea, Z..—Common on the Heugh, and elsewhere in the different. islan From its position I should doubt its being indigenous, though it. is very abundant, but I have s ince heard from Mr. Smith, that it occurs also in very wild situations, ^ HYPERIOACE®, AT humifusum, £.—Common, H. elodes, Z.—In the Marshes. FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. 109 AGCERACEX. Acer Pseudo-platanus, L.—Introduced in the east of Tresco. . GERANIACER. Erodium cia Sm.—Almost everywhere. E. cicutarium, Sm.—Common, but less so than E. maritimum.—a. pilosum, divided into linear obtuse segments. Stipules ovate or oblong, acuminate. Peduncles few-flowered (2-3 in Scilly specimens), longer than the leaves. Glands of the ovary truncate, emarginate. Carpels- small; furrow below the small suborbicular depression hardly any or none. Stem, leaves, and covered with short white peel which are sometimes glandular (E. BeAr Jord.)... The whole plant is very sweet smelling, with quite a different scent from that of E. cicutarium. oschatum G. dissectum, Z.—Freque LINACER. Linum angustifolium, Huds —Sandy . ground ; near the sea, east of Heugh own. L. catharticum, L.—$t. Martin, to the north of the island. Radiola Millegrana, Sm.—Abundant everywhere, grow! ng irrespective of eleva- tion. or soil ; densely or loosely branched, soie very starved, an bearing only one. or two flowers. umen Sarothamnus scoparius, Koch.— Ulex peg —The principal ection in many of the most exposed and — barren places U. nanus, Forst. Livery seein Mr. Smith ; though I overlooked it. y RH lupulina, Z.—Com Known in Scilly as * Natural Gras M: maculata, Sibth.—Occasio xi. Melilotus ofictaaka, Willd. Bien ew Grimsby, Tresco, near the beach. Trifolium pratense, L.— Com T. arvense, L.—Abundant in many places ; very fine in a sandy gorge, near tin T. subterraneum, . L.— Comm e glomeratum, L. m. idol bis on the earthed w. acces L.—Common. A handsome variety occurs with the upper parts eat als of a rich le, becoming mack HAE when dry, but apparently we Ait m T. repens, L. See P Professor Babington’ s Papers in ‘ Journal of Botany,’ Vol. II. p.l, where & plate is given (tub. 13), executed from living specimens, kindly sent from 110 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A Scilly, at my request, by Mr. Augustus Smith. My first haapa on seeing this mer Trefoil was, that it might be distinct, but I quite concur with Professor Babington, in referring it to T. repens, Li. Little confidence can be placed in the character of the prominence of the leaflet veins. The plant grows abundantly in the low wet sandy flats near Tresco Pool, and I lieve I noticed it elsewhere both in Tresco and in the other islands. 1. ace .—Probably frequent. St. Mary's, and St. Agnes. n the wet sand by the freshwater pools in St. Martin’s e er; pop in waste places on the higher land. T. procumbens, .L.—Probably rare.—St. Mary' TT. minus, $;».— Common. T. filiforme, Z.—Rare? St. Martin Lotus potaka L.—Almost retis very variable in size, and in the hairiness of its parts.— B. villosus, Ser. St. Martin's.—y. crassi ifolius, Pers. One pi the most common forms. L. major. —Common, and not by any means confined to the low ground. L. e. Desf —Abundant in per fare and very frequent on the barren and grassy slopes in all the is Vicia hirsuta, Koch.—Common. V. tetrasperma, Manch.—Comm V. Craeca, Z.—St. Martin's, Treats ; rare. V. sativa, Z.—Withy bed, Tresco.— 8. V. eae A Paces apt ioe x Y uncinata, Boreau ?, Flor. du Cent. ed. 3, p. 1 t. Mar tins. Stem about 2 ft. high, erect, slender, ak ‘Leaflets 8-10, of the lowermost leaves obovate, of the upper linear, all truncate, emargi- nate, mucronate ; stipules somewhat —— toothed, or lanceolate h late lanceolate, about as long as the tube. Pod. Bor. observes that his plant is very like V. Bobartii, Fost., from which it may be distinguished by its stipules, PR by = — being all "o cate. This is named pro- visionally, as ign specim Lathyrus sylyestris, L.—Rare. I only saw one ciu. and being hardly i in flower, it may have been overlooked —— Ornithopus perpusillus, Z.— Common. It occurs frequently with the pod and nm quite glabrous. ebracteatum, DC.—Frequent on the ‘grassy slopes in all the RosaceEn. Prunus spinosa, L—Wild i in several places, Mr. Smith. Rubus* rhamnifolius, W. and N. Bt. Mary's. * I am indebted to Professor Babington for determining the Zubc, FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. 111 R. villicaulis, W. and N.—On the high ground in T R. macrophyllus, Weike.—a. umbrosus?. R. oarpiniteling, Blox., not W. 4 mIn St. Mary's Marshes. R. Kahl eri, Weihe.—Tresco. R. diversifolius, Lindl,—Hedges in the interior of St. Mary's. Rosa canina, .L.—One specimen.in Heugh Town Marshes. Cratægus griene —In hedges. LYTHRACER, Lythrum Salicaria, Z.—St. Mary's. TAMARISCACER. Tamarix Anglica, Webb.—St. Mary’s Marsh. Not wild. ONAGRACER. Epilobium obscurum, Scheb,—Common? . In St. Mary's Marshes, HALORAGACER. Myriophyllum alterniflorum, DC.—Tresco lake. | PoRTULACEX. Montia fontanas L.—Common on wet ground.—f. M. rivularis, Gm. St. Mary’s Marshes PARONYCHIACER, Lepigonum rubrum, Fr:—I believe I noticed this plant, but omitted it in my catalo. gue. L. rupestre, Kindb.—Common. L. negleetum, Kíndb.—Old Town Spergula arvensis, Z,—Common in anda CRASSULACRE. Sedum Anglicum, Huds.—One of the most abundant and showy plants on the cliffs, walls, rocks, ete. S. acre, L.—Rare. Shore near Old Town, and in one other leubty- Cotyledon Umbilicus, L.—Very common, UMBELLIFERR. Hydodgie: vulgaris, L. — Common around the freshwater pools in the several ds; in the marshes of St. Mary. Eryngium maritimum, Z.—Shores at Heugh Town and elsewhere. Conium maculatum, Z. —Common in many places. Abündant.o on the shore round Heugh Town. Smyrnium Olusatrum, Z, L— Waste places, Heugh Town. Helosciadium inundatum, Koch.—'Treséo lake. Freshwater pool in mnn t 1 - 3 PA funak [7 ikes, ^A Cammon in H. nodiflorum, Koch.— Commc rshy places ri LS 112 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A Bunium flexuosum, With.—One specimen near Higher Town, St. Martin's. (nanthe fistulosa, Z.—Common in Heugh Town and Old Town Marshes, ete. CE. crocata, L.—Ditto QÉthusa Cynapium, Z DOi specimen near Heugh Town Foniculum vulgare, All.—Around Heugh Town, and cent places near build- SES Crithmum maritimum, Z.—Very common. Angelica sylvestris, Z.—Common in marsh Pastinaca sativa, L.—Rare. West of Heugh cidem near Higher Town, St. Martin's, etc Heracleum Sphondylinm, Z cu s Daucus Carota, L.—Com D. gummifer, ag Sa Torilis nodosa, Gert.—Common. ARALIACER. Hedera Helix, Z.—Trees and walls round the orchards, and on rocks. CAPRIFOLIACER. Sambucus nigra, Z.—St. Mary's, near hous Lonicera Periclymenum, L.— Common. Sos, fine in Heugh Town Marsh. RUBIACER. Rubia peregrina, L.—Tresco, N.W. of Crow Point, close to the coast. Galium verum, Z.—Common G. palustre, L.—Marshy ground, Common.— 8. G. elongatum, Pres!.— Marshy ground. e IO G. saxatile, L.—Comm G. Aparine, Z.—Comm Sherardia arvensis, rae common. COMPOSITÆ. ecio vulgaris, Z.—Common. S. sylvaticus, L.—Frequent. bea, L.—Com ocal, Chrysanthemum segetum, L.—In cornfields, 2 M ete. Matricaria inodora, L.—Common.—8. M. mari L.—Comm era — L.—About Heugh den, ei in other "localities near hous A. vulgaris, Z.—Not common. Anthemis nobilis, Z.—Common, A. Cotula, Z.—Holy Vale, St. Mary’s. Achillea Millefolium, Z.—Common. Ce FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. 118 Arctium pubens, Bab.—Tolerably common, and I believe the only species.* ntaurea nigra, L.—Not common. Carduus tenuiflorus, Curt.—Common. .. €. lanceolatus, L.—Common. C. palustris, Z.— Common in the TN: C. arvensis, Curt. —Not very common ? Lapsana communis, Z.—One specimen on cultivated ground, St. t. Agnes. Hypochgbris padivaii, L.—COommòn in waste places and cultivated dioit Thrincia hirta, DC.—Common. Apargia hispida, Willd.— Common. j omm —Loe: st Sonchus ue Hoff. ~ Rare, — to the south of Tresco. S. oleraceus, L.— Very commo - Crepis virens, T. ou Hieracium Pilosella, L—Not common. CAMPANULACEA. Jasione montana, Z.—Com Wahlenbergia adso pers —old Town Marshes. ERICACER. Erica Tetralix, Z EE LS Mr. Smith. E. cinerea, L.— Calluna e eds Salisb. E a OrraCEE. Ligustrum vulgare, Z.—St. Martin's; St. Samson's: indigenous. GENTIANACER. Erythrea latifolia, Sm.—Com E. littoralis, Fries.—Between dated Head and Heugh Town, and probably in other places. CONYOLYULACEX. Convolvulus arvensis, Z.—Not C. sepium, L,—Frequent in the ades of St. Mary's. In Heugh Town peel it is very handsome, with vari ariegated pink and white flowers; being ra inaccessible, T sere ie fs did not i it. C. Soldanella, L.—Common on the sandy shore Cuscuta Epl Murr.—On gorse near AF above the Abbey, Tresco. 'BORAGINACEE. Borago officinalis, Z.—One specimen. on waste ground near the sea, east of Heugh Town, aged an escape. XC os, Bae BENE essor Babington informs me that his 4. sided is really the Lappa inter- nei pared and his A. intermedium the A. nemorosum, Le}. OL. rr. [APRIL 1, 1864.] I 114 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A Lycopsis arvensis, Z.— Cormon on cultivated ground, Myosotis repens, Don.—Abundant in marshy ground in St, Mary's and TTxoago. did not observe E vine. Wither. M. arvensis, Hoffm. — M. collina, Hoffin.— gem en sa on Newford Down, St. Mary’s, Trese The plants from Newford Down were cespitose, with very ington prostrate branches, racemes leafy below, fruit calyx closed. first I imagined the plant might be distinct, but the differences were TANIT caused by peculiarity of situation. M. versicolor, Zirh.—Not uncommon SOLANACER, Solanum Dulcamara, Z.—Com Hyoscyamus niger, L. lish on waste places near Heugh Town. OROBANCHACER. . Orobanche minor, Suét.—Sandy field, near the sea, east of Heugh Town; wing on Trifolium minus. ScROPHULARTIACER. Verbascum Thapsus, Z.—Tresco, rare. Digitalis purpurea, Z.—Common. Antirrhinum Orontium, Z Torena d in cornfields. Linaria Elatine, Mi/l.— Rare esco. L. spuria, Mill.—Rare. T o S. aquatica, Z.—Not so common as S. nodos S. Scorodonia, Z.—St. Martin's, and in a hedge near Heugh Town, near a pond, about 300 yards along the road which strikes to the left out of the main road leading east from Heugh Town. In numerous specimens observed both in Scilly and in Cornwall, the leaves have large double crenatures, or large crenate-serrate crenatures. The upper leafy bracts are doubly dentate. The stem is distinctly and acutely quadrangular. The stamino- dium has in front a small, very shallow, central groove, widening upwards. oo sylvatica, Z.—Very common on both high and low land, and on the ost barren and exposed heaths. Eufragin viscosa, Benth. A Bregunt in in ene ground, St. Mary’ s. Euphrasia officinalis, Z.—Not com: Sibthorpia Europea, 1. Mei d on the banks of the rivulet on the road leading from Holy Vale towards Heugh Town. Banks of a ditch in the Veronica Anagallis, Z.—I saw what. I believed to be a young state of this in the roadside ditch at Holy Vale, V. serpyllifolia, L. — Common, FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. 115 V. arvensis, Z.—Common. V. agrestis, L.—Rare? LABIATE. Mentha. viridis, L.—Bryer, heise an escape. M. aquatica, J.—Marsh at Old Lycopus Europeus, L L.— Rare. n Visus Marsh. Salvia Verbenaca, .L.— Rare. Ls ear Heugh Town. Thymus Serpyllum, Z.—Com Seutellaria galericulata, T HS shore, Samson, Prunella vulgaris, Z.—Common. Nepeta Glechoma, f LE Lamium purpureum, Z.—Not com L. incisum, Willd,—Common, M in posia fields. Stachys — L. guns St. Mary S. arvens — Comm Ballota fetida, Lam. pre Town, etc Teucrium Scorodonia, L.—St. Martin's, etc., rare. VERBENACER. Verbena officinalis, Z.—Common by roadsides. PRIMULACER. Primula vulgaris, Huds.—Found kem S SUA he has never seen P. veris, L. Anagallis arvensis, L.—Very com Plant generally light green, Testers very pale pink, and Gas eniti plotek underneath, A. tenella, L.—Very common even in appa arently the most unlikely situations, showing the dampness of the climate ; otherwise, the soil being so shallow, it would soon become parched. Centunculus minimus, L.— Very common ; another proof of dampness of soil from a moist atmosphere. Glaux maritima, Z.—-Heugh Town and Old Town Marshes, and marshy places Samolus Valerandi, Z. - Common in marshy ground. PLUMBAGINACEF. Armeria maritima, Willd.— Very co On Annette, it completely covers the ground with a soft A i^ herbage.—8. A. pubescens, Link. xx AP GUAPA elsewhere. PLANTAGINACER. Plantago AP È .—Very common, and exceedingly variable. P. lanceolata, L. L Very common ; very small, and prostrate in exposed situa- ions and P. Coronopus form, in many places, the Pe herbage of the nde P. major, Z.—Com Littorella ans E Ly abundant around the freshwater a in the 116 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A several islands, growing both in and out of the water, and often forming a plentiful herbage CHENOPODIACER, Salsola Kali, Z.—Common. Beta maritima, Z.—Common Chenopodium album, Z.—Common. 5 e, L.—Common. Atriplex deltoidea, Bab. Donk ups Heugh Town. A. Babingtonii, Woods.—Com A. arenaria, Woods.—Sandy pira Hoogh Town. POLYGONACER. Rumex sanguineus, EPITET R. Acetosella, L.—Com Polygonum lapathifolium, T .—Occasional ; chiefly in the centre of the Island of St. M. Mary's. = nodosum, Pers. dme. west of Old Town Marsh. aviculare, L.—Comm * rafters a L. vanne on cultivated ground. EUPHORBIACEX. cierra "bigger L.—Bushy ground near Cromwell’s Castle, Tresco. L.—Cultivated ground in Tresco and St. Mary’s. ri Portlandica, L. ee and St. Agnes. E. Peplus, Z.—Comm E. Paralias, L.— I lied to note the stations. "Mercurialis annua, L.—Common about Heugh Town, St. Mary's. CALLITRICHACEX. Callitriche verna, Z.—Common C. platycarpa, Kütz.—Heugh Town Maxeh. C. hamulata, Z., 8. pedunculata, DC.—In small pools above Middle Town, St. Martin's. The plant is very we but the pedicels of the fruit are inch or more in length and strongly d exed. URTICACEE, Parietaria diffusa, Koch. T e about Heugh Town. Urtica urens, Z.—Occas i 8 U. dioica, P 5 ; D E AMENTIFERX. ' The only species of this Order I noticed were the planted Saliees in the withy- FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. 117 ORCHIDACER. Spiranthes autumnalis, Rich.—Probably frequent, but from the earliness of my visit I only observed the leaves of two plants, hardly above ground, in St. Agnes. TRIDACER. Iris Pseudacorus, Z.—Common in the marshes. AMARYLLIDACER, Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus, Z.—A tuft near Star Castle, but doubtless an escape. LirnríACEX. Scilla verna, Huds.—Tresco, near Old Grimsby, Mr. Smith. Endymion nutans, Dum.— Wet ground nearly opposite the Gull Rock, facing the East, St. Mary's. JUNCACER, dame rie Sm.—Common in the marshes of Old Town and Heugh J. Maladie L.—St. Mary J. lamprocarpus, Wit nas in moist places, often very small and starved. J. compressus, Jacg.—Common. J. Gerardi, Lois. Geo ? J. bufonius, Z.—Abun Luzula multiflora, Lej. mee in the marshes of St. Mary’s. ALISMACER. Alisma Plantago, L.—Tresco Triglochin palustre, Z L.— Rare. Old Town Marsh. LEMNACEEX. Lemna minor, L.—Common in pools and ditches. PoTAMOGETONACER. Potamogeton polygonifolius, Powr.—Marshes of St. Mary’s. P. pectinatus, Z.—Marshes of St. Mary’s. CYPERACER. Eleocharis palustris, R. Br.—Marshes and pools. E. multicaulis, Sim.—Abundant in marshy places. irpus maritimus, Z,—Common in St. Mary's Marshes. S. poas Lightf.— Common. S. flui L.— Frequent in the marshes. 8. emend L.—Common. : - S. Savii, S. and M.—Common. I am not certain whether this or the last is the most common. Eriophorum — E Roth.—Abundant i in Old Town Marshes. Carex arenaria, L.— Very frequent throughout the * EK - 118 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A C. stellulata, Good.— Common in St. Mary's Marshes C. vulgaris, Fries.—St. Mary's Marshes ;. St. Meise: Tresco ;, ete. C. flava, L. ea in the marshes. € 1.— Common in the marshes. C. binervis, pe —Common on the heaths, etc (x levigata, Sm. B. Schraderi, Woods. aS Near Old Town Marsh, St. Mary C. riparia i: Ð, Curt.—Old Town Marsh. GRAMINEEZ. Anthoxanthum odoratum, Z.—Frequen opecurus geniculatus, L.— Frequent in ji. Mary's Marshes, et Sesleria cærulea, Scop.—Tresco, on the west side. It was mate and may een Phragmites asper de — Cheque without comment. ` Psamma arenaria, R. and S.—Near Middle Town, St. Martin's ; sandy ground Agrostis canina, L.—Old Town Marsh, Holy Vale, ete. A. vulgaris, With.—Very common.—8. A. pumila, Lightf —Common A. alba, Z.—St. Mary's Old Town, ete.— ^. 8 subrepens. Ditch near "E Town. I did not see os setacea, which is so abundant on the heaths in Cornwall. Holcus lanatus, Z.—Very frequent and pbundant: Aira caryophyllea, L.—Abundant. A. precox, L.—Frequent. Arrhenatherum avenaceum, Beaws.—Not common. Near ou Town, and in several other places. Triodia decumbens, Beauv.—V ery fi lab i forming à ` thick herbage on wet or moist eed Culms indi and often 2 feet long. Poa annua, L.—Frequ P. pratensis, Z., B. scende. m Martin's and St. — s. Ididnotseethe typical foils of this spec P. penes L.—Very Vid: the herbage often orn principally of this speci Glyceria fac R. Br.—Not juge Heugh Town Marshes, etc. h b The plant when dry is very flaccid, and will See dios! its own weight : dit a NON ON X ™ / FLORA OF THE SCILLY ISLES. 119 held up by the base of the eulm ; whereas G. fluitans has à firm an character, and will support its own weight perfectly. It differs eme from G. fluitans in the leaves being flat (they are usually folded in G. fluitans), obtuse, and apiculate, the lower pale, scarcely twice as long as broad, and the anthers scarcely twice as long as as broad. From G. plicata ^w differs ii the sheaths being smooth, not furrowed, the caryopsis oblong- elliptical (that of G. plicata being oval-elliptical), and the plant of a much smaller size, etc. ~ Small forms of G. fluitans occur in the same locality, but the two plants are easily distinguished. I hare thus fully described this plant because I wish to call particular pate bserye that I have never yet met with G. ped _cellata, Towns. (see A. N.. H. ser. 2, v p. 105) in mature fruit, When young the ovary appears healthy, but ght it usually becomes infested with smut, and the fruit is not perfected. sciuroides, Roth. "t A small, tufted, and prostrate form F. rubra, L.— Abundan Bromus sterilis, L. i St. Mary's, near Hengh Town ; Tresco, heights above the Abbey. ! us mollis, Parl.—Very cni single panicle and short pedice ypodium sylvaticum, R. and 5. Freq oo ens, L.—St. Mary's, ete. Ec) resi —Near Old Town. T. junceum, Z.— Very abundant on the shores. Hordeum mfrinum, Z.—Rare. Waste ground at New Grimsby, Tresco. Also the small pubescent form, with L — Italicum, A. Beauv.—In a clover-field near Heugh Town L. perenne, Z.—Abundant, but it does not appear to be much cultinted i in the . pastures, which are, I believe, seldom longer than three years in grass. Fitices.* Polypodium vulpes, dog many —_ in St. Mary's, Tresco, ete. Always ‘= very small, and by no means comm Lastrea Filix-mas, Presl.—In St. Mary's pie ' Cooke, in eds " Guide to the deny qae Piceni rs imer 2 "A $ * Mr. Cooke, are especially rich in Fern view: "Consideriug the dampness aud mules of "the dime I think it V reneAible: and erns are local the occur ; wegen the exception. d Pteris aquilina aud Asplenium spb both of which are v: anceolatum, m sbanda in the Channel Islands mum iu Cornwall, i is here almost, or altogether absen ke says he noticed a s? single specimen. He also gives istred eemula, arg “having noticed it in one situation o 7 ; * 120 ON AN OPENING IN SOME LEGUMES. L. spinulosa, irem —Withy-bed east of Tresco Pool. L. dilatata, Pres/.—Common in 8t. Mary's Marshes ; Tresco, near the Pool. Athyrium Filis mo mina, Roth. — Common in, St. Mary's Marshes; also in resco. Asplenium marinum, Z.—Most wine on the rocks and walls, and in the wells, viec all the island Adiantum-nigrum, L.— Occasionally ; near Heugh Town, on the wall opposite to where Scrophularia Soorodosia occurs; walls leading from Holy Vale to Heugh Town, etc. Scolopendrium vulgare, Sym.—Bank near Old Town Marsh. Pteris aquilina, Z.—Very abundant, covering the slopes in all the islands. Osmunda regalis, Z c d in Heugh Town and Old Town Marshes, also west of pae GEA See a L., B. ambiguum, Len and Germ. (‘Flore des En- e Paris,’ ed. 2, p- 577).—This, which I at first referred to O. Lusi- ilm. L., occurs most abundantly on the heights of St. Agnes, to the north-east, and to within a veg Sn ance of the shore. The following characters are from fresh.specim i Plant from 1-24 inches high. sa pee nd ovate or ovate-lanceolate, atte- nuate below, channelled, recurved; fertile frond with 12-20 s Rhizome extensively creeping ; two fertile fronds often springing from the same corm. Spores minutely tubercular. The plant creeps — AR " the fronds thickly stud the ground. In one place I co ted.as many as.102 fronds in a square foot. It grows , in very barren ar exposed damp bandy ground, with a substratum of de- composed granite. Fruiting in June. ON AN OPENING IN SOME LEGUMES. By A. H. Cuuncu, Esq., F.C.S. In some experiments recently made to determine the amount of water contained in the ripe seeds of Faba vulgaris, a phenomenon of peculiar interest was noticed. A number of the pods of this plant were ex- amined at various stages of growth. It was found that the perfectly mature pod lost weight previous to dehiscence, and that this loss was due in part to the evaporation of water from the seed. Further expe- riments showed, in fact, that the ripe seeds might lose, even in the pod, one-third as much water as similar seeds lost when removed from tlie pod and exposed to the air for the same time. This loss of water is of course accompanied by a corresponding decrease in bulk, so that the seeds which when first ripe filled up almost entirely the cavity of the ON AN OPENING IN SOME LEGUMES. 121 pod, became soon so considerably reduced. in.size as to leave a large air-space. at first imagined that the water was lost by transpiration through the pod itself, but eloser scrutiny revealed another agency. In the Fada vul- garis, when the seed is mature, a small oval opening appears close to the proximal extremity of the ventral suture of the pod (vide Fig. 1). Through this open- ing evaporation of water from the seeds takes place without necessitating the dehiscence of the pod and the sheddiug of the seeds. It becomes a matter of interest to ascertain whether a similar opening occurs in other legumes. The pod of some varieties of Phaseolus vulgaris showed traces only of such an opening; but in Phaseolus pisiformis, a Senegal species, a minute orifice occurs (vide Fig. 2). A remarkable approach to this arrangement is seen in Diphysa Carthaginiensis, Jacq. In the pod of this Fig. 2. plant the vascular tissue immediately on leaving the peduncle on the ventral aspect, separates into two bundles, and interposed between them lies a tract of cellular tissue, indicating the site of a possible opening (vide Fig. 3). But in a species of Acacia, from Panama, the b Fig. 4. Fig 3. — opening is remarkably distinct (vide Fig. 4). In some of the speci mens of the pod of this plant (possibly 4. concinna) insects, finding this natural opening the easiest point of attack, had enlarged it to make their way into the pod. Fig. 4 b is a front view of the opening 133 OBSERVATIONS ON HYPNUM PRATENSE. The functions of this orifice remain to be more exactly determined ; while its value as a botanical characteristic is still unknown. T hope in the summer to pursue the inquiry further: the examination of nume- rous fresh specimens at and near maturity is necessary. I venture to suggest the term * aéropyle,’ for the opening to which T have drawn at- tention. R. A. College, Cirencester. SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE MOSS KNOWN TO BRITISH BRYOLOGISTS AS HYPNUM PRATENSE. By WILLIAM Mirren, Esq., A.S.L. This Moss, although noticed by Turner as a distinct species, re- mained neglected in Mr. Borrer’s herbarium for forty years, until the specimens were re-examined by Spruce, who identified it with speci- - mens he received from Bruch as Hypnum pratense, Koch. This name appears first in Bridel, ii. p. 769, who merely says of it, that the speci- men in De Candolle’s herbarium appeared to him to be only a poor state of H: Schreberi.- In C. Mueller’s ‘Synopsis,’ ii. p. 293, H. pratense is referred to H. curvifolium, Hedw. The species appears first de- scribed as distinct by Spruce in the Lond. Journ. of Botany, 1845. In the * Bryologia Britannica, p. 399, two states are noticed,. the var. a being considered identical with the specimens in Drummond's * Musci Americani, no. 196 (H. amenum), and stated to be common in the Pyrenees, and to have been found in Sussex by Mr. Borrer, and the var. B, with less compressed foliage, found in the North of England and elsewhere. In Schimper’s ‘Synopsis,’ p. 628, H. pratense is fully ` described, having been previously figured in the * Bryologia Europea,’ - t. 611; the var. a. being said to grow in marshy fields, and the var. " B, with narrower leaves, all faleate secund, is stated to occur in Prussia, Silesia, and Britain. In the Oefers of K. Vet. Akad. Fórh. 1861, no. 8, M. Lindberg first clearly defined the distinctions between the two species hitherto confused in the descriptions of H. pratense, and retained for H. pratense ihe species figured in the * Bryologia Europea," and distributed in Schimper’s *Stirpes Normales ; and gave to the. - species he considered new the name H. arcuatum with a careful de-. scription, and it is to this species that all the British specimens appear’ ' CORRESPONDENCE. 133 referable; but so. difficult is it to invent a new name applicable to a species of Hypnum. with falcate leaves, there was already published. by Sullivant, in 1854, in the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts. and. Sciences, vol. iii., a ZZ. arcuatum, from. the Pacifie Islands, and a. change of name. being again unavoidable, it is here proposed to give the species the name H. Lindbergii. It differs from H. pratense, Bry. Europ., in the following particulars :— Stems sparingly branched in an irregular manner, without any ap- pearance of becoming pinnate, the leaves loosely compressed, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute, but with a broad point; the margins entire, the cells at the angles enlarged and pale, the capsule according to Lindberg is on a rather thick seta an inch long, turgid, ovate, when dry, plicate. It grows in damp, sandy ground, among thin grass, and not in bogs ; it is found in many parts of Britain, being not rare in Sussex, by road- sides on sandy soils. The fruit has been gathered but once in Western Prussia, by Dr. von Klinggráff, in June, at Wiszniewo. In a barren state it was gathered in the Pyrenees by Spruce, and was distributed by Schleicher'as H. circinatum. H. pratense, Bry. Europ., differs. from the. above, in its irregularly pinnate. stems, more compressed foliage, leaves lanceolate, with a narrow point, denticulate at the apex, and the enlarged cells in the angles of the leaf of the same colour. This moss is found, according to the label on the specimen, in the : Stirpes Normales,’ ‘in pratis humidis, Vogesi et Alp. Helvet.’, but in the ‘ Synopsis,’ M. Schimper, says that he, with Hampe, had gathered it in the Black Forest. To this, also, belong the American specimens collected. by Drummond in Canada, and by Sullivant and Watson in the United States. It would appear that this species is to be sought for in bogs,sit certainly grows with Philonotis forstana, Brid., and may be expected to occur in Britain. SS CORRESPONDENCE. RS. Woodsia glabella in Norway. dos . I found Woodsia glabella in Tromsdale, Norway, in 1860. (See ' Phytolo- gist,’ 1862, p. 3L) The announcement of its discovery in the ‘Tyrol and Carinthia in-No. 14 of the ‘Journal of Botany,’ page 56, shows that it has a wide range in Europe. "Tromsdale is a valley on the mainland opposite to the 134 CORRESPONDENCE. wn of Tromso, and between 69° and 70? north latitude. The Woodsia was found not far below a permanent snow-patch on the north side of the valley, and at an elevation of perhaps 1000 feet above the sea sare Cystopteris alpina and Asplenium viride were growing near it. We may now expect to find this little Fern in places in Europe lying between these Vids: ees localities, York. JAMES BACKHOUSE. Horticultural Society’s Prizes for County Herbaria. I am surprised to see the prizes proposed by the Horticultural Society pub- lished without comment in the ‘ Journal of Botany.’ It seems to be properly interesting species, and now the heads of the Horticultural Society are offering premiums, which must tend to their almost certain disappearance, When a rare plant is confined, as is not unfrequently the case, to a single small spot in scrupulous prize-seekers are let loose upon it. Experience shows that prizes for sets of specimens does not advance scientific botany, and that they are of no scientific use. But even if they were of use, scientific botany is not the busi- ness of the Horticultural Society. The plants for which I have such fears are the prize-candidates will make up their lists of species, by so doing will de- prive all future Miet of the pleasure of gathering little bits of ra rare plantsin their native localitie C. C. BABINGTON. Cambridge. Genera of Hepatieze. (Extract from a letter of Dr. Pfeiffer to Dr. J. E. Gray.) Cassel, Feb. 11, 1864. I am occupied in the study of botanical literature and syfstematology. I was agreeably surprised by learning (Aun. of Nat. Hist. viii, 1861, p. 405) that you are the veritable author of the systematical part of that excellent work, ‘Arrangement of British Plants, —a At oed unknown to Continen e vii though it contains the true b 8. 5" i instan CORRESPONDENCE. 125 by Endlicher among the Algs, and several others are, in spite of their evident priority, quoted in the synonymy of genera which are described posteriorly, and now adopted. I think it a duty to reclaim these priorities. L. PFEIFFER. On the Retention of Subgeneric Names. T always feel regret when I cannot agree with Professor Babington on any botanical subject ; but I cannot allow his observations “ On the Law of Priority in Nomeaclature," in the last number, to pass without remark. The law which he quotes from De Candolle does not at all bear him out in his conclusions. De Candolle. undoubtedly says that “in the division of a genus, the groups which no longer bear the old generic name ought, if these groups were con- sidered as genera by the ancient botanists, to retain their ancient name ;” and he then proceeds to lay down rules applicable to those cases “in which those groups have never been considered as genera,” but which rules have no direct bearing upon the present question. Their gist, however, is contained in the concluding sentence, in which he maintains that “it is only when none of the species of the new genus bears a substantive name, or when such substantive names have been already employed for another genus, that the creation of a new name is allowable.” He says nothing directly of the case of names con- sidered by their authors as subgeneric ; but the natural conclusion, both from analogy of reasoning and from his practice is, that he would treat such names exactly as if they had been originally called generic, or as if they had been em- ployed as the substantive names of species, and retain them for the new genus.* is rule is perfectly consistent with justice and common sense. Bot selves believe to be its due. It would also be a distinct encouragement to the mischievous practice of overburdening science with a plurality of synonyms, which become perfectly gratuitous obstacles in the way of the student. — . Again, the practice of adopting subgeneric names as generic is almost univer- * De Candolle’s rules are in effect the same as those of Linn:us, which are ; : s;—' Nomina generica, quamdiu synonyma digna in promptu sunt, nova non effingenda." “ Antiquum sí dirimetur genus in plura, consultum est nova non e 'gere nomina generica, quamdiu digna in phalange synonymorum specierum (Linnsus, * Philosophia Botanica,’ ed , p. 200.) - LE * 126 BOTANICAL NEWS. sal among botanists as as zoologists; and De Candolle especially has evinced throughout his eni the strongest desire to do justice to his prede- As ample of the practice of zoologists, I may be allowed to quote the case of Cuvier. In his * Traité Elémentaire,’ ind Vidit in his * Régne Animal’ he for the most part adopted the Linnean genera, breaking them up into sec- tions, to which he gave names, and these sections having iod adopted by sub- sequent authors as genera, his names have been used as generic; and even when they were given (as they frequently were) in French, the name has been translated into Latin, and the credit of it given (and justly given) to Cuvier, as the originator of the genus In fact, the simple DER of eA p the name first given to a subdivision as the permanent designation of the group, in whatever light it may be viewed, er as sectional, subgeneric, or generic, appears to me so clear, that I can only regard it as carrying out in natural history the universal moral precept "ee commands us * to do unto others as we would they should do unto us," need hardly say, therefore, that I concur with Mr. Syme in enu f the diclis name Spergularia to the later Lepigonum. J. E, G British Museum. BOTANICAL NEWS. Mr. William Thiselton Dyer, from King's College, London, has been elected to the Physical Science Studentship at Christ Church, Oxford. Dr. Rostau's Piedmontese plants will not be ready for distribution before the end of the summer. J.T. Boswell Syme, Esq., 770, Adelaide Road, verstock Hill, N., will take the charge of their distribution in England. BorANICAL Soct IETY OF EpiNBURGH.— December 10.—Professor Balfour: in the chair. The following communications were read :—1. Notice of the Occur- rence of Polypodium caleareum, near Aberdeen. By Mr, James. Robertson. 2. Account of the Vegetation of the Cliffs at Kilkee, county Clare, Dein By N. B. Ward, Esq. Kilkee is exposed to the full influence of the- lantic winds and waves, and thus a rock two hundred feet, above high st is so copiously supplied with saline spray, as to afford sustenance to a colony of periwinkles which fringe its summit. Owing to the same influences, the we bg guis a number of y plante ai ] aia Tot EE be alpine regions. Mr. Ward then gave a list of all: the plants collected, no- ticed the discovery of a Fucus, which was figured in Plate XII. of the ‘Tee nal of Botany.’ 3. Remarks on the Sexual Change in the Inflorescence o Zea Mays. By Mr. John Scott. After noticing the unisexual characteristios BOTANICAL. NEWS. 137 of the inflorescence of the Maize, the author illustrated several changes from the normal sexual characteristics of the florets. : The male panicles, for example, were shown to. produce, along with their own kind of florets, perfect female turally hermaphrodite florets. Similar changes were also illustrated in the female spikes. 4, Remarks on some of the Economical Plants of India. By Dr. Hugh Cleghorn, Dr. Cleghorn noticed the Basel i: Olive, the B amboo, and Urtica heterophylla, and mentioned their uses. n the Cultivation of Š cB e ES Š 3 & SS = & [*r] RD Ou "o ty 3 s S S 3 A bo bo wT is] w co zi E & S hg E FÈ * ms EoD of Chinchonas at Darjeeling was at first attended with great difficulties, but these have now been overcome. 6, On the Cultiyation of Tea in India. By William Jameson, Esq., Surgeon-Major, Saharunpore. Mr. Jameson gave an account of the fe pni ene à in the Kohistan of the North-West Provinces of India. In a former communication he estimated the penis of waste. and other lands fitted for ds Roa with tea throughout the Kohistan of the North-Western Provinces and Punjaub and Dhoons, and showed that by them the enormous quantity of 885,000,0001b. might be there raised. But in this estimate he excluded the Kohistan of Huzarah and Rawul Pindee, of Cash- mere Jummoo and the protected Sikh States, The following estimate, as a general return when in full bearing, lOOlb. per acre may be given,—a quantity equal to the whole export trade of China, and with high cultivation the figures might easily be doubled, and thus not only allow an immense quantity for the consumption of the Indian community, but at the same time afford a supply for export to other countries. Tea cultivation in the North- WwW Lawers, Perthshire. By Professor Balfour. (Journ. of Bot. Vol. I. p. 355.) Borantcat Socrery or EDINBURGH.—Jan. 14.—1. New Researches in the interior of the country, and has also reached the head of the great central lake of MAE s Island. From the Upper Fraser he obtained a quantity of seed of a fine pasture grass, which survives all winter, and which he expects will be i suited for the Hebrides aud the Orkney and Shetland Islands. Among the interesting additions to his collections he mentions three new s of , a large new Taxus, Cupressus Nutkanus, , Thuja Craigana, a new Pinus, a fine new Oreodaphne, ete. 3. Letters from WN Milne, Old Ca- labar. Mr. Milne thus describes the leading characteristics of the district Where he is :—* There are five species of Melastoma, six of Dracena, five of 128 BOTANICAL NEWS. Amomum, and several belonging to Zingiberacee. There are a number of ein belonging to Scrophulariacee, and amongst them is a Digitalis, which cattered over all waste ground. Ewphorbiacee and Cucurbitacee are both Vivid Orders here. Three species of Amaryllis are abundant,—one in the river, and the other um spread all over the plantations. Solanaceous plants are numerous ; there are two kinds sold in the market as purgatives and for bathing the sides of the face when there is a discharge from the ears. Ano- nacee is another extensive Order. According to the Rev. Mr. Thomson there are sixteen or eighteen kinds. I have collected a number of Bignoniacee and Chinchonacee. I have also met with eight or nine species of Convolvulus, but poets are more. Among the Labiate is a large species of Salvia, used as a me- dicin are also three true Mints, which are used for seasoning. A Hime a is i kiani n the inland streams. I think there are from eighteen to twenty- vete distinct Orchids; one fine terrestrial species has a flowering stem six feet or seven feet high. 'There are two fine species of E One true Verbena and two species of Clerodendron are abundant. I have observed ute species of Amaranthus. Both are used as vegetables in Calabar : entstemon is found by the margin of a small stresm at Ikorofiong, but not plentiful. A Phytolacca and a Polygonum also occur at the same place. I have collected a Loranthus on trees by the banks of the river, Two species of Lonicera are very common, Leguminous plants are very numerous ; amongst them is a sensitive Mimosa. -- Poison Bean (Physontigna) i is oo — = deadly purposes; p i g ly cul ltivated í for — g into t in poison the fish, and ther is sold in tl chop. One of them like our Scarlet Runner ; the ripe e are pip six BEN " eight inches longing to Myrtacec; also an €— probably A. gigantea. There are five Palms. One large species of Juncus is abundant on the sides of the river at Creek Town, with another smaller ee s. There are several Cyperacee by "minec sprinkled about. Eighteen varieties of Yams and six varieties of Colo- casia are cultivated ; the flowering stems of the latter, with spathe and kenn are sold in the markets for t putting into Calabar tehep 3 the corms are also boiled, and used by the natives. ly cultivated. One true Banana with very small fruit, and eight different Plantains are sold in the markets. The fruit of a cultivated Malvaceous plant is cut up into slices and put into soups. There are also two species of Agaricus sold in the markets, which are said to be very nourishing, and to give a fine flavour to Calabar chop. The larger kind is also put into rum, as it is of an intoxicating nature.” 4. Letter from Dr. Meredith, Demerara, giving an account of a visit to the na- tive habitat of the Vietoria regia. 5. Mosses found near Blair Athole. By Miss M‘Inroy, of Ludi. 6. Plants of the Sutlej Valley, Kullu, and Kangra. By Dr. Hugh F. C. Cleghorn. 7. Professor Balfour read an account of an ex- traordinary growth of Merulius laerymans below the wooden floor of a cottage at Arthurstone, in Strathmore. W.Fitch, del et lith. Vincent Brooks. Imp - Asplenium Adiantum . nigrum _obtusum A Serpentini Zeusch. 129 ON THE ASPLENIUM ADIANTUM-NIGRUM, var. OBTUSUM (SERPENTINI), AS A BRITISH PLANT. By Tuomas Moors, F.L.S., F.R.H.S. (Piate XVIL) Since the time of Willdenow, the existence in Europe of an Asplenium somewhat intermediate in characterand aspect between 4. Adiantum- , nigrum aud A. montanum, has been known. This Fern was called 4. obtusum by Willdenow himself, 4. Forsteri by Sadler, and 4. Serpentini by Tausch, but is now considered as a form or subspecies referable to A. Adiantum-nigrum, including a goodly array of synonyms besides those just mentioned. In the ‘ Index Filicum’ the name of 4. Adian- tum-nigrum, y. obtusum, is employed; but some authors, as Heufler and Milde, prefer that of A: 4.-Serpentini or A. A.-serpentinum. This Aspleninm Serpentini belongs to the triangular, tripinnate series of Aspleniums, and though varying much in the size and breadth of its parts, is rather small-pinnuled in its most marked and characteristic states. It has the pinnae straight and spreading, as compared with those of the variety or subspecies acutum, in which they are connivent ; -and from the more typical forms of Adiantum-nigrum, which have the base of the segments incurved, it differs, according to Heufler, in having the base of the segments recurvate. In some ofits forms the segments are blunt and firm, in others blunt and of thinner texture, aud in others again more or less acute even ; but those forms which are narrow and ob- tuse, thus acquiring a wedge-shaped outline, are often acutely toothed at the apex. In outline, the pinnules vary from ovate-obtuse to ovate- acute or even almost acuminate, the segments in the former case hav- ing a short broad-ovate or ovate-oblong figure, and in the latter ap- proaching more or less nearly to linear, but without any of the peculiar features of acutum, in which the segments are more strictly linear. The surface is of a dull opaque green, not lucid, as in acutum, and the fructification is crowded and generally becomes confluent. Till recently, this plant was chiefly known as a native of Croatia, Dalmatia, Hungary, Bohemia, and Saxony, extending to Italy and pro- bably also to South Africa and Abyssinia. The name Serpentini was given to it from its being found on serpentine rocks. When, there- VOL. II. [May 1, 1864.] K fs + 130 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. fore, some two years since, Mr. A. Christie sent me from the serpentine range dividing the counties of Aberdeen and Banff, a small-pinnuled form of the common black Maidenhair, I was quite prepared. to. expect that this interesting Fern might be. yet added to our flora... And this expectation was. soon realized, for very shortly after Mr. Christie, who had renewed his researches, sent me specimens of the true plant undis- tinguishable from authentic examples for which I am indebted to the kindness of Professor Braun and Dr. Sturm. The fact. of the discovery of Asplenium Serpentini as a British plant was recorded in. the early part of last, year (Vol. I. p. 184), the genuine specimens having been gathered in the autumn of 1862 ; aud it only remains to add, that it is from fronds collected in 1863 that the figure accompanying this no- tice has been prepared, SYNOPSIS OF THE PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN.* By A. J. MarMGnEN. The earliest account of the vegetation of Spitzbergen is that of Martens, who published his < Spitzbergische Reisebeschreibung’ in 1675 ; besides descriptions, he gives drawings, badly executed, though easily recognized, of eleven of its most common flowering-plants.T In 1774,{ Solander; in Phipps's ‘ Voyage towards the North Pole, 1773, published some notes on the flora of Spitzber From Ofvers. af K. Vet. Akad. Forh. 1862. 229-268. The editor is in- debted to Miss Emilie Bóekelman for the tits abi of this valuable paper, and to Professor Otto Torell, of Lund, for the addition of two species, Ranuneulus Lap nicus and Kænigia Islandica, to the flo : x M ese are : Ranunculus sulphureus, Sol. R. mæus, Wbg.; Cochlearia Senestrata, R. Br. (a; jlica, Smflt., ele.) : Denke. alpinum, AE Potentilla emar- ginaia, Fursh; Sarifraga oppositifolia, L; 8. rivularis, L.; S. nivalis; 1. & Joliolosa, R. Br. Polygonum viviparum, i; Salie polaris, Weg. He'ulio/n tions Papaver and Oryria. : : x t Spitzbergen was indeed visited in 1758 by Mein psa quads f know, he did not publish any additional information on the flora of these islands. E - PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 131 ^ Martens and Solander were the only authorities for the Spitzbergen flora. In 1820, R. Brown, in the appendix to Scoresby’s * Account of the Arctic Regions, published a catalogue of the plants brought by Scoresby from Spitzbergen, which contained 30 species of Cryptoga- mia and 14 of Phanerogamia. In the Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, vol. xiv. pp. 360-394, W. J. Hooker, in an ac- count of the arctic plants collected by E. Sabine in 1823, records 24 species of Phanerogamia and 2 of Cryptogamia. Five years later, in 1828, the same author published, iu an appendix to Parry’s * Nar- rative of an Attempt to Reach the North Pole, 1827, a list of the plants colleeted by that navigator on the most northern coasts and in the small islands of Spitzbergen. This list contains 40-species of Phanerogamia and 50 of Cryptogamia, gathered about lat. 80? N., and accurately records their habitats. It is remarkable that this catalogue has been quite overlooked by the later writers on Spitzbergen. Chr. Sommerfelt published in the ‘ Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne,’ Christiania, 1833, a paper on the flora of Spitzbergen and Bear Is- land, from plants collected by Keilhau, which is interesting, as it gives an idea, though faint and incomplete, of the vegetation of the southern coast of Spitzbergen and Stans Foreland,—hitherto all knowledge of the flora having been almost confined to the northern part of the island. C. Martins, a member of the French Northern Expedition, gives a list of the plants he found, in 1839; at Bellsund and Magdalena Bay, in a note to his Glaciers of Spitzbergen, published in the Biblioth. Univers. de Geneve, vol. xxviii. p. 139. He enumerates 57 species; 55 are from Bellsund and 24 from Magdalena Bay. Dr. J. Vahl, an- other member of the same expedition, communicated a list of the plants he collected to Alexis Lindblom, of Lund, who, from it and the published lists of Phipps, Scorésby, Sabine, and Keilhau, prepared a Flora of Spitzbergen and Bear Island, which was published in his ‘ Botaniska Notiser? for 1839-40, pp. 158-158. A second edition of this was published in the ‘ Flora,’ 1842, pp. 481-493, by Dr. Beilschmied, who added some new species; but neither author was acquainted with the list in Parry’s Narrative. The number of plants given by them is also erroneous, as they have entered many synonyms as separate species. Thus Cochlearia fenestrata, so common in Spitzbergen, has no less than five names, Luzula hyperborea three, Stellaria Edwardsii and Alsine biflora two, and so on. — K 132: PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN, the lists contain several plants which certainly have been erroneously determined, as Salix herbacea, Saxifraga Sibirica, Tillea aquatica, etc., and others which have never been found in Spitzbergen, as the Kenigia Islandica, and also Calamagrostis stricta, which was first found at Is- fjord, in September, 1861. Several species also are given with a ?, and one ean only conjecture what is meant by many others, as dsinella stricta ?, Sumflt., 4. arctica, Smflt., Holcus arcticus, Smflt., Cerastium vulgatum, Smflt., Draba Martensiana, J. Gay, etc It seems to me necessary to give a list of those plants which have been erroneously or doubtfully included in the Spitzbergen flora, and to add such corrections and notes as I am able, for they cannot be admitted into a critical catalogue. Ranuneulus euneatus, Western Spitzbergen, Sm/ft., is not in the herbarium of eilhau. Draba algida, Smflt., is D. alpina (L. ), E D. oxycarpa, Smfit., is probably a form of $i alpina. . Martensiana, J. Gay, D. oblongata, Smflt., from Stans F oreland ; Keilhau’s plant is D. mieropetala, Hook, pirum officinalis, Sinflt., Vahl se C. Martins, is C, fenestrata, R. Br. bs ica), with rounded, oval C. mifit Sinfit., is C. podes v. cia Danica, Sol., Hooker, Vahl and Haes is o fenes sivc: v. prostrata. C. Grenlandica, Sol. and R. Br. , 18 C. fenestrata, v. pr saginoides, Pahl and Martins, i is yet nivdlis (Lindbl. ), Fr. Alsine Scandinavica, Martins, is A. ift. Een stricta?, Smflt., fon Sydkap, is í possibly fores Sagina nivalis, A. ees Smflt, Keilhau's plant is a tender form of Alsine vubella, Wbg. Arenaria ciliata, v. Norvegica, Vahl and Martins, is A. ciliata, L. Cerastium vulgatum, Smflt., from S Sydkap. | Keilhau's plant shows. this to be, as I had already concluded, C. alpinum, v. cespitosum, Mgrn. Potentilla Keilhaui, Sm/lt,, is P. etaed R. Br. Saxifraga Sibirica ?, Smflé. “Not in the herbarium,” wrote Professor Mes i * ltis doubtless a luxuriant $. Sod E., which has: grown in small tu in places sheltered from the wind. Erigeron pulchellus, ». Unalaschkensis, Vahi, is E. uniflorus, L. (=E. erioce- pha rse ida pies E sii Tillea aqua posed by Lindblom to be Kenigia Islandica, L., which, ides Fisher by Sabine on the eastern coast of Greenland, between * The late Professor Blytt examined for me the herbarium of Keilhau, sending me notes on the Spitzbergen plants, and specimens of all the doubtful species. : PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. Tad lat. 722-75? N., according to Hooker, has never been met with in Spitz- bergen. Kenigia must be therefore excluded.* -What Solander meant by Tillea aquatica it is not easy to determine. Perhaps he had Stellaria humifusa before him Salix herbacea, Sol. and W. J. Hooker, in Parry, is certainly S. polaris, Wbg., where Parry collected his specimens, but I never saw S. herbacea. Scoresby, Keilhau, Sabine, Vahl and Martins found only S. polaris, Wbg. In Solander’s time, S. polaris was not distinguished as a species from S. herbacea, L.t Juncus campestris, Sol., and Luzula campestris, R. Br., belong, according to Brown himself (Suppl. to Append. Parry’s First. Voy. p. 283), to his Zu- zula hyperborea, and this is the same as £L. pitis B, Wb g. C. heleonastes, Martins, probably C. gine Wbg Calamagrostis stricta is given by mft. as from cun Island, not from Spitz- rgen, as Lindblom incorrectly sta Holeus ipte Smflt., is Dupontia pun Poa alpina, Smflt. and Vahl, belongs to P. poe cue according to Vahl's own patrit in the Riks Museum, Stockholm - P. laxa ?; Hooker and Vail, is either P, cenisia, v. a, Br., or a form of P. enit Lindeb., a very variable species in ce P. laxa, is not found in Spitzbergen. Stellaria ite: (Rich), Hook. in Parry, is S. longipes, = according to Le- debour (Fl. Ross.)....$. Edwardsii is referred also o this species by Lede- bourand by J. D. Hooker, accor vet to his specimens from Beechy Island, Arctic America, in the Riks Museu Omitting synonyms, and erroneous and doubtful names, which have made the flora of. Spitzbergen unreliable and so useless, there remain only 67 species hitherto certainly known. To these I am ableto add 26 addi- tional species, 5 of which were first found by Torell, Nordenskióld, and Quennerstedt, in 1858 ; the remaining 24 were discovered by the expe- dition of 1861. The new species are: — Ranunculus hyperboreus, Rottb., R. arcticus, Richards (Ht. affinis, v: leiocarpa microcalyx, Trautv 2 Arabis alpina, L., Draba glacialis, Adams (non Smfit. Spitzb. Fl), D. = Kemigia has been. found by Torell on the west coast. See page 146. —En. i n the Herbarium of ae British Museum, named by Solander, are, as our author UR Stellaria st hg in a young state.—Ep. i imens are S. polaris.— § T e P. alpine, d 9 td ee saw iu P Spitzbergen nor is it to be Dapa is e the Nob from ast. The leaves of P. stricta resemble those P, alpina, but the Side yet the sinall viviparous spikes oblige us to separate i. 134 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPIIZBERGEN. pauciflora ?, R. Br., D. rupestris, R. Br., Wahllergella affinis, Fr., Sa- gina nivalis, Fr., Arenaria Rossii, R. Br., Ammadenia peploides (L.), Gm. (1858, Nordensk.), Potentilla maculata, Pourret, Arnica alpina, Murr., Taraxacum palustre, Sm., Nardosmia frigida, Cass. (1858, ordensk.), Polemonium pulchellum (Bunge), Ledeb., Mertensia mari- tima (L.) (1858, O. Torell), Luzula arctica, Blytt, Carer pulla, Good. (1858, Nordensk.), C. glareosa, Wbzg., C. rupestris, All., C. nardina, Fr., Calamagrostis neglecta, Ehrh., Dupontia psilosantha, Rupr. (1858, Nordensk.), Poa Vahliana, Liebm. Fl. D. fig. 2401, Catabrosa vilfoides, n. sp., Festuca brevifolia, R. Br. All these additions to the flora of Spitzbergen are from the western and northern coasts, from Ice Sound to Seven Island, 13 from the western coast, in lat. 78?—79:5? N., and 13 from the northern coast, in lat. 79:59-80:5? N. With these preliminary remarks I shall proceed, as concisely as pos- sible, to notice the Phanerogamie flora of Spitzbergen. The principal source of my information has been the rich collections brought home by the Spitzbergen Expedition of 1861, now deposited in the Riks Museum, and the herbarium of Professor Nordenskiöld, collected in Spitzbergen, 1858. The remarks on the habitats, distribution, and time of flowering of the plants, are from my own observations made on the spot, and from memoranda in the rich herbarium of my friend Dr. Goés, which contaius many new species from the western coast. I have used the older accounts as little as possible, and then only with the greatest precaution. Of the 6 species wanting in these collections, Ranunculus glacialis, Eutrema Edwardsii, Empetrum nigrum, and Salix reticulata were found only on the most southern coasts of Spitzbergen, which were not visited by the Expedition ; Parrya arctica and Hiero- chloa pauciflora were found near Hecla Cove, in Parry’s Expedition. The localities referred to subsequently are :— On the West Coast of Spitzbergen : HEMD -oo n El. er 76° 30' N. lat. eo e AYE 30 QoS att My gy Ice Sound and Advent Euri. od T9 ION i Kings Bog i anabi a aa Cro Bay e. pc ye kg p 19 Magdalena Bay . . . . . . . m aor Kobbe Bay. . 09 OC INI er day Amsterdam Island and Smerenburg.. 79° 45/ A cce 9? " wv u > v » PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 135 On the Northern Coast : : from aem Kale 3s cc eun op A E na E { pees uh Rede Bay 9.06. 90 79° 50 5, .12 18' 7h i joe Geo FEDT di ee » "Ireurenburg Bay, Hecla Cove, . 79°56! » 16 50! » Lomme Bay... + ++ 70 AP o "IS T On the North-east Side : Augusti Bay... sos « 6. 79^ 40" N. lat, 20° m Ft ng lalate qM S SUM. PRO E id » Brandywine Bay . . + ene 8024 ^, 19 80" n Walden Island )8 96003 HA gge$gut Ig. 45! » Neveh Datacion Tier husay si 8822 » DICOTYLEDONES. RANUNCULACEA, Juss. 1. Ranunculus glacialis, L.—Found by Keilhau on Sydkap, accord- ing to Sommerfelt, but not again in Spitzbergen. Keilhau’s specimens belong to this species, according to Blytt.— Hooker found this among the plauts brought from the eastern coast of Greenland, lat. 72°-76°, by Scoresby and Sabine, Linn. Trans, xiv. p. 362. [1*. R Lapponicus, L.—On the west coast, O. Torell, 1858.] 2. R. hyperboreus, Rottb. Wbg. Fl. Lapp. p. 158.—Among wet moss, 50 ft. above the sea, on the northern shores of Brandywine Bay, lat. 80° 24/; it was passing out of flower when I found it on the 27th of July. 3. R. pygmaeus, Wbg. Fl. Lapp. p- 157, t. 8, f. I.— Pretty general along the western coast, as far as Amsterdam Island, under a bird- cliff (fogelberg), growing luxuriantly, being (September 1) 8 inches high and with ripe fruit. t Brandywine Bay, on the northern coast, flowering on the 27th July. This species grows often in tufts from 2 to 3 inches in diameter, and is found almost up to the snow-line. At Magdalena Bay it was gathered more than 100 ft. above the sea, with flowers and in fruit at the end of August, 4. R. nivalis, L. Wbg. Fl. L. p. 156.--Very rare on the western coast, in Ice Sound and in Magdalena Bay, in Hecla Cove, on the east- ern side of Treurenburg Bay (Hooker, in Parry). ; 5. R. sulphureus, Sol. in Phipps; A. nivalis, var. B. sulphureus, Wbg., De Cand., Hooker, Ledeb.; (non Æ. frigidus, "Willd., qui est Æ. 136 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. altaicus, Laxm. sec. Ledeb. Fl. Ross.),. A Ri nivali differt R. sulphu- reus imprimis receptaculo fusco-hirsuto (in R. nivali, glabro), capitulis seminiferis fere globosis (in R: nivali, cylindricis), carpellis stylo at- tenuato erecto rostratis (in R, nivali rostro tenui horizontali munitis), foliis radicalibus suborbiculatis, margine multilobatis, basi cuneatis vel truncatis (in R. nivali, reniformibus, infra medium 5—7-partitis). R. fri- gidus, Willd. (=R. altaicus, Laxm.) petalis obcordatis, carpellis stylo subduplo longioribus a R. sulphureo differt. Wahlenberg, Hooker, R. Brown, and others, have made this good species a variety of R. nivalis, L., but the characters I have given, which are constant, sufficiently separate it. And from A. frigidus, Willd., it is also evidently different. General along all the coasts... On dry places, exposed to winds, it scarcely attains 2 inches in height, but under bird-cliffs, especially when they have a southern aspect, it gains a surprising development and luxuriance, reaching a height of 10-15 inches. The earliest flowering specimens were found on the 6th of July, at Treurenburg Bay, on the north-eastern side, lat. 80°; on the 27th of July it was gathered with flowers and fruit, at Brandywine Bay, lat. 80° 24’, and was seen everywhere at the end of August with ripe seeds. — Parry gathered it on Walden Island ; Nordenskiöld brought it from Seven Island, near .81° lat., and I saw it at Hinlopen Strait, 1000 ft. above the sea, near to the snow-line. The luxuriant specimens (1 foot high) which Dr. Goés brought. from Norway Island, differ from the common forms in haying “ carpella fusco-hispidula," instead of “ car- pella glaberrima.” - 6. R. arcticus, Richardson, in Franklin’s Narrative, p. 741 ; R. affinis, R. Br. var. a, Hook, Fl. B. Am. p.12. t.6. f. Ava; .R. affinis, var. leiocarpa, f. microcalyx, Trautv. in. Middendorff’s Sibir. Reise, i. part > p. 62.—Near R. auricomus, f. alpestris, Hrtm., but distinguished by the channelled peduncles and smooth carpels, whose form and tex- ture agree with Hooker's figure. Found at. Cross Bay in flower and fruit on 10th August. PAPAVERACE®, Juss. T. Papaver nudicaule, L.— One of the most general and hardy plants of Spitzbergen, found wherever the ground is free from eternal ice and snow, and thriving rather better in a soil free. from organie consti- PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 137 tuents.— Walden Island, Parry; Seven Island, Nordenskiöld ; and Brandywine: Bay, lat. 80? 24! N., 100. ft. above the sea; Torell saw it on the mountains, often near the snow-line, under lat. 80° N.. The first flowers were seen Ist July, and on 31st July ripe seed-pods were found... Like most Spitzbergen plants, this continues to flower until the end of August. CRUCIFERA, Juss. 8, Cardamine pratensis, L.—Very scarce on the western coast up to Ice Sound, where it is found in September. Sydkap, Keilhau ; Bellsund, Vahl.and Ch. Martins. 9. C. bellidifolia, L.—VWery general where the ground is free from snow in summer ; luxuriant on the low islets of the northern coast and at Hinlopen Strait. Higher than 2-300 ft. above the sea, under lat. 09. N., it becomes more scarce, but was nevertheless found at Hinlopen Strait at an altitude of 800 ft.; Walden Island, Parry ; Seven Island, Nordenskiéld.-—It is in flower in the beginning of July, and has ripe pods at the end of the month. 10. Arabis alpina, L.—Magdalena Bay, 300 ft. above the sea. 11. Parrya arctica, R. Br., in Parry.—Hecla Cove, Parry. When I visited Hecla Cove at the end of June, the vegetation was so little advanced that this plant could not be found. Parry’s Expedition re- mained all the summer there, leaving it only in the end of August. 19. Eutrema Edwardsii, R. Br.—Bellsund, Vahl and Ch. Martins. 13. Braya purpurascens, R. Br. Ledeb.; B. glabella, Richards., in Franklin's Narrative, p. 743 ; B. arctica, Hook. in Parry.—On sandy and gravelly ridges on the north and north-east coast. At Lomme Bay in flower and fruit, 23rd August, at Cross Bay in fruit 31st July, and at King’s Bay on 15th August. Hecla Cove, Parry; and Bell- sund, Vahl. H. Draba alpina, L., Whg., Hooker, Br.—Abundant along all the coasts and on all the islets.’ In flower at Treurenburg in the end of June. It varies greatly as to the size and shape of the pods, and also as to whether they are smooth, or more or less hairy. 15. D. glacialis, Adams, var. y, Hook. Fl. B. Am. i. p. 51 (non D? glacialis, Smflt. Spitzb. Fl.).*— Augusti Bay, 600 ft. above the sea, in flower and fruit 5th August. Faggian * Draba glacialis, Swflt., of which I have seen authentic specimens from Blyit, 188 — PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 16. D. pauciflora ?, R. Br.— Very general on the northern coast and at Hinlopen Strait, but very rare on the western coast, whence I have seen only one specimen from Ice Sound. In flower on the north-east- ern side, lat. 80°, 7th July; with ripe pods at Brandywine Bay, 27th July. General at Augusti Bay, Treurenburg Bay, and Lomme Bay. 17. D. micropetala ?, Hook. in Parry ; D. oblongata, Smfit. (Spitzb. Flora).—North-eastern side, lat. 80°, out of flower 7th July; Wide Bay, in flower, 12th ; Brandywine Bay, in fruit, 27th July. According to W. J. Hooker, Sabine gathered this in Spitzbergen, probably on Nor- way Island, Jat. 80°, where he had his observatory. It is not found on the west coast, but Keilhau got it on Stans Foreland. 18. D. nivalis, Liljebl.; D. muricella, Wbg. Fl. Dan. fig. 2417.— Scarce, as far as Brandywine Bay. In flower on the north-eastern side, lat. 80°, 7th, at Wide Bay 11th, and in fruit at Brandywine Bay 29th July. Found also at Cross Bay, Magdalena Bay, and Ice Sound. 19. D. arctica, Fl. Dan. 2294.—Hitherto gathered only at Bellsund by Vahl, and at Ice Sound by Nordenskiöld. 20. D. corymbosa, R. Br.; Fl. Dan. 2418.—Magdalena Bay and Bellsund, rare, Nordenskidld.- : $1... ~~ R. Br.; Fl. Dan. 2421.—West coast as far as Magdalena Bay, sca © 92. D. hirta; Lis; ks Dan. 2422.—More general than the prece- ding, to which intermediate forms seem to unite it. Found on the Norse Islands, at King's Bay, and Ice Sound. : 23. D. Wahlenbergii, Hrtm.; Fl. Dan. 2420.— Here and there on the north and west coasts. Flowered in the first part of July at Treurenburg Bay, Wide Bay, and in the north-east. Found also at Lomme Bay, Cross Bay, King’s Bay, Magdalena Bay, Ice Sound, and Bellsund.* 24. Cochlearia fenestrata, R. Br. in Pa Cochlearize Anglieze proxima species et vix distincta: - Var. a. typica. Spithamea vel pedalis, erecta, foliis radicalibus reniformi-cordatis eito deeiduis, caulinis spathulato-oblongis subdentatis, infimis petiolatis, siliculis subvenosis ovato-ovalibus rarius subglobosis. _is_ pretty ep in Spitzbergen ; it is peculiar, probably a new species, near D. Tee Bie * Draba incana, L., is given as a Spitzbergen plant by Dr, J. D. Hooker, i h y important memo Se on the * Distribution of Arctic Plants, Liun. Trans. xxiii. p. 2 ' London, 1861. PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 139 — Under the bird-cliffs as far as Brandywine Bay, very common. The pods are sometimes nearly spherical. This form has been taken for C. officinalis by Sommerfelt and Vahl. Var. B. prostrata. Minor, 1-3-pollicaris, procumbens, foliis radi- calibus ovatis basi truncatis vel cordatis vel in petiolum decurrentibus, integerrimis vel basi utrinque unidentatis, caulinis sessilibus oblongis subintegris, siliculis. ovati-ellipticis subvenosis.—This variety is the C. Danica of Solander, Hooker, Vahl, and others; it is also the Q. grenlandica of Solander, according to specimens in the Riks Museum. Martin brought it from Spitzbergen in 1758. It is very general on all the coasts and islets. Var. y. levigata. Siliculis angustioribus elliptico-lanceolatis, sub- aveniis a var. prostrata differt.—On sand near the shore, scarce along the north and west. I kave found transition forms between all these varieties. I have consequently reduced to a single species the five hitherto recorded as from Spitzbergen. C. officinalis, L., Smflt. and Vahl, belongs to var. typica; C. Danica, Solander, Hooker, and Vahl, is var. prostrata, as is also Solander’s C. grenlandica ; C. Anglica, R. Br. and Smflt., is a transition form between var. typica and var. prostrata. I have re- tained R. Brown's name, C. fenestrata, in preference to the older Linnean €. grenlandica, because R. Brown's description enabled us first unmistakably to recognize the species. SILENACEÆ, Braun. 25. Silene acaulis, Li.—On sand- and gravel-terraces at the base of the mountains, on the northern and western coasts, not very scarce. At Magdalena Bay it has been found 2000 ft. above the sea. In flower at Treurenburg Bay and Wide Bay early in July, and with ripe seed- vessels at Smerenburg Bay 1st September. 26. JFahlbergella apetala, L., Fr. Lychnis apetala, L., Wbg., R. Br., Hooker; Melandrium apetalum, Fenzl., Ledeb., Hrtm.—North- west coast ; also at Hinlopen Strait, but scarce. Past flower on Norse Island and Cross Bay at the end of July; and seed almost ripe at — Lomme Bay August 24th, and at Ice Sound in September. This plant is more downy than the Scandinavian one, but is otherwise like it. 27. W. affinis, Fr. Herb. Norm. fasc. 9, n. 36.—At Wide Bay in the north. Early in July in flower. This differs from the preceding in 140 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. its more tender habit, erect flower, compressed, narrow, not inflated calyx, and longer petals. The Spitzbergen plant is an annual. Tt dif- fers from Lychnis triflora, Fl. Dan. fig. 2173, which Hartman quotes as a synonym. ALSINACEA, Bartl. 28. Stellaria Edwardsii, R. Br.; S. longipes, Goldie, var. humilis, Ledeb.; S. nitida, Hooker, in Scoresby, in Linn. Trans.; S. læta, Richards., in Frankl. Narrative, p. 738; 5. longipes, Goldie, Hooker, according to specimens from Beechey Island, in Arctic Ainerica, com- municated by J. D. Hooker to the Riks Muscum.— The smooth form only is found in Spitzbergen. It is very general on mountain-sides and on islets up to Brandywine Bay and Low Island. In flower at Brandywine Bay, 27th July. It is very variable in appearance and in the form of the leaves. 29. S. humifusa, Rottb., Hartman, Hooker; S. crassifolium, B. Wbg.—North and west, rare ; Hecla Cove (Parry), Grahuk, Ice Sound, and Bellsund. In flower at Grahuk in the end of July. 30. Cerastium alpinum, L.—Very general, whenever the eodd i in summer, is free from snow. In flower at Brandywine Bay, high above the sea, 27th July; at Augusti Bay, near the snow-line, and at Mag- dalena Bay, more, than 2000 feet above the sea. At Treurenburg Bay it was in flower 26th June, and in the beginning of July its flowers were to be seen everywhere. This plant varies exceedingly. The most distinct forms are :— a. foliis oblongis vel elliptico-lanceolatis, caule 6—8-pollicari. B. latifolium, Hrtm. Herb. N. Fasc. ix. n. 29 . cespitosum, nob., which I should consider a good species, but for the transition forms. . C. vulgatum, Smfit., belongs to this variety. It may be thus characterized :— C. cespitosum?; caulibus 1—3-floris, inferne glaberrimis, superne pubescentibus ; foliis infimis persistenti- bus, ovato-ovalibus, obtusis, sepe quadrifariam imbricatis (ut in Sazifr. oppositifolia), glaberrimis vel basi ciliatis, foliis summis late ovatis, glabris, eiliatis, bracteis ovatis carinatis, versus apicem margine membranaceis, dense ciliatis, carinaque parce hirsutis; sepalis ovatis, obtusis, apice late membranaceis, petalis calyce 2—3-plo longioribus, apice bifidis; capsula ? C. cespitosum forms close perennial tufts, 2—3 in. broad and 1-} in. PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 141 high, with smooth stems and branchlets. The flower-stalks are seldom higher than 2 inches, and the leaves, compared with the other varieties, are very small. On the north coast this is the most abundant variety. 31. Arenaria ciliata, L., Ledeb.—Very rare ; hitherto found only on the west coast, at King's Bay and Ice Sound.— This differs from the plant of Russian Lappmark in having larger flowers. 32. A. Rossii, R. Br. in Parry.—Very rare; coming into flower at Augusti Bay, 4th August, and at Lomme Bay. - 83. Ammadenia peploides, (L.), Gm.; Arenaria peploides, L., Whg., Hook., DC.; Honekeneya peploides (Ehrh.), Ledeb. ; Halianthus pe- ploides, Fr., Hartm.—On the south-west, at Ice Sound, Nordenskiöld, 1858. The specimens are prostrate, from 3—4 inches high, and in the form of the leaves are near Hartman's var. oblongifolia. 34. Alsine biflora, L.5 Arenaria Scandinavica, Sprg. —On the west coast, up to Magdalena Bay, not rare. In flower at Cross Bay, 31st July ; Magdalena Bay, King's Bay, and Iee Sound, Nordenskidld. 35. 4. rubella, Whg.; Arenaria quadrivalvis, R. Br.; 4. verna, var. 6. glacialis, Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 350; 4. arctica, Smfit. !—As far as Brandywine Bay, very general, both on the north and west, and at Hinlopen Straits. In flower on the north-east, lat, 80?, 7th July, and at Wide Bay early in July, and. afterwards in flower and fruit at Lomme Bay, Augusti Bay, Cross Bay, Ice Sound, and on the southern part of Hinlopen Straits. 36. Sagina nivalis, (Lindbl.), Fr. Herb. Norm. Fasc. xii. n. 51; S. intermedia, Fenzl, in Rupr. Flor. Samojed. p. 25 ; Arenaria cespitosa, J. Vahl, Flor. Dan. fig. 2289; Spergula saginoides, Vahl, Ch. Martins, and Hooker.—Very sparingly on the west and north; on the north- east, lat. 80°, at Treurenberg Bay, Wide Bay, Ice Sound, and Bellsund, Nordenskiöld. Spergula saginoides, Sw., which is quoted by Hooker, Vahl, and Ch. Martins, for Spitzbergen, no doubt belongs to this species. Dryaves, Bartl. 37. Dryas octopetala, L.—Very common up to Brandywine Bay. Reaches the snow-line. In flower on the north-east, lat. 80°, 7th July. Extremely variable in the form of the leaves. In Regel and Tiling’s * Florula Ajanensis," published in the Nouv. Mém. de la Soc. Imp. des Naturalistes de Moscou, vol. xi. p. 81, a variety longifolia of- 142 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA’ OF SPITZBERGEN. D. octopetala, common in Greenland and Arctic America, is described, which is intermediate between that species and D. integrifolia, Vahl; these authors consider this latter species as only a variety of D. octo- etala. In the north of Spitzbergen this var. longifolia occurs very generally, and often in the same tuft with the normal form; but never found it with such entire leaves as the Greenland D. integrifolia, although they were often quite as narrow. I agree, nevertheless, in the opinion of Messrs. Regel and Tiling, that D. integrifolia is only a variety of D. octopetala, L., peculiar to Greenland and the mes of America. 38. Potentilla pulchella, R. Br.; Lehm. Revis. Potent. p. 36; n Keilhaui, Smflt.—West and north, rather rare. Treurenburg Bay, in flower 7th July ; Lomme Bay, past flowering 23rd August ; Ice Sound and Bellsund, Nordenskiöld. 39. P. maculata, (Pourret), Lehm. Revis. Potent. p. 119; P. Salis- burgensis, Henke, Ledeb., Trauv.; P. alpestris, Hall, Fil. sec. Lehm. —1 foot high at King's Bay, in August. 40. P. nivea, L., Lehm. Revis. Potent. p. 165, Hrtm.— Very rare on ` the west and north; Treurenburg- Bay, Hecla Cove, W. J. Hooker, in Parry ; south-western coast, Ice Sound, Nordenskiöld, 1858. Nordens- kióld's specimens are 5—7 inches high, and the leaves silver-white below. 41. P. emarginata, Pursh ; Lehm. Rev. Potent. p. 161.—Pretty ge- neral up to Seven Island, Nordenskiöld. Extends to the snow-line, and was gathered at Magdalena Bay, 2000 feet above the sea. In flower on the north-east, lat. 80°, July 7th; at Wide Bay, July 12th; at Brandywine Bay, July 27th ; past flower in August and September, Lomme Day, Magdalena Bay, and Ice Sound.* SAXIFRAGEJ, Juss. 42. Sazifraga hieracifolia, Waldst. et Kit. Fl. D. 2351.— Rather rare, and as yet only found on the west at Magdalena Bay, 300 feet above the sea ; at King's Bay, in August, the plants were 12 inches in height; Ice Sound and Bellsund, rhon It grows among the loose stones on the mountain-sides. 43. S. nivalis, L., Wbg., De Cind.—Very general on the west, north, and east (Hinlopen Straits), on the mountain-sides ; Augusti Bay, 600 9. Sedum Wet ^ Cand., i d if Linn. Trans. xxiii. p. 2 s recorded for Spitzbergen by Dr. J. D. Hooker, PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 143 feet above the sea; on the north-east, lat. 80°, and at Treurenburg Bay, in flower 6th July ; at Brandywine Bay, 27th July; and still in flower, lst September, in Smerenburg. Specimens from Advent Bay are 10 inches high.— 5S. nivalis, v. tenuis, Wbg., Augusti Bay, 600 feet above sea, and Wide Bay. 44. S. foliolosa, R. Br., Hook. ; 8. stellaris, v. comosa, De Cand. ; Ledeb. Fl. D. 2354; Hrtm.—On the west coast rather rare, on the north very rare ; Treurenburg Bay, Hecla Cove, Parry ; Smerenburg, 1st September, without a flower; King’s Bay, Cross Bay, Ice Sound, and Bellsund. It is not found high above the sea-level, but prefers mossy terraces sheltered by the mountains, e true S. stellaris, L., is not found in Spitzbergen. 45. S. oppositifolia, L.—-Abundant, in small tufts, on sand and gravel ; Walden Island, Parry ; Seven Island, Nordenskiöld ; it is also found on the mountains in the north as high as 1000 feet above the sea, at which height eternal ice and snow generally begins. . Y first gathered it in flower at Treurenburg Bay on the 25th of June, aud Lobserved it still in flower in September. Before leaving Fin- marken, I found this Saxifrage in flower on the 9th of May, at Carlsó, lat. 70° N. 46. S: flagellaris, (Sternb.), R. Br. ; Fl. D. 2353; Fl. B. Am. i. tab. 87, fig. B.—Sparingly up to Brandywine Bay, on. clayey sand and gravel, mostly at the base of the mountains, but also some 700—800 feet above the sea, near the snow-line, at Augusti Bay. The first flowers were seen, 7th July, at Treurenburg Bay and on the north-east, lat. 80°. Like the other Saxifrages, this species was in flower to the end of August. 4T. S. Hirculus, L.—Rather scarce on the west and at Hinlopen Strait (Lomme Bay and Augusti Bay), but not yet found on the north. Found chiefly on the lowest terraces near the sea, which are washed by snoiv-water from the mountains. Hinlopen Strait, in flower all August, and at Ice Sound in September. 48. S. aizoides, L.—Rare, but growing further north and higher on the mountain-sides than S. Hirculus. . Treurenburg Bay, Hecla Cove, Parry. Grows, like the last species, in tufts on mossy spots on the moun- tain-sides, which are always kept damp by the snow-water. Cross Bay, in flower 31st July; Lomme Bay 24th August, 2-300 ft. above the sea. 49. S. cernua, L.—Very common wherever the ground is free from 144 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. snow in summer. It grows in every kind of soil, but thrives best under the bird-cliffs, where it forms small tufts 2—4 inches in dia- meter, and reaches a height of 10 inches; the common height is 5-6 inches. In flower at Treurenburg Bay 6th July, and there seen flowering all summer. Walden Island, Parry ; Seven Island, lat. 80? N., 1000 ft. above the sea, Nordenskiöld. 50. S. rivularis, L.—Pretty general up to Brandywine Bay and Seven Island (Nordenskiöld), and on the mountain-sides to the snow- line. Inflower July 1st, at Treurenburg Bay, and afterwards during the whole summer. Growing in wet moss, it is precisely like the Euro- pean plant; but on gravelly and wet soil, it forms low (1 inch high) and close tufts, unlike the ordinary form in outward appearance, but not differing essentially from it. A remarkable form is the var. hyper- borea, R. Br. in Parry, which is not very rare on the north coast and at Hinlopen Strait. 51. S. cespitosa, L.; S. grenlandica, S. uniflora, R. Br.— General on the coasts and islands up to Brandywine Bay; Walden Island, Parry, and Seven Island, Nordenskiöld. The ordinary form in the north is 8. uniflora, R. Br., which forms close tufts 3—4 inches in diameter, and is found extending from the shore to the snow-line. At Magdalena Bay the typical plant was gathered 2000 ft. above the sea. At Treur- enburg Bay it flowered July 2nd, and continued in flower till. Sep- tember. 52. Chrysosplenium alternifolium, L., var. tetrandrum, Lund.; Th. Fries, Bot. Notiser, 1858, p. 193.—Only met with yet, and but rarely, on the west coast at Bellsund, Ice Sound, and King's Bay. The fruit was nearly ripe, 15th August, at King's Bay. SYNANTHEREE, Rich. 53. Arnica alpina, Murr. Ledeb. ; A. angustifolia, Fl. D. 1524; A. montana, B. Linn. Wbg. Fl. L. p. 210.—With a single flower, some- times with two or three; more than a foot high, the Spitzbergen plants are more beautiful and luxuriant than any we have seen on the mountains of Scandinavia. In full flower at Ice Sound, Green Harbour, some hundred feet abovo the sea, as well as on the plains southward of the entrance to Ice Sound in the beginning of Sep- tember. 54. Erigeron uniflorus, L.; E. eriocephalus, J. Vahl; Fl. D. 2299; PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 145 E. pulchellus, B. Unalaschkensis, DC., fide Ledeb. Fl. R. ; Vahl.— This differs from the Scandinavian plant in the more pointed involucre scales, and in its greater hairiness; but as these are variable characters in the Scandinavian as well as in the North American specimens which I have seen, I have referred this plant to the same species, especially as it agrees with the E. uniflorus of Herb. Norm. 8. n. 8 Found only as yet on the west as far as Magdalena Bay, reaching to 800-1000 feet above the sea. In flower at Cross Day, August 10, and at Ice Sound in September. Attains a height of five inches, and has both white and red flowers. 55. Nardosmia frigida, (L.), Hooker, Ledeb., De Cand.—Tussilago frigida, L.; Petasites frigida, Fr., Hrtm.—Rare on the west. Leaves (1-14 inches in diameter) only were gathered at King’s Bay in August. Leaves were also brought from Ice Sound by Nordenskiöld in 1858. 56. Taraxacum palustre, (Lm.), Fl. D. 1708 ; T. Scorzonera, Rei- chenb., sec. Trautveller, in Middend. Sibir. Reise, i. 2, p. 40.—Like the figure quoted, except that the leaves are not so deeply lobed. Fries’s 7, palustre, Herb. Norm. fase. 13, n. 29, has the leaves more entire, and only half the size of our Spitzbergen plant. King’s Bay, past flowering 13th August; Cross Ba 57. T. phymatocarpum, Vahl, Fl, p. 2298.—Grows sporadically along the whole western and northern coasts. Wide Bay, in flower 10th July; in fruit 23rd August at Lomme Bay; Cross Bay and Ice Sound, and at Hecla Cove, Parry. BoRaGINEA, Juss, 58. Mertensia maritima, (L.), De Cand., Ledeb. ; Pulmonaria mari- tima, L.—Small specimens, 2—3inches high, from the shore at Ice Sound, O. Torell, 1588. PoLEMONIACEA, Juss. 59. Polemonium pulchellum, (Bunge), Ledeb. Fl. Ross. ; P. humile, W. Cham., Linnea, vi. p. 552; P. ceruleum, v. humile, Hook. Fl. B. Amer. ii. p. 71; P. eeruleum, v. nanum, Hook. Linn. Trans. xiv. p. 377.—At Ice Sound, Green Harbour, in September almost out of flower; 4-5 inches high. PERsoNATE, Linn. 60. Pedicularis hirsuta, L., Wbg., Hook., Ledeb.—Scattered along the west, north, and east (Hinlopen Strait) coasts. d Bay, in VOL. II. [MAY 1, 1864.] 146 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. flower 14th July; Magdalena Bay (8-9 inches long), Augusti Bay, and Ice Sound, in fruit in the end of August and the beginning of September. ERICINEJE, Juss. 61. Andromeda tetragona, L., Wbg., Hook., Fr. ; Cassiope tetragona, Don, De Cand., Ledeb.—On sand and gravel along the west, north, and east coasts, but scarce. At Lomme Bay, 300 feet above the sea ; Treurenburg Bay, in flower 4th July, and Wide Bay 12th July. EMPETREA, Nutt. 62. Empetrum nigrum, L., Bellsund, Vahl, and Ch. Martins. PoLYGONES, Juss. 63. Polygonum viviparum, L.—Very general, on spots of rich soil, as far as Brandywine Bay. Rises 600 feet above the sea, under lat. 80°. The typical plant is most common on the west, but on the north the var. alpinum, Wbg. Wide Bay, in flower 14th July; Augusti Bay, 4th August ; but past flowering in the end of July, on Norse Is- land, and in the beginning of August at Magdalena and Cross Bays. [63*. Kenigia Islandica, L.—On the west coast, O. Torell, 1858.] 64. Oxyria digyna, (L.), Campd. ; Rumex digynus, L.; Rheum di- gynum, Wbg. ; Ozyria reniformis, Hook.—In similar localities with P. viviparum, but more general and with a wider range, being found wherever the moss has formed a suitable soil. Seven Island, and on the mountain-sides to the snow-line, Nordenskiöld. Generally 3-5 inches high, with root-leaves 4 inch in diameter; but on richer spots, under lat. 80°, it attains a height of 8 inches, with root-leaves 1-13 inches broad. Treurenburg Bay, in flower 28th June; in the begin- ning of July it was generally in bloom. SALICINEJXE. 65. Salix reticulata, L.—Bellsund, Vahl; his specimens are in the Riks Museum. The leaves are very small, being about 4 inch broad. 66. S. polaris, Wbg. Fl. Lap. 261, tab. xiii. fig. 1; S. herbacea, Sol., Hooker, in Parry.—This Willow is found wherever moss or soil covers the rock. The stem is generally not more than 1 line in diameter, though rarely, under very favourable conditions, it may be found as THE GENUS ASCOBOLUS. 147 thick as one’s little finger, with large leaves (£ of an inch broad) and branches as thick as the ordinary stems. One of the most common plants found in the extreme north-west islands, and on the highest mountains, as far as vegetation is possible. Blooming branchlets were seen at Treurenburg Bay, in the end of June and throughout the summer. (The remainder in our next number.) THE GENUS ASCOBOLUS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BRITISH SPECIES. By M. C. Cooxz. This genus has of late received so many additions, that it becomes numerically important, and through the successful investigations of Messrs. Broome and Currey, of breed interest to the British mycologist. In Fries’s Syst. Myc. only 11 species are enumerated, whilst the present number is not less than 34. For the species added since the publication of Fries’s work, we are indebted to the Rev. M. J. Berkeley for 1, to Beccari for 1, to Preuss for 2, to Mr. Currey for 3, and to the brothers Crouan for 14. According to our present knowledge, the genus would appear to be essentially European, one m only (A. furfuraceus, P.) having been recorde g beyond this limit, viz. in Chili, and that one of the most common of European forms. In Europe the species seem to be confined to the countries of the west; all those discovered by the Messrs. Crouan having been found near Brest, and 4 others of the new species in Great Britain. Of the 34 species, 16 are British, and 3 of these are at present peculiar to the United Kingdom, whilst 13 are found also on the Continent. These remarks may not however long remain true, for it is exceedingly probable that a wider range will be ascertained for the distribution of the genus when the minute fungi of Eastern Europe, as well as of the rest of the world become better known. Recently Mr. Currey detected his 4. saccharinus on old leather from the Simplon, and the other species, first found by him, will also probably soon be found elsewhere in Eu A large number of the species enumerated have site natural habitat f 148 THE GENUS ASCOBOLUS. on the exerement of various animals, a few only are found on plants, and two on old rags or leather. External features have been taken advantage of to arrange the mem- bers of the genus in the following synopsis, in preference to a sole re- gard to the microscopical structure or disposition of the fruit. How- ever important such features may be in the determination of species, they could scarcely have been made satisfactorily available in the sub- division of the genus. The occurrence of sixteen sporidia in each ascus in Ascobolus sexdecimsporus, and of thirty-two in 4. Pelletieri, is not without importance. The expulsion of the spores in 4, Kerverni in a mass enclosed in a special inner membrane does not appear to be confined to that species, but will probably be found to be very general throughout the genus. n rendering this synopsis as complete as it is, I am indebted to the courteous assistance of Messrs. Currey and Broome, for details and drawings of the fructification of several species.. ASCOBOLUS, Pers. Receptacle orbicular, marginate. Disk patellæform. Asci exploded (Berk, Outl. p. 374). I. EcurNaTA.—Ezfernally spiny, hairy or papillose. 1. A. porphyrosporus, Fr. 2. A. pulcherrimus, Crouan. 3. A. papillatus, Wally. JI. FunFUROSA.— Ezlernally furfuraceous or mealy. * Stipitate. 4. A. lignatilis, 4. and S. ** Sessile. 5. A. furfuraceus, Pers. 6. A. viridis, Curr. *** Immersed. 7. A. immersus, Pers. 8. A. sphæricus, Preuss. III. LvircATA.— Erternally smooth, with or without a ciliated margin. '* Substipitate. 9. A. denudatus, Fr. Growing on dung. THE GENUS ASCOBOLUS. 149 ** Sessile. T Margin ciliate or lobed. . A. ciliatus, Schm. . A. insignis, Crouan. . A. vinosus, Berk. . A. Crouani, Cooke ( 4. miniatus, Cr., non Preuss.) TT Margin entire. . A. glaber, Pers. . A. carneus, Pers. . A. cinereus, Crouan. . A. erugineus, Fr. A. granuliformis, Crowan. . A. microscopicus, Crouan. . A. argenteus, Curr. . A. albidus, Crouan. . A. pilosus, Fr. . A. macrosporus, Crouan. . A. Kerverni, Crouan. . A. sexdecimsporus, Crouan. . A. Pelletieri, Crouan. . A. testaceus, Wallr. . A. saccharinus, B. and Curr. . A. Cree’hqueraultii, Crovan. . A. immarginatus, Beccari. 31. 82. 33. 34. A. miniatus, Preuss. A. coccineus, Crouan. A. Brassicee, Crouan. A. Trifolii, Bernh. Descriptions of the species found in this country are appended. Several of the new species found by the brothers Crouan around Brest were detected in this country last autumn by Mr. C. E. Broome, speci- mens of which have been added by him to the herbarium of the British Museum. It is not improbable that others may yet be met with in parts of the country beyond the range of Mr. Broome's excursions. 150 THE GENUS ASCOBOLUS. Two of the species found by Mr. Currey are now described by him ' for the first time. BRITISH SPECIES. 5. AsCOBOLUS FURFURACEUS, Pers. ; sessile, slightly concave, brown or greenish, externally furfuraceous ; asci elavate, with an inner separable membrane ; sporidia al- mond-shaped, biseriate rugose, amethyst-purple. Pers. Obs. i. t. 4. f. 3-6; Fr. Sys. Myc. ii. p. 163; Grev. Fl. Ed. p. 426 ; Sc. Crypt. Fl. t. 307; Berk. Eng. Fl. v. p. 209; Outl. p. 374; Currey, Liun. Trans. xxiv. t. xxv. f. 9, 10; Cooke, Ind. Fung. n. 1888. Peziza stercoraria, Bull. t. 376, 538. f. 4; Sow. t. 18, 389. f. 3-6 ; With. iv. p. 309. P. fusca, Bolt. t. 109, f. 2 ; With. x. p. 309. P. violacea, Relh. 558. P. atra, Huds. Fl. Ang. 637 ; With. iv. p. 313. On cow-dung, all the year. Very common. Fig. 1. Ascus and sporidia : magnified. 6. ASCOBOLUS VIRIDIS, Curr. ; sessile, plane or very slightly con- eave, of a dark, dingy, yellowish-green colour, externally very furfura- ceous, almost tomentose ; sporidia elliptic-acuminate, rugoso-striate, amethyst purple. Curr. in Linn. Trans. xxiv. p. 154, 1863; Cooke, Ind. Fung. Brit. n. 1889. On clay ground, Hanham woods, near Bristol. October 15, 1861. (F. Currey.) Leigh wood, Bristol, September, 1848. (C. E. Broome.) 9. ASCOBOLUS DENUDATUS, Fr. ; gregarious, yellow- ish-green, smooth, turbinate, substipitate; disk plane. [Asci clavate; paraphyses simple; sporidia eight, violet- coloured when mature, irregularly rugose, ovate or elliptic, 0:0007—0:0008 in. long.] Fries, Sys. Myc., ii. p. 164. On old fir-poles (Fries). On the ground attached to little roots, ete. Marlborough Forest. October I5 1863 (C. E. Broome). Fig. 2. Asus, sporidia, and paraphysis : magnified. 10. AscoBoLus CILIATUS, Schm. ; sessile, subhemi- Fi& 2. spherical, smooth, orange; disk plane; margin swollen, white, fringed with white hairs ; asci large; sporidia broadly elliptic. THE GENUS ASCOBOLUS. 151 Schmidt, Myc. Hefte, i. p. 90; Pers. Myc. Eur. i. p. 340; Fr. Sys. Myc. ii. p. 164; Berk. Eng. Fl. v. p. 209; Outl. p. 374; Cooke, Index, Fung. Brit. n. 1891. On eow-dung. Autumn. 19. AscoBoLvs VINOSUS, B.; sessile, at first globose, then de- ressed, smooth, dull purple, orifice laciniate; asci nearly linear, thickest at their tips. Sporidia elliptical, rugose, at first colourless then purple, eventually brown, 0:0008 to 0:0009 inch long. Berk. Eng. Flora, v. p. 209; Outl. p. 374; Cooke, Iud. Fung. Brit. n. 1890. On rabbit-dung 12. SOME CA CROUANI; colour of minium, sessile, fleshy, - smooth, first urceolate, then hemispherical; hymenium flat, surrounded by a more or less incised, soft, white, membra- naceous frill; asci wide, straight or ineurved, enclosing eight round sporidia, each one having a large nucleus in the centre, surrounded by a circle of smaller ones; paraphyses filamentous, simple or forked, thickened at the apex, and much longer than the asci ; receptacle composed of round or oval cellules, very small, closely packed, intermixed with articulated, hyaline, anastomosing, or confluent filaments. Ascobolus miniatus, Crouan (non Preuss), Ann. des Sc. Nat. 1858, vol. x. p. 197. t. 13. f. I 44-47. On the earth, amongst small mosses. Autumn. (C. E. Broome.) Fig. 3. Ascus, sporidia, and paraphyses : magnified 120. I have altered the specific name miniatus, as it was pre- viously employed by Preuss for a different species (Linnza, 1851, p. 147). Nearly half the number of species described and recorded at the present time are due to the investigations of the Messrs. Crouan, of Brest. 14. AscOBOLUS GLABER, Pers. ; sessile, minute, smooth, shining, somewhat convex, marginate, colour variable from white or orange to vinous- brown; asci nearly equal; sporidia at first hya- line, then amber-coloured, at length den: violet, reticulated, 0:0009—0:001 in. long. Fig. 4. 152 THE GENUS ASCOBOLUS. Pers. Obs. i. t. 4. f. 7; Syn. p. 667; Fr. Sys. Myc. ii. p. 164; Berk. Eng. Fl. v. p. 209; Outl. p. 374; Cooke, Ind. Fung. Brit. n. 1892 On cow-dung. Autumn. (Berk.) On rabbits’ dung. Autumn, 1863. Bathford and Ascot. (C. E. Broome.) Fig. 4. Ascus and sporidia, magnified, with sporidium still further magnified. 15. AscOBOLUS CARNEUS, Pers.; gregarious, minute, sessile, plane, immarginate, smooth, flesh-coloured. Pers. Syn. p. 676; Fr. Sys. Myc. ii. p. 165; Berk. Outl. Fung. p. 374; Cooke, Iud. Fung. Brit. n. 1894. On cow-dung. Autumn. 17. ASCOBOLUS JERUGINEUS, Fr. ; gregarious, sessile, nearly plane, marginate, smooth, greenish. Fries, Obs. ii. p. 310; Sys. Myc. ii. p. 164. 4. marginatus, Schum. Saell. ii. p. 43 7 horse-dung. August. Mr. Broome finds an Ascobolus near Bath, which he considers to be this species. 18. ASCOBOLUS GRANULIFORMIS, Crouan ; ‘sessile, spherical, pale yellow-ochre, translucent, opaque in the centre, smooth ; asci very small, wide, enclosing eight, hyaline, oval sporidia ; paraphyses colourless, thickened into a club-shape at their apex; receptacle formed by an anastomosing, reticulated, filamentous tissue of an extreme thinness Crouan, in Ann. des Sc. Nat. 1858, vol. x. p. 196. t. 13. f. 27-31. Common on cow-dung, in October and November, Fig. 5. 1863. (C. E. Broome.) Fig. 5. Ascus, sporidia, and paraphysis : magnified 120. -20. ASCOBOLUS ARGENTEUS, Curr. ; gregarious, exceedingly minute, barely visible to the naked eye, subpyriform, of a silvery-white colour; sporidia elliptical, colourless, 0:0005 jade long. F. Currey, in litt. ; On cow-dung, Eltham. November, Fig. 6. 1863. (C. E. Broome.) Fig. 6. Asci and sporidia: magnified 430. E EN SD THE GENUS ASCOBOLCS. 153 23. ASCOBOLUS MACROSPORUS, Crouan; very small, of a clear greenish-yellow, smooth, suboylin- dric or hemispherical ; hymenium flat; asci large and wide, enclosing eight, very large, ovoid spori- dia, surrounded by a wide hyaline membrane, pur- ple-violet ; paraphyses colourless, filiform ; recep- tacle small, the cellules which compose it anasto- mose and form a reticulated tissue. . Crouan, in Ann. des Se. Nat. 1857, vol. vii. p. 74, t. 4, 5-8. On old cow-dung in the environs of Brest. Fig. 7. (Crouan.) On sheep and horse dung. Autumn, 1863. Batheaston. (C. E. Broome.) Fig. 7. Ascus, sporidia, and paraphyses : magnified 120. 94. ASCOBOLUS KERVERNI, Crouan; very small (34-75 inch diameter), fine golden-yellow, sessile, hemispherical, . sometimes subcylindrical; hymenium flat or convex; asci wide, incurved, enclosing eight elliptical spores, first white, then rosy, and finally of a beautiful violet, disposed at the summit of the ascus, in an oblong mass, enclosed a hyaline membrane; paraphyses simple, filiform, a sic thickened at their summit, and of a yellow colour ; receptacle composed of a thin filamentous tissue, anasto- mosing in a reticulated manner. Fig. 8. Cronan, in Ann. des Se. Nat. 1858, vol. x. p. 193. t. 13. f. B 7-11. In small groups upon old cow-dung. Bathford. October, 1863. (C. E. Broome.) Fig. 8. Ascus, sporidia, and paraphyses : magnified 120. 5. ASCOBOLUS S ,Crouan; white, then whitish-grey, at length of a clear yellowish-white, minute, sessile, hemispherical ; hymenium flat or slightly convex ; asci small, wide, enclosing sixteen, ovoid, hyaline spores ; paraphyses numerous, colourless, simple or branched be- low, straight or eurved at the apex, where they are a little thickened ; receptacle non-gelatinous, composed of very small hexagonal cellules. Crouan, in Ann. des Se. Nat. 1858, vol. x. p. 195. t. 13. f. E 21-26. Fig. 9. 154 CORRESPONDENCE. In marshes, on the droppings of cows and horses. Hanham, near Bristol. October, 1863. (C. E. Broome.) g. 9. Aseus, sporidia, and paraphyses : magnified 120. 28. AsCOBOLUS SACCHARINUS, B. and Curr.; scat- tered or crowded; disk almost hemispherical when young, afterwards expanded and plane, of a reddish- pink, or salmon colour, when dry paler towards the margin; plant attached at the base by white downy threads; hymenium somewhat glistening, looking as if sprinkled with minute particles of brown sugar; sporidia elliptical, colourless, 0:0007 to 0:0008 inch, long. F. Currey, in litt. ; Berk. Outl. p. 374; Cooke, Ind. Fung. n. 1895. On old leather, and also on old rag. Chiselhurst Kent. Ege Currey. - 10. Ascus and sporidia : magnified 430. $4. ASCOBOLUS TRIFOLII, Bernh.; sessile, epi- phyllous, minute, rather plane, smooth, pale yellow. Sporidia elliptical, rather minute, sometimes with a Fig. 10. nucleus at each end. v. Bernh. St. Rar. t, 6. f. 3; Fr. Sys. Myc. ii. p. 165; Desmz. n. 520; Berk. Eng. Fl. v. p. 209; Outl. p. 374; Cooke, Ind. Fung. Brit. n. 1893. : On living clover-leaves. id CORRESPONDENCE. Calluna vulgaris in Newfoundland. Glasnevin, 12th April, 1864. en I read the note from ‘Silliman’s Journal’ by Asa Gray, quoted in the J ci of Botany’ for January, 1863, relative to the common Ling, Calluna vulgaris, having been lately discovered in the State of Massachusetts, with the further notice that De la Pylaie had at an earlier date mentioned it as a native of Newfoundland, I intended to send you a note confirming the cor- rectness of the latter part of the sentence, but, like more good intentions, it was not carried out at the proper time, and consequently lost sight of. I have, CORRESPONDENCE. 155 however, been again reminded of the circumstance, by seeing in the last num- ber of the * Natural History Review’ a short article on the same subject, by H. C. Watson. I shall therefore, without more delay, endeavour to record my story, which establishes the fact that our common Ling Heath is found in Newfoundland. In the year 1852 Mr. Ensor, of Dublin, brought to me from Newfoundland a number of plants of Sarracenia purpurea, and along with them two tufts of the common Ling Heath, which he told me grew in considerable quantities on a grew, and is still living in this garden. It is what we would call a slender- growing variety if found in Britain, and what is more remarkable, either from being long accustomed to be covered with snow in winter, or from being naturally The Horticultural Society’s Prizes for County Herbaria. The Council of the Horticultural Society offers prize medals for the best 'eounty-collections of dried British plants, as reported in the *Journal of Botany, No. XV. p. 96. These prizes are stated to be * for the encouragement of the study of scientific botany amongst all classes." This avowed purpose can hardly be held otherwise than a commendable and desirable end to be at- tained, whatever may be thought of the means by which it is sought to be effected ected, Professor Babington decidedly objects to the prizes, on grounds sufficiently explained by himself on page 124 of the succeeding number of the Journal ; causing the extirpation of our rarest plants. No doubt the great majority of scientific botanists will concur with Professor Babington in deprecating any such encouragement to extirpation, if this must be expected as a probable con- sequence. The Professor appears to assume that “best” collections will be understand to mean those which contain examples of the rarest or most local species; and that is undoubtedly the usual reading of the adjective when ap- plied to herbariums. : But is there no modification or middle course which may still educe the good results expected from the offer of these prizes, and yet avoid the ill con- sequences apprehended? It seems easy enough to hit upon a plan which will suit the dilemma, by keeping the good and eliminating the ill tendencies. Sup- pose that the prizes are offered for a fixed number (say 300 or 400) of the commoner species of the county; the tests of goodness being the completeness and condition of the specimens, the correctness of their nomenclature, ete. ; but rare or very local species not being counted at all, or (better) expressly bidden. Common plants are just as suitable for botanical study as rarities, even more suitable for young botanists. And as common plants are attainable 156 NEW PUBLICATIONS. with small sacrifice of time and money, a larger number of competitors would be couraged among the employed classes, few of whom could spare the time and outlay that would be needlessly — in making complete collections of rarities for tracts so large as a whole coun: Notwithstanding the mention of “all die it is presumed that the o prizes must be chiefly intended to stimulate young gardeners, and perhaps others of te prizes ; and it may be added, without wishing to suggest: offensive compari- suecessful competition on the part of employed gardeners and others able to spare little of either? he prizes for * new species found growing in the United Kingdom," it is to be feared that such prizes will tend to introduce foreign species, quite as much as the other prizes will tend to extirpate native — unless much caution be used in awarding the medals. Hewerr C. WATSON. NEW PUBLICATIONS. English Botany, 3rd edition. Edited by J. T. Boswell Syme, F.L.S., the popular portion by Mrs. Lankester. Vols. I. and II. London: Hardwicke. We have already (Vol. I. p. 26) devoted a few pages to the explana- tion of the general method according to which the new edition of ‘ En- glish Botany’ is planned, and, now that the end of the second volume is reached, it seems to be a suitable time to fulfil our promise of re- turning to the work with a view of speaking more particularly respect- ing points of detail. ‘The two volumes are made up of fourteen monthly issues, and carry us to the end of Thalamiflore, including Ilex, Montia, and Polycarpon. For the whole of Europe, Nyman’s * Sylloge’ enume- rates under the subclass rather less than 300 genera, and on the average rather more than 8 species to a genus; and for Britain the ‘London Catalogue’ makes mention of 89 genera and 269 species, inclusive of several manifest introductions, As the work proceeds, what indeed was manifest from the beginning becomes fully apparent, how much cause all who are interested in the progress of British botany have to congratulate themselves that the NEW PUBLICATIONS. 157 editorship of the scientific portion of the new series has fallen into the hands of Mr. Syme. He has been so placed that he has had excellent opportunities of studying the plants of different parts of Britain, both ina living and dried state. He knows well the recent. Continental Floras, not only Koch, and Fries, and Grenier and Godron, but also - Jordan and Boreau, and the beautiful illustrated volumes of Reichen- bach. He has studied with care the plants of continental Europe of which he has had dried specimens at command ; and he has duly read the ‘Cybele Britannica,’ and pays it the only kind of compliment which is really worth anything, by habitually using it. | The principal novelty of the book is the adoption, in classify ing forms of plants according to their degree of distinctiveness, of an in- termediate stepping-stone between the variety and the species of full rank, and it is a plan which has several manifest advantages. The fault of Mr. Bentham’s method of treating the British flora is, that by ignoring all forms and combinations of forms which he himself cannot readily define and characterize, he sacrifices real truth of nature for the sake of mere artificial symmetry of classification, and of mere conveni- ence of conventional expression. The fault of Messieurs Jordan and Boreau's plan is, that they place combinations of extremely unequal value upon an equality with one another, and thus they also violate the real truth of nature. It seems to us that the best work which these latter authors have done is one that they have done unconsciously their labours have helped us very much to understand the real na- ture of what we call species, their books having especially tended to force into prominence the amount of difference that there is between * species ” as differently treated, a point which Mr. Watson had in- sisted upon so strongly, and elucidated so clearly in the fourth volume of the ‘Cybele.’ Mr. Syme, as has been explained already, adopts three grades of classification subordinate to genus, which he calls variety, subspecies, and species ; his variety being somewhat more than equal to the “ species” of the French analysts, his subspecies being nearly equal to the “ species” of Babington's * Manual,’ and his species of full rank being considerably less than equal to a “ species" of Bentham s * Handbook; and the result, as practically expressed in these two volumes is, we think, a more real and fuller expression of the truth of nature in this matter than has been attained by any other author. It is hardly needful, after what has been already said, to adduce any 158 NEW PUBLICATIONS. further illustrations bearing upon this point. "We give in preference a list of the plants which have been drawn afresh or figured for the first time by Mr. J. E. Sowerby for this edition, and by Mr. J. W. Salter, for Vol. V. of the Supplement to Eng. Botany, the plates of which, when necessary, are previously published here. Thalictrum alpinum. Fumaria pallidiflora. Isatis tinctoria. T. minus. i is. Helianthemum Breweri. T. Kochii. - Raphanus maritimus. Viola Riviniana. T. saxatile Matthiola incana. V. Reichenbachiana Harvat heterophyl- Cardamine hirsuta. Polygala depressa. Barbarea arcuata austriac R. smia B. stricta. Sagina ciliata. R. hederaceus. B. intermedia, Spergularia rub R. reptans. Cochlearia anglica. Claytonia perfoliata. Eranthis hyemalis. Draba verna, and subspe- Cerastium pumilum. Helleborus fætidus. cies, Geranium lucidum, H. viridis. Camelina fætida. Oxalis stricta Aquilegia vulgaris. Thlaspi sylvestre. Impatiens parviflons. Nuphar intermedium. T. occitanum. Hypericum Androsemum. Papaver Lecogii. Iberis amara. H. hircinum. Chelidonium majus. Lepidium sativum. Rhamnus Frangula. Besides these, four recent discoveries are described and figured, three of which, Viola arenaria, Sagina nivalis, and Hypericum Bæticum or undulatum, have been already introduced to our readers, and the fourth of which, Brassica (Diplotaxis) viminea, though said to have been ga- thered by the Rev. W. W. Newbould in one of the Channel Islands, we have reason for suspecting to be a doubtfully native plant. Of subordinate forms, treated by some authors as species, which Mr. Syme describes, and which have not been previously (at any rate fully) in- troduced to the attention of British botanists, the following are the principal :— . laine. Thalictrum riparium, Jord. T. Morisoni, Reich. Ranunculus Bachii, sh Caltha Guerangerii, Bor. Nuphar intermedium, Led. — Mr. Syme as a uM. Pone vnd Suis fluitans. R. aeris. Ditto. Ditto Caltha ces Nuphar lutea NEW PUBLICATIONS. 159 Helianthemum vineale, Pers. Helianthemum canum. Polygala ciliata, Lebel. Polygala vulgaris. Alsine laxa, Jord. Alsine tenuifolia. A. hybrida, Vill. Ditto. Hypericum microphyllum, Jord. Hypericum perforatum. Geranium modestum, Jord. Geranium Robertianum. The figures of the “critical” groups included in the subclass, as for instance, of the Batrachoid Ranunculi, the Violas of the canina group, the Thlaspis of the alpestre group, with which in almost every instance great pains seems to have been taken, will materially aid in the identifica- tion of the plants. Judging from the specimens we have seen of the Cambridgeshire Thalictrum, which is figured under the name of sazatile, the peduncles are sometimes as cernuous as in the other British species, and the secondary bracts not invariably entire, so that Wallroth’s name of collinum would appear to be the one that is properly applicable. Of a tall-branched Thalictrum, from the Flintshire station, which Mr. Syme mentions, we have seen an extensive series of specimens, and the carpels are clearly gibbous, and in other respects the plant agrees with r. Syme's minus var. montanum. In authentic specimens. of Boreau's Ranunculus rectus, the rootstock is quite oblique, and the beak not nearly half as long as the body of the carpel. In Mr. Syme's account of Papaver Lecogii, a misprint of “length” instead of “ breadth ” seri- ously mars the description. As regards the colour of the sap, authors are by no means in accordance. M. Lamotte, the original describer, attributes to P. Lecogii sap which turns yellow upon exposure. Boreau says nothing about the sap. - M. Crepin says that P. Lecogii is the only one of the four segregates that has yellow sap, and upon this Mr. Babington and Mr. Syme ground their nomenclature. But M. Reuter (Cat. Plant. Genev. 2 edit. p. 9) tells us that P. collinum has yellow sap, and describes the sap of P. Lecogit, to which he agrees with Boreau in attributing bipinnate stem-leaves, capsule attenuated at the base, and stigmatie rays reaching to the edge of the disk, as greenish at first, and becoming white upon exposure. Of Violas of the odorata group, M. Jordan describes eighteen species, inclusive of hirta and odorata, most of them apparently intermediate in character between our well-known British representatives of the two names. Geranium purpureum, E. B. 8. 2648, Mr. Syme identifies with G. minutiflorum of Jordan. Erodium pilosum, of Jordan and Boreau, the Geranium * * 160 NEW PUBLICATIONS. pilosum of Thuillier, which has been found by Mr. H. 8. Fisher in the neighbourhood of Liverpool, is worthy of further attention. It is well figured in Reichenbach’s ‘Icones, and is said to differ mainly from Æ. cicutarium by its invariably and truly bipinnate leaves. We hope on a future occasion, as the work progresses, to return to it again. Pinetum Britannicum: a Descriptive Account of all Hardy Trees of the Pine Tribe cultivated in Great Britain. With Faesimiles of original Drawings made for the Work. Edinburgh and London: Private press of Peter Lawson and Son. Folio. The first three parts of this work have come to hand, and they con- tain figures and descriptions of Picea nobilis, Pinus Lambertiana, Picea Cephalonica, and Picea Pinsapo. Both the plates and the letterpress, especially the latter, are done satisfactorily; and the only incon- venience of which working botanists have to complain is, that the plates are not numbered and the letterpress is not paged consecutively, so that on the completion of the work it will be difficult to find a plant. The dissections on the plates ought also to have been lettered. At the close of the ‘Pinetum ° a. synoptical table will be printed, in which all the species of Conifere hardy in Great Britain will be classi- ed. We regret not to find the name of the author on the title-page, as it would have imparted to the work a scientific value to which no anonymons publication, however ably executed, can lay claim. His name has been mentioned to us, but as there were probably sound reasons for not making it public, we refrain from repeating jt. We shall return to this work after more parts have been issued. * Species Filicum. Part XVII. By Sir W. J. Hooker. London: Dulau and Co. In this part the distinguished author carries the genus Polypodium to the 395th species. The work will be completed in the next part, now almost réady, when we shall have a complete enumeration of this Order of plants, with numerous illustrations of interesting and other- wise unfigured species. We defer till then any lengthened notice of this important publication, which must be in the hands of every one who would do any satisfactory work with Filices. 161 ON A NEW SPECIES OF BOUSSINGAULTIA. By Joun Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., ETC. (Prate XVIIL) The genus Boussingaultia was founded, in 1825, by Kunth, on a plant from the Ecuador region, which was then described and figured by him; he placed it in Chenopodee, pointing out its affinity to Basella and Anredera. Subsequently the family of the Basellacee was es- tablished by Moquin-Tandon, who placed Boussingaultia there, in his suborder Anrederea, recording at the same time two other species from Mexico. All the plants of this family, comprised under six genera, belong to the New World, except those of the genus Basella, which is Asiatic. The discovery of a new species of Boussingaultia, from Brazil, is therefore interesting, for all the plants above mentioned are co to the western side of the American continent. It is true that Tweedie sent a plant from Buenos Ayres, supposed to be ctiltivated, and which was referred to Kunth’s type of the genus, but it was probably the plant now about to be described, which forms a fourth species of the genus. 4. Boussingaultia gracilis, n. Sp.; scandens, glaberrima, ramulis teneribus, subcompressis, angulato-striatis, subflexuosis, dependentibus ; foliis obovatis, imo acutis et in petiolum subbrevem canaliculatum de- rrentibus, apice acutis et cuspidato-acuminatis, siccis membranaceis et fuscescentibus, utrinque opacis, nervis tenerrimis immersis ; racemis axillaribus, glaberrimis, ramosis ; ramis longissimis, gracillimis, dense spicatis ; pedicellis brevibus, imo uni- apice bibracteatis, filamentis dila- tatis subulatis ; ovario ovato, 3-sulcato ; stylo ultra medium 3-fido, ramis tenuibus, stigmatibus papilloso-globosis.—Brazil. v. s. in Hb. Soc. Reg. Hort.—Prov. S. Paulo (Weir, 486). The branch is barely a line in thickness, with its internodes 13-2 inches apart ; leaves 13-2 inches long, 10—14 lines broad, on a petiole 3 lines long; raceme bare at base for the length of $ inch, whence it throws out 1-4 alternate branches, varying in length from 4-9 inches; these are densely spicate on a very slender rachis, pedicels 1 line long, basal bract lline, two apical bracts 2 line long; calyx scarcely 2 lines long, two exterior sepals somewhat shorter than the VOL. II. [JUNE 1, 1864.] M —————————— PO 162 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. five interior sepals, which are placed in a single whorl, and all united . at base in an extremely short tube, they are oblong, acute, membrana- ceous, rotately expanded. The five stamens stand erect, united at base in a ring, which is adnate to the tube of the calyx ; filaments submem- branaceous, rigidly erect, dilated at base, very slender above, fixed opposite segments of calyx; anthers ovate, cleft at the base to the middle, where they are affixed, recurved in bud, afterwards curved and oscillatory on the apex of the filament. The ovary is 4 line long, 1-loeular, with a single erect ovule, and terminated by a slender 3-fid style, the length of the stamens. Fruit a small, indehiscent, subglo- bular capsule, enclosing a single seed, attached at base, and covered by two distinct integuments; the embryo is cyclically curved round a small mass of farinaceous albumen; the radicle pointing to the base is terete, much narrower, and 1 the length of the two fleshy, incum- bent, curved cotyledons. EXPLANATION OF Prate XVIII. The Plate shows a drawing of Bou ia gracilis, nat. size —Fig. li flower seen from below, to show m relative eon of He bracts and oe M ig. - S ng. Fig. 6. The — nt open, showing its five inner T segments and the stamens at- tached to its short tube. Fig. qs The ovary, Style, and stigmata. Fig. 8. bue dehiscent capsule. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. A lon ludin cub n of Fig. 11. The embryo extracted. Fig. 12. The indi. aroei prie men, round which the embryo is coiled —all kee magnified, SYNOPSIS OF THE PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. By A. J. MALMGREN. (Concluded from page 147.) MONOCOTYLEDONEZ. Juncacex, De Cand. 67. Juncus biglumis, L. —Searce as far as Brandywine Bay, om wet soil, covered with humus or moss. At Augusti Bay, on a mountain, plateau near the snow-line. In flower at Treurenburg Bay, 6th of July, and with ripe seed, at Lomme Bay, 23rd of August. PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 163 68. Luzula hyperborea, R. Br. in Parry; Blytt, Norges Flora; Luzula campestris, Br, in Scoresby (see. R. Br. l. c.); Soland. in Phipps (sec. R. Br. l. e) ; Juncus arcuatus, B, Wbg. Fl. L.; Hooker in Scoresby (sec. R. Br.); Luzula arcuata, B, Smflt.; L. confusa, Lindeb. Bot. Notis, 1855, p. 9.—This very variable species is common in the north. On rich soil it attains the height of a foot, but it is generally 5—8 inches high. Seven Isl., Nordenskiöld, Brandywine Bay, 1000 feet, and at Magdalena Bay more than 2000 feet above the sea, Treurenburg Bay, in flower July Ist, general in fruit in the end of August. 69. L. arctica, Blytt; L. hyperborea, Fr., Hrtm. ; L. campestris, var. nivalis, Smflt., Læst. Hrb. Norm. x. 65; “ Luzula hyperborea, R. r," Fr— Rare, and with scarcely so wide a range as the last, "Treurenburg Bay, Lomme Bay, King's Bay, and Ice Sound. CyPERACEZ, De Cand. ' 10. Eriophorum capitatum, Host., Wbg.; E. Scheuchzert, Hoppe, Hrtm.—Sparingly scattered along all the coasts. Lomme Bay, 200 ft. above the sea; Wide Bay, King's Bay, Ice Sound, and Bellsund. 71. Carez pulla, Good.; C. saxatilis, L., Hrtm.; C. vesicaria, var. pulla, Anders. Cyp. Scand. p. 19; Hrb. Norm. n. 74.—Very rare indeed ; only at Ice Sound, Advent Bay in September. 12. C. misandra, R. Br., Blytt; C. fuliginosa, Fr., Anders., Hrtm. ; Hooker, Fl. B. Am. (non C. fuliginosa, Sternb. et Hoppe); Hrb. Norm. fase. v. n. $0; Fl. D. 2373.— Blytt rightly observed in his ‘Norges Flora’ (p. 209), that the O. fuliginosa of the Scandinavian, and probably also of the English authors, is not identical with Sternb, and Hoppe’s C. fuliginosa, found on the South European Alps, which has coarse bristles, spikes of nearly double the length, thicker pedicels, and broader and more erect leaves than the Scandinavian and Spitz- bergen species; it is indeed altogether a more luxuriant plant. This is the most common species of Carer on the northern coast of Spitz- bergen. Treurenburg Bay, 7th of July; Lomme Bay, Cross Bay, and Augusti Bay. 78. C. glareosa, Whg.; Fl. D. 2430.—Very rare, and only found at King’s Bay and Advent Bay. This differs from the Scandinavian plant in having only two spikelets. It must, however, be referred to this species becanse of its narrow and bristly leaves, and the form, and M 2 - 164 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. distinct. nerves of the seed-vessels.. C. lagopina, of Vahl, and C. He- leonastes of C, Martin, most probably belong to this species. 14. C. nardina, Fr. Bot. Not. 1839, p.19; Anders. ; C. Hepbuyni (Boot), Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. p. 209, tab. 207; Fl. D. 2365; Herb. Norm. ix. 86.—At Treurenburg Bay only, 6th July. 15. C. rupestris, All., Anders., Blytt, Fl. D. 2433.—Extremely rare, Treurenburg Bay, 3rd July, Lomme Bay, 24th August, King's Bay. GRAMINE, Juss. 16. Alopecurus alpinus, Sm., R. Br. ; 4, ovatus, Horns; A. ovatus B- muticus, Smflt.—The apikelet varies in length from being double the length of the glumes to being entirely enclosed within them. | Sommer- felt has called the form with short spikelets, var. muticus: This is the most common form in Spitzbergen. . It is found as far north as Brandywine Bay, on the moss or humus-covered. banks at the base of the mountains, and especially under the bird-cliffs.. Found, also at Augusti Bay, Lomme Bay, Treurenburg Bay, Wide Bay, and other places on the west coast. 17. Aira alpina, L.—Rare on the western coast as far as Amster- dam Island, and at’ Hinlopen: Strait (Lomme Bay), but not met with on the northern coast. à CALAMAGROSTIS, Roth. 18. Calamagrostis neglecta, Ehrh., Anders. ; C. stricta, Wbg., Hrtm. — Bear Island, Keilhau, not Spitzbergen, as erroneously given by Lind- blom. At Ice Sound, Advent Bay, in September. .. The,specimens are 1 ft. high, with a panicle 15-2 inches long. 719. Trisetum: subspicatum, P. Beauv., Anders.; Aira spicata, L.; Avena subspicata, Wbg., Hrtm.—On the west coast as far as Magdalen Bay, not rare ; also at Hinlopen Strait, in the interior of Lomme Bay ; not yet found on the northern coast. pt e Hierochloa pauciflora, R. Br.—Low Island, Pany, according | to er. 81. Dupontia arian. Rupr. Flor. Samojed. p. 64; Fl. Dan. fig. 2521,—At Bellsund ?, Nordenskiöld ; Ice Sound, Sept. 1861. 82. D. Fischeri, R. Br.; Poa pelligera, Rupr. ; Holcus arcticus, Smfit.—Rare, on wet mossy spots at the foot of the mountains, as far as Brandywine Bay, Lomme Bay, Augusti Bay, Ice Sound, Bellsund, PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 165 Ch. Martens, Treurenburg Bay (Hecla Cove), and Low Island, Parry. In answer to my inquiries, Blytt wrote to me that ** Holeus arcticus, Smflt., is certainly D, Fischeri, R. Br., for I have compared it with an authentic specimen from Melville Island, communicated to me by R. Brown himself." : 83. Poa pratensis, var. alpigena, Fr. Hrb. Norm. ix. n. 93.— Rare, found only at Lomme Bay, King's Bay, and Ice Sound. The speci- mens are 10 inches high, and resemble in every respect the Scandi- navian alpigena, except that the top leaf of the stalk is broader and flatter. 84. P. cenisia (All), Fre; Anders. Gr. Scand: p. 37.—This is the most common Poa. It is found both on the west and north coast, ex- tending along the mountain sides up to the snow-line. ~- Seven Island, Nordenskiöld. The principal forms of this variable species are—1. Poa arctica, R. Br.; Poa flexuosa, Blytt ; P. cenisia, var. depauperata, Fr. Hrb. Norm. iii. 93: Found in the north, and extending to the snow-line. 2. P. sa, Wbg.; P. cenisia flexuosa, Anders., Hrb. Norm. iii. 24; P. flexuosa elongata, Blytt. On rich soil, under the bird-cliffs, up to Brandywine Bay ; 1 ft. or more high. ~ 3- P. flexuosa eivipara.-- A luxuriant form of the last variety, with a greenish, com- pact, and often viviparous panicle. I have observed transition forms between all these; they belong doubtless to the same species. Poa gelida, Roemer, specimens of which from Horneman are in the Riks Museum, is a luxuriant form of P. flexuosa, Wbg., with rather larger spikelets. This form is found in Spitzbergen. 85. P. stricta, Lindeb., Blytt; P. laza, var. vivipara, Anders. ; P. stricta prolifera, Fries, Herb. Norm. xv., 0. 94; P. alpina vivipara, Vahl, according to Vahl’s specimens from Magdalen Bay and Bellsund, in the Museum Kongl. Vet. Akad.; P. cesta (Sm.), J. D. Hook., and P. casia, var. vivipara, J. D. Hook., Proceed. Linn. Soc. vol. i. 1856, p- 118, according to specimens from Beechy Island; P. laza, Hook.— Much confusion exists regarding this extremely variable plaut. Smfit. and Vahl make a viviparous form with broad leaves Poa alpina vivi- para, and as erroneously refer the smaller viviparous form, with softer and narrower leaves, the most common in Spitzbergen, to P. lara, Hàünke, var. vivipara. Hooker has erroneously referred the Beechy Tsland plant, which is not always viviparous, to P. cesia, Sm. The ‘specimens from Beechy Island are identical with those in Herb. Norm. 166 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF. SPITZBERGEN. fasc. xv., n. 94, except that they have greener spikelets, and somewhat rougher panicle-branches than the Scandinavian. plants, but these cha- racters vary in the Spitzbergen specimens. This is as common, and has as wide a range as the two former species. It is found on the mountain sides up to the snow-line, and is eommon at Brandywine Bay. 86. P. abbreviata, R. Br.; P. laga, Hanke, Hooker, according to specimens from Beechy Island, determined by Hooker, in Riks Mu- seum.—Treurenburg (Hecla Cove), and Low Isl., Parry; Lomme Bay and Cape Fanshave. Not yet found on the west coast. We cannot, with J. D. Hooker, refer this plant to P. laga, Hinke, for it has.a small spike-like panicle, and the leaves are rolled up, bent. backwards, en as thin as a thread, and never more than 5 inches long. 87. P. Vahliana, Liebm. Fl. D. 2401,—Sparingly at Hinlopen Strait, Treurenburg Bay, and King's Bay. 88. Glyceria angustata. (R. Br.), Mgr.; Poa angustata, R. Br. ; Atropis angustata, Rupr., Ledeb. Fl. Ross.—Rare, on the west coast, and at Hinlopen Strait. Cape Fanshave, 18th August; Lomme Bay 23rd August. Like Poa Vahliana, it grows on gravel mixed with clay, which is soaked by the melting snows. 89. Catabrosa Vilfoidea, Anders.—“ C. ceespitosa, rigidiuscula ; culmo subpollicari, adscendente, dichotome ramoso, basi dense foliato, glaber- rimo; vaginis subinflatis, trinerviis, glabris; ligula producta, truncata vel biloba; lamina convoluta, acuta ; panicula valde depauperata, ramis geminis insequalibus, vel ssepius solitariis, aut integris et spicula bi- flora solitaria terminatis, aut iterum divisis, spiculas tres vel duas ge- rentibus ; glumis inzequalibus, flosculis duplo brevioribus, acutiusculis, . subcompressis, interiori majori; paleis insequalibus, exteriori dorso recto, subenervia, apice oblique truncata; lodiculis aeutis, subintegris ; sta- minibus tribus; stigmatibus erectis, elongatis, Hab. in Spitzbergen, loco Augusti Bay dicto, a Doct. Malmgren 1861 lecta. 90. Catabrosa algida, (Sol.), Fr., Anders. Bot. Not. 1849, with fig. ; Agrostis algida, Bol, Whg., Fl. L., p. 25, tab. i.; Vilfa algida, even up to the snow-line. Walden Isl., Parry, Seven Isl., Norden- skiol d. Superficially, this little Grass resembles the North American Vilfa PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 167 depauperata, Torr., described and figured in Hooker's Fl. Bor. Amer. It ean however be readily distinguished by the glumes, which are of different sizes and considerably shorter than the flower, and by the spikelet, consisting of two fully-developed flowers. These characters, as well as the general appearance of the inflorescence, show that it is nearly related to the section of Glyceria, which, from its few-flowered spikelets, has been separated under Catabrosa; and among the mem- rs of this genus it is nearest to the North Scandinavian C. algida, Fr., but this species has a denser and more tufted growth, broader and blunter leaves, larger panicle, one-flowered spikelet, shorter glumes, and differently-formed pales. Our species, from its reduced spikelets, forms a connecting link between Glyceria and Poa, and shows also that Colpodiwm forms with these genera so connected a series, that genera can only be separated by artificial characters, and with the. greatest difficulty.” Andersson. 91. Festuca hirsuta, Fl. D. 1627; F. rubra, var. arenaria (Osb.), And, Wbg.; F. rubra hirsuta minor, Blytt.—Sparingly along the coasts on sandy ridges. Lomme Bay, Norse Island, Cross Bay, King’s Bay, and Ice Sound. 92. F. ovina, L., var. vivipara, Horn.—On the west coast and about Hinlopen Strait; general at Lomme Bay, but elsewhere somewhat rare. Var. violacea, Gaud.; var. alpestris, And.—Hinlopen Strait, Lomme Bay. 93. F. brevifolia, R. Br.—Treurenburg Bay, Heclaj Cove, Parry ; Hinlopen Strait, sparingly, up to 500 feet above the sea. Of the 93 species of Phanerogams hitherto found in Spitzbergen, 73 are found on the north coast under lat. 80° N. (793—80? 40^) and 80 on the west coast, lat: 7095—79^5 N. Although the west-coast species exceed those from the north coast only by seven, there are in the character of these two coast-floras such essential differences, that each must be considered for itself, as an expression of highly different relations of clime and temperature. "1 On ‘the northern coast the ice lies in the smaller bays till July, and masses of drift-ice pitch along the coasts all July and during great part of August. It is only at the end of this month, or early in Sep- tember, that the sea is completely free from ice. The west coast, on 168 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN: the other hand, is accessible to vessels in^ May as-far north as lat. 19?:5 N., and the sounds are in June free from fixed ice. That the early disappearance of ice on the west coast favours vege- tation is evident from the fact that 20 species, all save one belonging to the North European flora, have been found on the west, which have never been met with on the north coast. The flora of the north coast has, on the other hand, 13 species which have not been found on the west, and 6 or 7 of which are known elsewhere only from Melville Island and the west of Parry Island, in North America. Nothing almost is known of the south and south-west coasts; but the relatively small difference between the number of species in the north and in the west, the increasing additions of southern species on the west, and the great climatic differences between the two districts, make it probable that many interesting southern species will yet be found in the south and south-west. The species peculiar to the west coast,—all of which, except Ranti- culus arcticus, are North European,—are :— Eutrema Edwardsii, R. Br. Taraxacum pal ustre, Cardamine pratensis, L. Nardosmia frigida, (Z.), Cass. Arabis alpina, Z. Polemonium pulchellum, Ledeb. Ranunculus glacialis, Z. ertensia maritima, Rich. Empetrum nigrum, . -Arenaria ciliata, L. Salix reticulata, .L Ammadenia peploides, em Carex pulla, Good. Potentilla maculata, Pou C. glareosa, Wig. lenium altórnifoliun, var. Calamagrostis neglecta, Ehrh. tetrandrum, Th., Fr. Dupontia psilosantha, Rupr. Arnica alpite; Murr. " Of the 80 western species, 76 are found along the whole extent of the coast between lat. 787-79:5? N., especially at Ice Sound, King's Bay, Cross Bay, and Magdalena Bay. 4 species are met with. only more to the south, viz. Eutrema Edwardsii, Empetrum nigrum, and Salix reticulata, at Bellsund, lat. 77-5? N., Vahl and C. Martins, and Ranunculus gne exclusively on He Sydkap, lat, 176°5° N, Keilhau. Of the 73 native plants, 60 are found also on the west. The 13 peculiar to the north are :— PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 169 Ranunculus hyperboreus; Rottb. Carex misandra, R. Br. Parrya arctica, E. Br. C. nardina, Fr. Draba glacialis, Adams (non. Smflt).. Poa abbreviata, E. Br. D. micropetala, Hook. Hierochloa pauciflora, R. Br. D. pauciflora, R. Br. ' Catabrosa vilfoidea, Ands. Wahlbergella affinis, Fr. Festuca brevifolia, E. Br. Arenaria Rossii, R. Br. „i Of these, the following have not. been found in Greenland, nor in the Arctic regions of the Old World: Parrya arctica, Draba paucifiora (although. cited: for the Taimyrland), -Draba micropetala, Arenaria Rossii, Poa abbreviata, Hierochloa pauciflora; and. Catabrosa vilfoidea. But, excepting Catabrosa, which is new, they are all known from Arctic America beyond lat. 74° N., and were gathered, with the exception of D. micropetala, by Parry on Melville Island, lat. 75° N. It has been asserted* that the snow-line north of lat. 78°.N. de- scends to. the sea-level; but that is not the case on the coasts of Spitz- bergen. The flora at lat. 78° N. consists of 89 species of Phaneroga- mia, and at least 250 species of Cryptogamia, viz. 70-80 mosses, 30 seaweeds, 150 lichens, and 10-15 fungi; and the vegetation is so vigorous, that numerous herds of reindeer there find rich pasture. At least 29 species of phanerogamia are found on the mountains of the north coast (79°5-80°-5) below the snow-line, which’ here rises to 600-1000 feet above the sea-level. Blomstrand found a plentiful and vigorous vegetation more than 2000 feet above the sea at Magdalena Bay (7995); and at Brandywine Bay (80° 24") the mountain sides were covered with a not very scanty vegetation more than 1000 feet above the sea; and in this locality, on the moss-covered terraces be- low the bird-cliffs species of Cochlearia and Ranunculus were found a foot in height. The snow-line then does not descend to the sea-level on the western or northern coasts of Spitzbergen, but must be drawn at lat. 80° N. at least 800 if not 1000 feet above the sea. | The following plants are found on the north coast, from 600-1000 feet ‘above the sea. A star is prefixed to those plants which were found near the snow-line. * By Durocher in “ Voyage en Scandinavie, ete.,” publ. par Gaimard, * Géogra- phie Physique,’ vol. i. 2, p. 12. : t It a tad that the Norwegians, in the summer of 1861, killed at Ice Sound alone (lat. 78° N.) from four to six hundred reindeer. 170. PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. Ranunculus sulphureus, Sol. eig EEPE R. pygmæus ani *8. es S Papaver ardiik *S. mus var. hyperborea. Porque. oats Is *S. cernua, L *Draba alpina, L. *S. nivalis, L var, tenuis. *D vimm Ad. *S. flagellaris D. pauciflora, R. Br. *Oxyria digyna, Campd D. nivalis, Zilj. *Salix polaris, Whg. D. Wahlenbergii, Hn *Juncus biglumis *Cochlearia fenestrata, var. prostrata. *Luzula ceat Sie R. Br. Alsine rubella, Wag. Luzula arctica, Bi, *Arenaria Rossii, R. Br. *Carex misandra, R. Br Stellaria Edwardsii, R. Br. -—- cenisia, All., var. arctica. *Cerastium um, L. . stricta, Lindeb alpinum Potentilla éimésgilndt, Pursh. Of the 93 plants of Spitzbergen, 81 are found also in Greenland. As, however, the ocean streams which wash the shores of Greenland produce very different climatie conditions on the western and eastern coasts, and as the flora of the western coast is much better known than that of the eastern, it is necessary to compare the plants of each coast separately with those of Spitzbergen. Lange* enumerates 298 species from the western coast, but only 62 species are known from the eastern coast. In Lange's list, which contains the plants found between Cape Farewell, lat. 60° N., and Upernavik, lat. 72? 48' N., the following 17 Spitzbergen species are wanting,— Ranuneulus glacialis. Arenarii Rossii. Hierochloa pauciflora. R. arcticus. Chrysosplenium alterni- Dupontia Fischeri. Parrya arctica. folium, var. tetran- Poa abbreviata. Draba micropetala, drum Glyceria angustata. D. pauciflora. ; dealin hieracifolia. Catabrosa vilfoidea. D. glacialis. Nardosmia frigida. Dryas octopetala. Polemon. pulchellum. In the catalogues of Inglefield’s, Sutherland’s,t and Kane’st plants, Y err over Grönland’s Planter,” in the Appendix to Rink's work ou i ngetel 's ‘ Summer — and Pete "s Geogr. Mittheil. 1856, pp. 50, W. J. Hooker prepared the lists of Inglefild’s and Sutherland’s ‘pints ad. were ap nes in 1852 on pmo Island, and at Wolstenholme and Wallfish Sounds. It is ves ordinary that Vaccinium Vitis- ‘Idea is here recorded for Bushman mm in a 76° : e's rei Explorations,’ vol. ii, pp. 442-467. The botanical appendix is y E. Dur PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 171 collected on the: western coast further north than lat. 76° N., 55 Spe- cies are enumerated, and among these are Draba micropetala and Dryas octopetala, thus reducing the number of Spitzbergen plants wanting on the western coast of Greenland to only 15 species. The plants collected by Scoresby and Sabine on the eastern coast, between lat. 70?—76? N., amounting to about 62 species, supply us with 4 more of these 15 species, viz. Ranunculus glacialis, R. arc- licus — ? R. auricomus, Hook., Polemonium pulchellum, and Glyceria angustata. We may conclude from this comparison that the flora of the eastern coast of Greenland, when better known, will be found to-correspond more with the flora of Spitzbergen than that of the western coast. The flora of Spitzbergen contains 69 species that are found also in northern Scandinavia. Of the remaining 24 not found in Scandinavia, 5 are found east of the White Sea, in the land of the Samojedes* and on Nova Zembla,f and 6 more in the Taimyrland,} lat. 73}°-753° N But all the 24 species, excepting Poa Vahliana, Catabrosa vilfoidea, and Dupontia psilosantha, are found in the islands of Arctic America. The Spitzbergen species not found in Scandinavia are :§— **Ranunculusarcticus. | Parrya arctica. ** Alopecurus alpinus. *Eutrema Edwardsii. Arenaria Rossii. Hierochloa pauciflora. **Braya ear *Stellaria Edwardsii. Glyceria angustata. **Draba glacialis Potentilla pulchella. Catabrosa vilfoidea. D. pde P. emargina Poa abbreviata. **D. pauciflora. y qnd. flagellaris. *Dupontia Fischeri. D. arctica. arax,phyma aes *D. psilosantha, D. corymbosa. relay pulchellum Festuca brevifolia. Mittendorff's ‘ Florula Taimyrensis’ contains 124 species of Phane- rogamia collected in the region around the Taimyr river, in lat. 732°-75° 36’ N.; of these, 53 are found in Spitzbergen. The re- maining 40 Spitzbergen plants are chiefly North European and Green- land, but some are exclusively North American. * Ruprecht’s ‘ Flora Samojedorum. T ‘ Bulletin ——— iii. pp. 171-191. Baer enumerates only forty-seven pga although he ‘estimates (p. 105) the gen of phanerogamia bei by him on Nova Zembla at «em. 90species. 12 of the 47 species are not found in Spitz- zs Trautvetter’s * Florula Taimyrensis Phenogama” in Middendorf’s ‘ Sibir. Reise,’ vol. i. § A single star is prefixed to the species found in the land of the Samoyedes, and two to those known in Taimyrland. ~ 112 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. The islands around. Lancaster Sound and. Barrow Straits, and those north of Melville Sound and Banks’s Strait, have a flora of 83 known species of Phanerogamia,* and of these 58 are found in Spitzbergen, They are, almost without, exception, north. coast plants, and to them belong the greater, part of. the species which are peculiar to the north coast and which are not found on the west. On the other hand, the 35 species which are not found in the North American islands, belong, with few exceptions, to the. North European flora, and almost all the species peculiar to the west and not found on the north coast are in- cluded in this number. These 35 are :— Ranunculus glacialis, Ammadenia peploides.;, Luzula arctica. R: pygmaeus Stellaria humifusa Carex pulla. Cardamine in Potentilla nra: C. glareosa. Arabis alpina . emargina rupestris. Draba arctica. Saxifraga hieracifolia Cc : |. D. corymbosa. S. aizoides. Calamagrostis neglecta. D. hirta. Erigeron uniflorus. Dupontia psilosantha. D. nivalis. Tarax. phymatocarpum. Aira alpina. Wahlbergella affinis. Nardosmia frigida. Poa Tu. agina nivalis, Polemon. pulchellum. ^ P. alpigen ~ Alsine biflora. Mertensia maritima. Catabrosa Yia , Arenaria ciliata. Empetrum nigrum The following conclusions naturally arise out of these comparisons of the plants of Spitzbergen with those of other polar regions :— 1. The flora of Spitzbergen is richer in species than any other arctic region having the same latitude. The comparatively mild climate pro- duced by the Gulf Stream is undoubtedly the cause of this. The ob- servations made by our expedition clearly showed that it not only washed the western shores, but during part of the year was perceptible on the northern coasts. fallowing i ieget m soni) fpmpering the catalogues of plants which the Melville Island: -— bic ., long. 111? W.). Parry, in 1819-20, obtained 61 species, which were ned by R, Brown and published in the Appendix to Firs yee Assistance Harbour (lat. 18° 40’ N., long. d 5? T domom e Sutherland y eg in 1850, which were determ 00 f Lancaster Sound and Wellington Channel (lat. 74° -79° N.). i re of idee 8 © Expedition 1852-54, Arco aft species, which were determined by J. inn. Port Kennedy (la (lat. 712° N; fak 94° W.) and Pond’s s Bay (lat. 72° N., tes = Walker, in M MClintock’s last Franklin <r “i — ed 59s which were determined by J. D. Hooker, Proceed. Li PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. "NS ^9. The large number of species common to Spitzbergen and Green- land shows that the Spitzbergen flora is most nearly related to that of Greenland. '$. The flora of the north coast of Spitzbergen (lat. 80° N.) is very different from that of the west coast, and is most nearly related to the flora of the islands in Lancaster Sound, Barrow’s Strait, and Melville Sound (lat. 74° N.), the two having a nearly equal number of species, and almost 70 per cent. of them common to both. | 4. A large number of southern species appear in the flora of the west coast, giving ita North European character; but it is nearer the arctic flora east of the White Sea than to that west of it. i The Spitzbergen group of islands, situated between lat. 16:5?-81? N. and long. 9°-22° F., consists of several small and three large islands,— Spitzbergen proper, North-East Island, and Stans Foreland. North- East Island, is separated from Spitzbergen proper by Hinlopen Strait, and is the principal island in the northern part of the Spitzbergen group ; Stans Foreland lies furthest to the south-east, and is separated from Spitzbergen proper by the Storfjord on the west and Walter Thy- men’s Sound on the north. Spitzbergen proper is a mountainous island ; -on the west coast the mountains reach a height of 2000-4000 feet, but on the north and north-east coasts and at Hinlopen Strait only 1000-2000 feet. Sounds, some miles in length, penetrate Spitzbergen proper and North-East Island. The interiors of Spitzbergen proper and North-east Tsland are covered with immense connected masses of snow and ice, which never melt, and which, in the form of splendid glaciers, in some places reach the coast and slope into the sea. The summer’s heat melts the snow and fits the soil for its scanty vegetation only on a narrow strip of land which stretches along the coast between the sea and the nearest mountain ridge. The mountains seldom rise precipitously from the sea, there is generally such a narrow terrace of about one-eighth to half a milein width. Its composition and the subfossil whale-bones and moll i he uppermost bed of gravel, which is 50 to 150 feet above the sea, show that this ledge isan old seashore, and that Spitzbergen is gradually rising above the sea. This narrow ledge, of so comparatively recent a geological age, supports the great proportion of the vegetation; only a third of the species are found on the north coast at a greater height than 300 feet above the 174 PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. sea. "The flora of Spitzbergen must consequently also be compara- tively recent and still continuing to increase. The coast land is often in terraces rising one above another. It is composed generally of compact gravel and sand, with imbedded peb- bles. The vegetation on the terraces is very scanty, consisting almost exclusively of solitary individuals, occasionally a few growing toge- ther, of Saxifraga oppositifolia, S. cernua, S. cespitosa, Papaver nudi- - eaule, Drabe, Alsine rubella, Carex misandra, etc. On a closer exami- nation, one finds here and there a species of moss, and the lar ger stones are generally covered with different crustaceous lichens; but the eye seeks in vain for a green spot to rest on, everywhere the soil is grey and arren. Occasionally the strip of coast land forms a gently sloping plain of considerable breadth, or the terraces have level plains, over which the snow-water slowly flows, depositing the mud and clay with which it is charged and forming marshy places, which are covered with a luxuriant moss-vegetation, In such places grow Zriophorum, Juncus, Dupontia, Sazxifraga Hirculus, S. rivularis, etc. : Nearer the base of the mountains the ground is more sloping and is kept moist by the melting snow, which brings with it sufficient mud to form a suitable soil for vegetation. The heat of the sun is also more powerful, because of the sloping nature of the ground, and the moun- tains form a protection against the chilling winds. Everything, indeed, is suited to cover these rising grounds with the most luxuriant vegeta- tion in Spitzbergen. And it is especially rich, green, and variegated when the summits of the overhanging cliffs or mountains are tenanted as they often are, by thousands of birds.* In such places Ranuneulus eec grows more than a foot high; one can wade up to the knee ochlearie and Cerastia; Saxifraga nivalis, 8. hieracifolia, Pedieu- wes and Ozyria, grow much larger than usual; Luzula hyperborea, Alopecurus, and Dupontie spring luxuriantly from the green mossy carpet ; and so vigorous and large are Poa cenisia and P. stricta, that it is difficult to recognize them, But it is not the Grasses or the flower- ing plants that form the continuous green covering which is spread around the base of the mountains, This is produced by a few species of Mosses, chiefly of the genera Hypnum and Aulacomnium. It is said - Tia Grylle, U. Brünnichii, unice arcticus, Mergulus Alle, Larus glaucus, L. kiaii and Procellaria glacialis PHANEROGAMIC FLORA OF SPITZBERGEN. 175 that continuous coverings of grass are to be met with around the sounds of the south and south-west coasts; I never saw any in the north. Such oases in the cold desert of snow and bare rock are rare at lat, 80? N., and are only found. where ihe rocks are granite, gneiss, or slate. The most northern oasis I saw was on the north side of Bran- dywine Bay (lat. 84? 24' N.), at the base of a granite and hyperite mountain, inhabited by Procellaria | glacialis, Uria Brunnichii and U. Grylle. 'The middle of the west coast of North-East Island and the islets in the northern portion of Hinlopen Straits, which consist of chalk without fossils, are almost destitute of vegetation. It was rare to find in these localities a single specimen of Papaver, Saxifraga cer- nua, or Cochlearia, plants which thrive where nothing else will grow. Even Lichens, which need nothing except air, water, and. a little sun- shine for their growth, were almost entirely absent, and not a green spot of moss relieved the whiteness of these fields of broken chalk.* In the southern portion of Hinlopen Strait (lat. 19? 30 N.), where the islets are composed of hyperite, and the coasts of enormous beds of chalk with fossils 1000 feet thick, capped with a bed of hyperite, there was more, vegetation than in the chalky region to the north, but this was scanty compared with the north and north-west coasts, where the rocks are granite, gneiss, sandstone, and slate. No doubt, the Arctic climate, which prevails throughout the whole year at Hinlopen Straits, affects the vegetation. The mountains, which rise abruptly from both sides of the Straits, are covered by an unbroken mass of ice and snow, which ‘at several places descends as glaciers into the sea. Masses of drift-ice are tossed to and fro by the ebb and flow of the tide throughout the whole year, and these, with the enormous blocks of freshwater-ice broken off from the glaciers, keep the temperature con- tinually low. That, even under circumstances so unfavourable the sun has a wonderful effect on vegetation, I observed in Augusti Bay, which runs from Hinlopen Straits into the southern part of North- East Island. A hyperite mountain, 600-800 feet high, rises on the northern side of this bay. Between this and the sea there stretches a * This total want of vegetation is not owing to climatic conditions, but to the nature of the soil, which consists entirely of crumbling carbonate of lime. Wherever a piece of gneiss or clay-slate penetrates the chalk, a varied though scanty vegetation makes its appearance. 176 ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. narrow ledge of coast several hundred yards wide. The mountain rises ually, its sloping surface has a southern aspect, and it is kept conti- nually moist by water from the melting snow above. Immense glaciers guard it on either side, and it is covered by the eternal: snows above. Nevertheless, the sloping surface is covered with a verdant carpet of moss, through which rose in great beauty and abundance the following lants :—Ranunculus sulphureus, Saxifraga Hirculus (which is found as far south as Skane), S. rivularis, Cerastium alpinum, Pedicularis, Poly- gonum, Oxyria, Salix polaris, Dupontia Fischeri, Poa cenisia, Juncus etc. Here also on the gravel were flowering Sawifraga nivalis, S. fla- gellaris, 8. cespitosa, several Drabe, Cochlearia, Alsine rubella, Arena- ria Rosii, ete. . Indeed, the common Spitzbergen plants were flourish- ing here, and on the 1st of August were in flower, though the whole space was only some hundred square yards in extent, and was surrounded on all sides by ice and snow. The Spitzbergen Phanerogamia are all perennial, and have a ten- dency to grow in small tufts. It is well known that organic sub- stances decay very slowly in the Arctic regions. A wooden grave- cross, raised half a century ago, looks as though it were of yesterday ; and the dry remains of the previous year's growth of plants stand almost unchanged beside the new shoots of the perennial root. One may indeed almost say that stones and minerals decay more speedily in these regions than organic substances. But why are the plants all perennial? The reason is obvious. It entirely depends, so to speak, ou wind and weather whether a plant can produce ripe seed during the short summer. No doubt they generally do so, but if in any year they failed, plants having an annual root must, of necessity, be lost, while the continued existence of the species with perennial roots would be secured. ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. By BznarHOLD Seemann, Pu.D., F.LS. Some years ago I stated in the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle’ that while plants producing double flowers abounded in the northern hemi- sphere of our globe, not a single species was known from the southern, ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. 197 "with" the exception of Rubus! rosifolius, the geographical range of which was ill defined. This statement ‘requires some modification. ‘The bulk of the plants producing double flowers is undoubtedly indi- genous to the northern hemisphere; in Polynesia and the whole of Australasia not a single species with double flowers has turned up ; but there are in South Africa and South America at least a few plants, the ‘stamens of which are converted into petals. It is impossible to say whether the absence of double flowers from Polynesia and Australia is owing to the fact that there are no observers in those parts who at once seize and transplant them into a garden, or whether they really néver occur. In Europe double: flowers are not unfrequently found wild ; in wet seasons double Hamieuli are by no means uncommon, and Dr. Landerer, of Athens, has pointed out to me the abundance of double Poppies in Greece. Civilized man having taken a peculiar fancy to these products, they are safely lodged in garden and green- house, wherever they spring up, and hence all countries longest or most highly civilized have, as the case now stands, supplied the greatest number of double flowers, China and Japan boasting of the most per- fect of all, the Camellias. "The sticceeding list, from which the Composite and other spuriously double flowers, such as Viburnum and Hydrangea, have been excluded, ‘has been some years in preparation, and bas been augmented by additions from various botanical friends. I intended to make it the basis of an exhaustive paper on the subject, but for some time’I shall be unable to carry out this intention. However, as no more complete list has as yet been drawn up, and as several friends wish to see it printed, I now -beg to submit it. "The whole number of plants with double flowers I have collected amounts to 279 species, —234 Exogens, and 45 Endo- gens. Amongst the former we have 166 Polypetale, 66 Monopetale, and, strange to add, 2 Apetale (Laurinee). As I intend to pursue the subject further, any addition to my list will be highly acceptable. M IC WO i Ranunculaceae. Clematis Viticella, Liu». Europ. austr: C. florida, Thunb. Japonia. ~~. Fortunei, Moore. Japonia. — C. patens, Deme. Japonia: - . Anemone Japonica, Sieb. et Zuce. Japonia. VOL. 11. [JUNE 1, 1864.] N 178 ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. A. coronaria, Linn. Europ. austr., Asia min. A. Pavonina, Lam. ; (hortensis; Linn., var.) Gallia. A. palmata, Zinn. Afr. bor., Lusitania, Hispania. A. nemorosa, Linn. Europa, Amer. bor., Sibiria. A. sylvestris. Zinn. Europa austr., Sibiria. Hepatica triloba, Chaiz. Europa. Ranunculus bulbosus, Linn. Europa, Amer. bor. R. repens, Zinn. Europa, Sibiria, Amer. bor. R. acris, Linn. Europa, Sibiria. R. aconitifolius, Zinn. Europa. R. gramineus, Linn. Italia, Gallia, Lusitania, Helvetia. R. Asiatieus, Linn. . Oriens. Ficaria ranunculoides, Mech. Europa Thalictrum anemonoides, Miche. pee thalictroides, Linn. ; A. uniflora, Pursh.) Amer. sept. Caltha palustris, Zinn. Europa, Asia, Amer. sept. Trollius Europzus, Zinn. Europa. T. Nepalensis, orf. Nepalia. Nigella Damascena, Zinn. Reg. Medit. Aquilegia vulgaris, Zinn. Europa. A. Canadensis, Linn. Amer. sept. Delphinium Ajacis, Zinn. Tauria, Europ. austr. D. grandiflorum, Zinn. Sibiria, Volga. (D. azwrewm, Michx.) Amer. sept. D. Consolida, Lin». Europa, Amer. sept. D. cheilanthum, Fisch. Sibiria. D. elegans, De Cand. Amer. bor.? Adonis autumnalis, Zinn. Europ. A. vernalis, Zinn. Europ., Asia. Peonia Moutan, Sims. China, J aponia. P. officinalis, Retz. Europa. P. tenuifolia, Zinn. Tauria: P. albiflora, Pall. Sibiria. P. paradoxa, 4ndr. Europ. austr. Nympheacee. Nelumbium speciosum, Willd. Africa, Asia. ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. Berberidacea. Berberis, sp. cult. (Dr. Masters !) Papaveracee. Papaver Rheeas, Linn. Euro P. bracteatum, Lindl. (P. Seg Linn). Russia. P. somniferum, Zinn. Europ. austr., Asia min., ZEgyptus. Chelidonium majus, Zinn. Europa, Asia. Sanguinaria Canadensis, Zinn. Amer. sept. Podophyllum peltatum, Zinn, Amer. sept. Crucifere. Mathiola incana, R. Brown. Reg. Medit. M. glabrata, De Cand. Patria ? M. annua, Sweet. Europ. austr., Syria. Cheiranthus Cheiri, Linn. pl Iberis umbellata, Zinn. Europ. a Cardamine pratensis, Linn. itarope, gen Africa, America. Hesperis matronalis, Zinn. Europa, Sibiria. Barbarea vulgaris, R. Brown. Europ., Oriens. Sinapis arvensis, Zinn. Europ. Brassica oleracea, Linn. Europ. Helianthemum variabile, Spach. Europa, Afr. bor. Violacee. Viola odorata, Zinn. Europa, Sibiria. V. grandiflora, Linn, Europa. Caryophyllee. Dianthus barbatus, Linn. Gallia, Germania. Chinensis, De Cand. China. Poiretianus, Seringe. Patria ? Caryophyllus, Zinn. Gallia, Italia. arboreus, Linn. Creta. hybridus, auct. Patria ? corymbosus, Sió., Sm. Asiam plumarius, Lim». Europa, deed Amer. -apt deltoides, Zinn. Europ. bd abd: 179 180 2 ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. Saponaria officinalis, Linn. Europa. Lychnis sylvestris, Schr. (L. dioica, Linn.). Europa. ‘L. coronaria, Dese. Tauria, Europ. med. ^L. Flos-cuculi, Zinn. Europa. L. viscaria, Lin». Europa. L. Chalcedonica, Zinn. Japonia, Asia min. Silene inflata, Sm. ; var. maritima, De Cand. Europa. Alsinee. Sagina procumbens, Linn. Europa. Malvacee. Hibiscus Rosa-Sinensis, Linn. Ind. orient. 9 H. mutabilis, Zinn. Ind. orient. H. Syriacus, Linn. Syria, Carniola. Althea rosea, Cav. Oriens, Caucasia. Malva rotundifolia, Linn. Europa. Hippocastanee. Aisculus Hippocastanum, Linn. Europa, Amer. sept. Geraniacee. Geranium pratense, Linn. i a Sibiria. G. sylvaticum, Linn. Pelargonium zonale, Wi " NI austr. Tropzolum majus, Linn. Peruvia. Oxalis cernua, Thunb. Pr. Bon. Sp. Impatiens Balsamina, Linn. Ind. orient. Ternstremiacee. Camellia reticulata, Lindl. China. C. Sasanqua, Thunb. China. C. Japonica, Linn. Japonia. Thea maliflora, Seem. Japonia ? Aurantiacee. Citrus Aurantium, Zinn. Asia, Europ. austr. ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS, Papitionacea. Trifolium repens, Linn. Europ:, Am. mer. Medicago, sp. (Dr. Masters !) Ulex Europzeus, Link. Europa. Spartianthus junceus, Linn. Europ. austr. Clitoria Ternatea, Zinn. Ind. or., Arabia. Orobus visciodes, De Cand. Croatia, Carniola. O. vernus, Linn. - Europa. Genista tinctoria, Zinn. Europa. G. Sibirica, Zinn. Sibiria G. scoparia, Lam. (Cytious C Link). Europa. Cytisus albus, Link. Lusita Anthyllis Vulneraria, Lina. pec Coronilla, sp. (Dr. Masters !) Lotus corniculatus, Lim». Europa. Rosacea. Rosa lutea, Mil. Europa. R. cinnamomea, Linn. Europa, Amer. sept. R. spinosissima, Linn. Asia med. R. Carolina, Zinn. Amer. sept. R. villosa, Zinn, Europa, Asia med. R. centifolia, Zinn. Oriens? R. rubiginosa, Zinn. Europa, Asia med., Amer. sept. moschata, 4i¢., Mill. Madeira, Afr. bor. canina, Linn. Europa. alba, Linn. Europa, Caucasia. Indica, Zinn. China. Eglanteria, Zinn. Europa. Gallica, Zinn. Europa, Caucasia. pimpinellifolia, Zinn. Europa, Asia med. BR. Banksis, R. Brown. China. R. sulphurea, dit. Oriens. Rubus fruticosus, Zinn. Europa. R. rosifolius, Smith. Ins. Maurit., Ind. orient. R. corylifolius, Smith. Europ. bo bo p pd d pd bb | 181 182 ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. Kerria Japonica, De Cand.. Japonia. Spiræa Filipendula, Linn. Europa. S. Ulmaria, Linn. Europa. S. prunifolia, Sieb. et Zucc. Japonia. S. Reevesii, Lindl. China. S. ME Sieb. et Zuce. Japonia. aria vesca, Linn. Europa, Amer. bor. emu cuts Hall fil. Europa. P. reptans, Linn. Europa, Asia P. Tormentilla, Schrank. Haron. Asia. Pomacee. Crateegus Oxyacantha, Zinn. Europa. C. Crus-galli, Zinn. Am. sept. Cydonia Japonica, Pers. Japonia. Pyrus communis, Zinn. Europa. Amygdalee. Amygdalus Persica, Linn. Persia. A. communis, Linn. auritania Prunus domestica, Zinn. Europa. E. spinosa, Linn. UN Amer. sept. P. avium, Linn. Europa P. Cerasus, Linn. Sano a. P. Kerii, Steud. (Cerasus Japonicus, Ker). Japonia P. Japonica, Thunb. (P. Chinensis, Blum. ; heyplalus pumila, Linn.) China, Japonia. P. instititia, Zinn. Anglia, Germania, Gall. austr. P. triloba, Lindl. (Amygdalopsis Lindleyi, Carr.). China. Myrtaceae. Myrtus communis, Linn. Europ. austr. Punica Granatum, Linn. Europ. austr., Mauritania. ` Philadelphea. Philadelphus coronarius, Zinn, Europ. austr. Deutzia crenata, Sieb. et Zuce. Japonia. - Onagrariee. Fuchsia globosa, Lindl. (hybrida). Mexico. ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. Clarkia pulchella, Pursh. California. C. elegans, Dougl. Amer. sept. Portulacea. Portulaca grandiflora, Hook. Chili. Grossulariee. Ribes sanguineum, Pursh. Amer. sept. Saxifragacee. Saxifraga granulata, Linn. Europa. Umbellifere. Daucus Carota, Linn. Europ. (Dr. Masters!) Rubiaceae. Ixora grandiflora, De Cand. . Ind. orient. Serissa fetida, Comm. China, Japonia. Gardenia Fortuniana, Hook. China. G. florida, Zinn. China, Ind. orient. G. radicans, Thunb. Japonia. Caprifoliacee. Lonicera Periclymenum, Zinn. Europ. med. Sambucus nigra, Zinn. Europ. Campanulacea. Campanula latifolia, Lina. Europa, Asia. Tenorii, Moret. Neapolis. Trachelium, Zinn. Europa. Vidalii, H. C. Wats. Europa. midalis, Linn. Europ. austr. rotundifolia, Zinn. Europa, Amer. sept. E medium, Linn. Europ. austr. rhomboidea, Linn. Europ. Platycodon grandiflorum, De Cand. Sibiria, DURS qaaanaaaaa "c 184 ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. Lricacee. Calluna vulgaris, Zinn. Europa, Amer. bor. Rhododendron Indicum, Sweet (Azalea Indica, Linn.). . Ind. orient. R. ponticum, Linn. Asia min., Iberia. Azalea nudiflora, Zinn. Amer. sept. A. glauca, Lam. Amer. sept. Arbutus Unedo, Zinn. Europ. austr., Sibiria. Erica Tetralix, Lin». Europ. E. cinerea, Linn. Europ. Primulacee. Primula villosa, Jacg. Europ. med. P. Auricula, Zinn. Europa. P. denticulata, Smith. Ind. orient. P. elatior, Jacg. Europa. ` P. prenitens, Ker (P. Sinensis, Lindl.). China. ` Jasminec. Jasminum officinale, Zinn. Europ. austr. (China s J. Sambae, dit. Ind. orient. J. hirsutum, Hook. China. Oleacea. Syringa persica, Linn. Oriens. S. vulgaris, Linn. Europ. Persia. Apocynee. Vinca minor, Zinn. Europa. V. major, Linn, Europa. Nerium odorum, it. Ind. orient. N. Oleander, Linn. Europ. austr., Asia med. Tabernemontana coronaria, Willd. Ind. orient. Convolvulacee. Calystegia sepium, R. Brown. Europa, America, Asia. C. pubescens, Lindl. China. Convolvulus tricolor, Linn. Europ. austr. Ipomæa pandurata, Meyer. Am. austr. ON PLANTS PRODUCING DOUBLE FLOWERS. Solanee. Datura cornigera, Hook. Peruvia. D: fastuosa, Linn. Amer. austr., Aigyptus. D. arborea, Linn. Amer. austr. D. chlorantha, Hook. Patria? D. humilis, Desf. Patria? Petunia nyctaginiflora, Juss. . Laplata. P. violacea, Hook. Bonaria. Solanum Dulcamara, Linn. Europ. Gentianee. Gentiana Amarella, Zinn. Europ.